BARTONIA PROCEEDNGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB CONTENTS Picking out the Polemoniaceae Edgar T. Wherry The eastern subulate-leaved Phloxes Edgar T. Wherry A centennial Survey of the Chester County Flora Hugh E. Stone : William Aid-worth Poyser Witmbb. Stone < Jacob H. Grove * John William Harshberger .- Hugh E. Meredith g General Notes Program of Meetings during 1928 List of Officers and Members ,- Index to Species and Varieties BARTONIA Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. Previous numbers 50 cents each. Subscription Price, $1.00. FRANCIS W. PENNELL, Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences, Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pa. Handbook of the Flora of Philadelphia and Vicinity. LLER AND STEWARDSON BR Families and Species. DR. IDA A. KELLER, W24 Osage A-..-. Philadelphia, Pa. BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB No. 11 PHILADELPHIA, PA. 1928-1929 Picking Out the Polemoniaceae1 EDGAR T. WHERRY For several years past the Philadelphia Botanical Club has honored me by invitations to speak at their December meet- ings, and I have always been glad to accept, to renew acquain- tances with old friends, and to tell something of my field trips of the preceding seasons. Previous talks have covered various regions and certain individual genera or species which have received particular attention. Now, however, I have selected one plant family for detailed investigation, and here propose to explain how my choice was made. In the Spring of 1901 I was a junior student in the scientific course at Friends' Central School, then located at 15th and Race Streets, and one of the things the members of the class had to do was to make a diminutive herbarium of 25 species of native plants. For those of us who lived in the city and could not readily obtain specimens ourselves, the instructor, Horace L. Dilworth, of Centerville, Delaware (1864-1927), brought in every few days a vasculum full of material gathered in the surrounding country. On May 10th my share of the spoils was a clump of Polemonium from Chadd's Ford, Pennsylvania, which for some unaccountable reason fascinated me, so that I made special measurements upon it and compared them with the data in the manuals in our school library — old editions of 1 Presented, together with an abstract of the following paper, at the meeting of the Philadelphia Botanical Club on December 27, 1928. (1) 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Gray and of "Wood. In practically every respect it corre- sponded to their descriptions of P. coeruleum, and in writing it up on the record-sheet, I presented my conclusions to that effect. Mr. Dilworth assured me that this identification was incorrect, and I have ultimately come to agree with him, now recognizing that the characterizations of the species of this genus in the manuals are not altogether accurate. During several subsequent years my attention was repeat- edly directed to another member of the same plant family. Having decided to take up mineralogical chemistry as a pro- fession, I began to make the rounds of localities in the vicinity of Philadelphia where mineral specimens were to be obtained. Whenever these expeditions led to the areas underlain by ser- pentine rock, in Chester and Delaware counties, in the Spring of the year, these "barrens" would be gay with the Moss Phlox, Phlox subulata (see frontispiece). Not only were the vast floral carpets exquisitely beautiful, but they also pre- sented certain problems which aroused my scientific curiosity. One of these was botanical : the individual clumps showed the most marked variation in features from one to another, a phe- nomenon quite inadequately referred to in the literature. The other lay nearer to my immediate interests : the Phlox was so strictly limited to the serpentine outcrops that a geological map of the rock might have been made from observations on the plant alone; yet none of the scientists in whose company many of the trips were made could tell what feature favoring it was possessed by the serpentine but not by the surrounding gneiss or schist rocks. Accordingly I decided, should the op- portunity ever come, to investigate the connection between the mineralogy or chemistry of soils and the plants which grew upon them. It was not until 1915 that I was able to take up any work of this sort, but the studies then begun have been continued ever since. The particular phase of the subject which proved most fruitful was the significance of soil acidity and alkalinity as eeologieal factors ; and many interesting rela- tionships soon came to light, some of which have been discussed at previous meetings of this Club. Tests of the soils which the PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 3 Phlox favors and avoids have shown no reaction-differences, however, and its restriction to serpentine seems to be connected merely with the extreme sterility of the soils derived from this rock. The final incident which impelled me to undertake an inten- sive study of the Polemoniaceae was the rediscovery of a long- lost Phlox, and finding that its status had been misinterpreted. In carrying out work on the relations of soil reaction to plant distribution, all natives of possible horticultural value reported to be rare, local, or geographically erratic have been specially sought to see whether their peculiarities might be connected with preferences for unusual reactions. Of the successful searches, in company with various friends, for Chelone ob- liqua,1 Elliottia racemosa,2 Gaylussacia brachycera, etc., this Club has already heard; the stories of others remain to be chronicled, and here is the one of interest in the present con- nection. In 1870 Asa Gray, in his "Revision of the North American Polemoniaceae,"3 described as new Phlox stellaria, from a specimen collected many years previously by Dr. C. W. Short. The locality from which this came had been recorded simply as "cliffs of Kentucky River," and Gray added the comments "probably above Lexington. . . . The station should be rediscovered. " On the occasion of my first visit to Lexing- ton, an acquaintance took me out to the gorge of the river, about 20 miles away, but no Phlox of any sort could be found on the cliffs at that point. Another year (1923) I was at Lex- ington again, and Professor Frank T. McFarland, of the De- partment of Botany of the State University, guided me to a different part of the river valley, at Camp Nelson. Here he had observed a peculiar Phlox, and this proved to be the "lost" one. The precipitous south-facing limestone ledges, though seemingly very barren, were gay with attractive wild flowers, of which I recall particularly an Aquilegia, an Are- naria, and a Phacelia. Here and there hung festoons a foot 1 Bartonia 10 : 1. 1929. 2Bartonia 9: 11. 1926 and 10: 24. 1929. 3 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 252. 1870. or two in diameter, made up of slender woody stems clothed with leathery linear leaves about 2 inches in length. The date of the trip, May 17th, was too late to see the flowers on this plant at their best, but enough remained to show its identity : it was a Phlox with pallid violet to nearly white flowers having moderately notched corolla-lobes, as stated by Gray to be char- acteristic of his new species; yet the inflorescence-foliage was in general not glabrous, as he had said, but rather conspicu- ously pubescent, thus corresponding to the one given in the manuals as P. bifida. Examination of numerous festoons showed only two plants out of a hundred to really agree with Gray's description ; and such plants grew so intermingled with variably pubescent ones that it would be meaningless to claim that two distinct species were represented. Because of scanty material and unfamiliarity with the field relations, Gray, who usually inclined toward "lumping," had in this case perpe- trated a "splitting" instead; a rare and non-significant vari- ant had been assigned specific rank. Upon supplementing the above-described field observations with others made meanwhile and with a survey of the litera- ture, it became plain that the Polemoniaceae, in spite of hav- ing been studied by a number of eminent authorities, were not yet adequately understood, at least as far as the eastern United States was concerned. This family, however, is a moderate- sized one, and almost entirely North American ; its study could therefore be undertaken by someone with but limited time and funds to spend on botanical work. Many of its members are of horticultural value, yet no data as to their soil-reaction pref- erences were on record. Everything seemed to point toward the desirability of my taking it up as a subject for detailed in- vestigation ; and from 1926 on my field trips have been planned with this aim increasingly in view. Thus far, opportunity has permitted the working out of the relations in one section, that of the subulate-leaved species, and they are being made the subject of an article published on subsequent pages; it is hoped that similar treatments of other sections can be prepared in the near future. The Eastern Subulate-leaved Phloxes EDGAR T. WHERRY The need for fuller information upon the eastern Polemoni- aceae having been brought to my attention by the incidents related in the preceding paper,1 the preparation of a technical treatment of these plants for publication in the "Contribu- tions from the United States National Herbarium" has been undertaken. Only limited time being available for this, how- ever, several years will necessarily elapse before its comple- tion, and there will not be opportunity in such an article for detailed discussions of the history, field relationships, etc., of the species. It therefore seems desirable to place on record the results of my work along these lines upon small groups of spe- cies at a time, in separate papers. It is planned to present these data under the headings : his- tory, geography, ecology, variation, and cultivation. The his- torical accounts are being worked up chiefly in the library of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Information as to the geographic relations is being obtained from the collections in six of the country's larger herbaria : Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, Field Museum of Natural History, Gray Herbarium, Missouri Botanical Garden, New York Botanical Garden, and U. S. National Herbarium, and various smaller ones;2 also from the literature and a few weeks' field work 1 Bartonia 11 : 1. 1929. 2 Data on the section covered in this paper have been obtained also from the herbaria of: Carnegie Museum (Pittsburgh), Cornell Univer- sity, Charles C. Deam (Bluffton, Indiana), Kentucky Agricul* . ment Station, Maryland Academy of Sciences, Michigan State College, New York State Museum (Albany), North Carolina State College (Raleigh), Ohio State University, University of Illinois, I" Kentucky, University of North Carolina, University of Pennsylvania, University of Tennessee, and University of Virginia. My >:• :he curators of these collection i hereby extended t i facilitating my work i (5) 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE each year.1 Alphabetical lists of the states and counties from which the various species are known are given, and in order to bring out the extent to which descriptions are based on field observations, counties in which fresh material has been seen are marked by '. Under ecology are described habitat, bloom- ing period, mode of pollination, etc. The treatment of variation requires fuller discussion. Many eastern members of the Polemoniaceae vary markedly from one plant to another within single colonies, as well as from one col- ony to the next, in numerous different characters. The more conspicuous of these, in the genus Phlox, are enumerated here ; it is understood that in individual cases the extremes lie within certain limits, so that for example "long style" in one species may represent a lesser absolute length than "short style" in another. In some cases the variation is gradual, all stages from one extreme to its complement being recognizable ; in others definite mutations are represented.. Habit: tall to short ; in low-growing species, lax to dense. Leaves: wide to narrow, and long to short. Inflorescence hairs: glandular or eglandular. Calyx-lobes: long to short. Corolla-color: reddish to bluish purple (violet) ; deep to pale; in pale variants, the tube showing more color than the limb, but the latter deepening as the flowers fade ; striae at the bases of the lobes varying similarly, though independently of the limb-color; complete albinos, without trace of color in any part of the corolla, occasional. Corolla-dimensions: tube long to short; lobes long to short and wide to narrow ; lobe-tips rounded, acuminate, or in cer- tain species emarginate; in the last case, segments obtuse to acutish, and sinuses shallow to deep and broad to narrow. Style: long to short. Selecting the genus Phlox for the first subject, the question as to how it might best be subdivided was considered. On re- viewing the literature it was found that Peter2 had recognized 1 A set of the specimens collected is being deposited in 1 of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, z In Engkr & Prantl 's Pflanzenfamilien 43a : 46. 1891. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 7 among the eastern species five sections, which, appearing to express the actual relations better than any groups proposed by other writers, have accordingly been adopted. As in gen- eral evergreens with more or less isolated flowers seem to be the more primitive, his section Subulatae, comprising plants of this type, has been taken up first. Its members are character- ized by having woody, trailing-deeumbent stems, narrow per- sistent leaves, and cymes of few rather long-pedicelled flowers. Although at least seven names have been proposed for species east of the Mississippi River, detailed study indicates that but three of these can be maintained as distinct. eluded; style 0.5-3 mm. long; ovules 1-3 per cell 1. P. nivalis Corolla-lobes deeply notched or exceptionally entire; stamens in part exserted; style 4r-12 mm. long; ovule normally 1 per cell. Nodes numerous, crowded; lower leaves 8-20 mm. long; sinuses in the corolla-lobes averaging 1 mm. deep 2. P. subulata Nodes few, more remote; lower leaves 20-60 mm. long; sinuses in the corolla-lobes averaging 3 mm. deep 3. P. bifida Supplementary distinguishing features between P. nivalis and P. subulata, which have been confused by many botanists, are that the former frequently exhibits longer, less matted stems; sparser and taller flowering shoots; and larger leaves, calyces, and corollas. Final proof that they are distinct is furnished by their occupation of quite different ranges. Field observations on the members of the Subulatae were at first made incidentally, in the course of trips directed toward other objectives, but after the study of the section was actively under way, special visits were made to their areas. For in- stance, in May, 1928, in company with Mr. J. E. Benedict, Jr., the Piedmont of Georgia, South and North Carolina, and Vir- ginia was traversed by automobile. In but 20 hours total run- ning time, Phlox nivalis was collected in 12 counties, less than half of which had previously been represented by specimens in herbaria. There seems every reason to expect that similar trips through other portions of these states would have led to its discovery in many additional counties, although its range is now so well known that further search is unnecessary. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1. Phlox nivalis Loddiges. Trailing Phlox. Plate 2. History. — The earliest known reference to this species is in Plukenet's " Phytographia, >n published in 1691; figure 2 of his plate 98 shows a plant with the corolla-lobes shallowly notched, the stamens all included, and the style about 1 mm. long (inferred from the position of the stigma-tips, barely ex- serted beyond the calyx-lobes). He characterized it as "Lych- nidaea Blattariae accedens Virginiana minor, repens hirsutis Camphoratae foliis, floribus fistulosis, in Umbellam positis." The drawing was evidently made from fresh (cultivated) ma- terial, since it shows striae at the bases of the corolla-lobes, which usually disappear on drying; but there is, unfortu- nately, no record as to when or by whom it was introduced into England, or whether indeed it really came from Virginia at all. In proposing the name Phlox subulata, Linne2 cited the above reference to Plukenet, but evidently based the descrip- tion on a specimen in his herbarium, which, according to Jack- son,3 was in his possession prior to the publication of the ' ' Spe- cies Plantarum." Data on this specimen show it to represent the quite distinct species here taken up second, as further dis- cussed in connection with the latter. When two things are covered by a single name, the most reasonable procedure would appear to be to allot this name to the one represented by a specimen used in drawing up the description, rather than to that referred to in a citation. Failure to recognize this composite character of the Linnean P. subulata has led to considerable misunderstanding as to the relations and distributions of the species. Thus, the Phlox subulata listed by Walter4 in his "Flora Caroliniana" must have been the species covered by the Plukenet citation, for that occurs throughout South Carolina, whereas the one of the Linnean herbarium, if native to the state at all, would be lim- ited to the highest mountains. i Phytographia pi. 98, fig. 2. 1691. 2 Species Plantarum (1) : 152. 1753. 3 Index Linnean Herbarium ; Suppl. Proc. Linn. Soc. 124 : 116. 1912. ■* Flora Caroliniana 96. 1788. Bartonia, No 11 PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 9 That the two species are distinct was first recognized by Curtis1 in 1798, but he got the nomenclature twisted. His plate clearly represents the one here being discussed, both in having shallowly notched corolla-lobes and included stamens, and in its flowers and leaves being much larger than is typical of Phlox subulata. He stated, too, that it had been " brought from Carolina by Mr. John Fraser in 1788, ' ' no doubt from one of Walter's localities. The name he applied to it, however, was P. setacea, which had been assigned by Linne to a small, glabrate individual of P. subulata, as will be shown below. How confused Curtis was is brought out by the fact that he said in the text that the leaves were "finer and more hairy than those of the subulata"; yet his figure shows them much coarser, and Linne 's characterization of P. setacea, which he actually quoted, emphasized their glabrousness. Unfortu- nately, when Curtis 's material got into the British horticul- tural trade, it was named in accordance with his erroneous ap- plication of "setacea," and that name has been retained to this day in garden manuals and nursery catalogs, although it has practically disappeared from botanical literature, at least as a species designation. In 1809 Jacquin2 included in his "Fragmenta Botanica" an excellent description and figure of what he termed Phlox subu- lata. Inspection of the copy of this rare work in the library of the New York Botanical Garden showed that the plant re- ferred to is the species here under discussion. It was ascribed to ' ' Virginia, ' ' but was being grown in France in the green- house, so more probably came from the Carolinas. The earliest independent name proposed for the present spe- cies is Phlox nivalis, which was published in Loddiges's "Bo- tanical Cabinet"3 in 1823. The accompanying plate shows shallowly notched corolla-lobes and included stamens; the corolla-color is very pale, the name seemingly referring to a snow-like appearance of clumps covered with flowers. The 1 Botanical Magazine 12 : pi. 415. 1798. 2 Fragmenta Botanica 39, pi. 44, fig. 4. 1809. 3 Botanical Cabinet 8 : pi. 780. 1823. 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE stature is shorter than usual for this species, but that may have been due to the figure being made from material cultivated under unfavorable conditions. At any rate, the notes given as to its source make its identity evident: "This is a native of Carolina and Georgia. It was sent to us by . . . Dr. Wray, of Augusta. ... It is probably not quite hardy." The very hardy P. subulata, although it may occur in the mountains of these states, certainly does not grow near Augusta, whereas this other species, with frequent pallid color-forms, has been repeatedly collected there. Moreover, not long afterward, Sweet1 published a plate in which the interior of a flower was figured, the stamens being shown as deeply included, and the style as 2.5 mm. long. Final confirmation was unwittingly furnished by Gray,2 who, although treating P. nivalis as a mere form of P. subulata, fortunately recorded his observa- that it has "ovules commonly, but not always, in pairs (rarely 3) in each cell." A taller form of the same plant was subsequently figured by Loddiges,3 but under the name Phlox aristata, which had al- ready been used by Michaux4 for a member of a different sec- tion, and is accordingly quite inacceptable. Somewhat later the species was given a second distinctive name, Phlox hentzii, by Nuttall.5 He may have been ac- quainted with the Loddiges publication, for the type sheet, preserved in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, is labelled in his handwriting "Phlox nivea"; but when he came to publish upon this, forgot about the prior name and dedicated it to its collector, who was pre- sumably Nicholas M, Hentz, better known as the first Amer- ican arachnologist than as a botanist. Phlox hentzii was maintained as a distinct species by Ben- tham6 in the earliest monograph of the Polemoniaceae, the i British Flower Garden 2 : pi. 185. 1827. 2Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 252. 1870. 3 Botanical Cabinet 18 : pi. 1731. 1831. 4 Flora Bore;-. -Am, ri.-nna < 1 : 111. 1803. 5 Journ. Acad. >,';,:. s- :. ["..-.la. 7: 110. 1834. e In De CandoUe's Prodromus 9: 306. 1845. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 11 prior name nivalis being overlooked. In the next treatment of the family, however, that by Gray,1 all the names concerned were reduced to synonyms of P. subulata; and most subsequent authors have accepted this viewpoint. A regrettable result of Gray 's procedure was the misleading of Darwin2 in his study of the correlation between style-length and pollen-grain size. In the heterostylous species he was studying, the pollen-grains of long-styled plants were con- sistently smaller than those of short-styled ones ; but when he measured these two Phloxes, he found the short-styled P. nivalis to have smaller pollen than the long-styled P. subulata. Dismissing the possibility that they might be distinct species, because of Gray 's pronouncement that they were the same, he spent much effort in discussing possible explanations, but was unable to reach any other conclusion than that "the whole case is perplexing in the highest degree." Bentham 's view that two species are represented was revived by Small3 many years later, and the data obtained in the course of the present study confirm the correctness of this in- terpretation. Both adopted Nuttall 's name for the one under discussion here; since in spite of Loddiges's incomplete char- acterization of his Phlox nivalis, however, there can be no doubt as to what this name referred to, the rule of priority re- quires its use instead. The third monographer of the family, Brand,4 approached the matter differently. While including everything under a single species, he worked out an elaborate taxonomie system of supposed subspecies, varieties, and subvarieties, his complete name for NuttalPs material being, for example, "Phlox subu- lata eusubulata ciliata hentzii." As, however, he erroneously stated its calyx to be eglandular and its corolla-lobes entire, and made similar mistakes in other cases, his scheme of classifi- cation is quite inaeceptable. iProc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 247. 1870. 2 Forma of Flowers 120. 1877. 3 Flora S.E. U. S. 978. 1903. IV. 250: 78. 1907. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Geography. — Phlox nivalis occurs in the Coastal Plain, Pied- mont, and exceptionally Blue Ridge,1 from central peninsular Florida to central Alabama, western North Carolina, and southernmost Virginia. This is brought out graphically by the map, fig. 1, which bears a dot for each county in which it is recorded. No relation to the Fall-line (the cross-hatched band) is shown, but the mountain-front (line of \ 's) is evi- dently a nearly complete barrier to this plant. 8p° *«,. j.. Distribution of Phlox nivalis. Alabama : Certainly known from but a single locality in the Coastal Plain, where discovered by Dr. Eoland M. Harper in 1927 in Elmore/ County, 8 miles (13 km.) east of Wetumpka. A subulate-leaved Phlox reported on Montesano in Madison County by Mr. T. G. Harbison is probably the same, but no specimens have been seen. i Physiographic provinces are defined according to Fenneman, Ann. Assoc. Amer. Geogr. 6: 19. 1917. Florida: Occasional north of latitude 27°, the following counties being represented in the material seen: Alachua, Citrus', Duval, Hernando', Hillsborough, Jackson, Lake, Levy, Liberty, Manatee, Marion, Putnam, Volusia, and Walton'. The southernmost point at which the species is known to have been collected is Palma Sola, Manatee County. Georgia : Scattered throughout the state ; a member of the Altamaha Grit flora, as noted by Harper.1 The counties from which it is recorded are: Berrien, Bulloch, Charlton, Cobb', Coffee, Emanuel, Franklin', Gwinnett', Irwin, Montgomery, Peach (recently created out of a part of Houston; specimens were kindly collected for me here by Mr. J. C. Dunegan), Richmond, Tattnall, Toombs, and Wilcox. [Mississippi: Chapman2 gave the range of "Phlox subu- lata" (which in his usage covered the present species) as ex- tending into this state, but no specimens appear to be pre- served. It is, moreover, not included in the flora by Lowe,3 and Professor Lowe assures me that it has not been collected in recent years. Its occurrence here is thus questionable.] North Carolina : Frequent in the Piedmont, and rare in the Coastal Plain and Blue Ridge. Material has been seen from Brunswick, Buncombe, Cabarrus', Davidson', Forsyth', Gaston', Halifax, Iredell, Mecklenburg', Moore', Orange', Richmond, Rowan', Stanly, Vance, Wake7, and Yadkin coun- ties. The highest elevation which the species is known to at- tain is 2,000 feet (610 meters) in Buncombe County. South Carolina: Occasional throughout, being recorded from Aiken, Berkeley, Charleston, Cherokee', Darlington, Kershaw', Oconee, and Richland counties. Virginia : Early allusions, of doubtful validity, to the occur- rence of this Phlox here have been noted above. It is known to grow at present in two counties, Greensvillef (in both Pied- mont and Coastal Plain around Emporia), and Halifax' (northeast of Clover, well back in the Piedmont) . The latter is the northernmost point at which the species has yet been found, latitude 36° 50'. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Ecology.— Throughout its range Phlox nivalis is typically an inhabitant of dry, thin oak or pine woods, exceptionally of damp meadows. Its soil is commonly a mixture of sand and clay, often rich in humus but at times rust-colored from the presence of iron hydroxides. By far the most frequent reac- tion observed has been subacid, the optimum for the species appearing to lie near active acidity 30. Values decidedly lower or higher than this have been noted but rarely, and neutrality only once, in Citrus county, Florida. The whole aspect of its habitats suggests sterility, and its depressed habit, woody stem, and small persistent leaves mark it as a moderate xerophyte. In succession, this species appears to occupy an intermediate position, first appearing in a shrub-thicket stage, and dying out again as climax forest develops. It is fairly resistant to fire, rapidly producing new shoots on crowns from which the old stems have burned away. The boundary of its range on the north and northwest probably represents a climatic barrier, although why it does not extend farther along the Gulf coast is not evident. Its chief blooming period covers March and April toward the southern end of the range, and April and May toward the northern end. Sporadic flowers sometimes appear both earlier and later, and in years marked by frequent alternations of cool and warm weather, a few may be produced in the Fall. The flowers are normally protandrous, the stigmas not becoming receptive until the pollen has been shed, so that self-pollination probably occurs but rarely in spite of the position of the stig- mas below the anthers. Cross-pollination is evidently effected largely by lepidopterous insects, butterflies having been ob- served visiting the purpler flowers, and moths being no doubt attracted to whiter ones. Variation. — Phlox nivalis is an exceedingly variable species, no two individuals seeming ever to be exactly alike. Its habit, while usually lax with tall flowering shoots, is occasionally dense with short ones, the plants then having the aspect of P. subulata. In most cases a whole colony will tend toward one or the other extreme, but in the midst of nearly every lax colony a few more or less dense variants appear, and dense PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 15 colonies include some lax individuals. There is no recognizable geographic segregation of the contrasted types ; both the tallest and shortest plants seen were in South Carolina, while the northwesternmost are up to the average in stature, showing no tendency to approach that of P. subulata where the ranges overlap. This species can usually be distinguished from its relative by the presence of some leaves 3 mm. or more in width, yet in any large colony occasional plants, and in a few colonies the bulk of them, have leaves not exceeding 1 or 1.5 mm. wide. Tall lax plants frequently show the largest leaves, but exceptions to this correlation have been observed. The hairs of the inflores- cence-foliage (upper leaves, bracts, pedicels, and calyces) are normally abundantly gland-tipped, and glandless hairs ap- pear only as a rather rare mutation. The calyx-lobes vary in length from 2.5 to 4.5 mm. That the flowers of Phlox nivalis are often pale in tint has been noted by several writers, the specimen on which the name was founded having represented a nearly white variant, but no data as to the actual variability in this respect have ever been published. Using color names and numbers according to Ridgway,1 observations indicate the most frequent hue of the corolla-limb to be light phlox purple (65 d) or its slightly grayed equivalent, lilac (65' d). The redder light mallow pur- ple (67 d) is occasional; the bluer light amparo purple (63 d) or even light hortense violet (61 d) are exceptional. Deeper tones such as phlox purple (65 b) are decidedly rarer than in P. subulata. On the other hand, pale flowers are common, the limb being between a pink or pale purple of the "f " series and white; and complete albinos can be found in nearly every large colony. Many occurrences show this full range of color varia- tion, but there is a tendency toward paleness in whole colonies here and there throughout the range. The hue of the striae appears to bear little relation to that of the limb, being often slightly redder, although sometimes dis- tinctly bluer. That most frequently seen is rhodamine purple (67), with a range to tyrian rose (69) on the one hand and to 1 Color Standards and Nomenclature. 1912. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE violet purple (63) or rarely even amethyst violet (61) on the other. The striae vary considerably in intensity, being occa- sionally faint in otherwise deeply colored flowers, or, on the other hand, strong in pale ones. Variations also occur in corolla-dimensions, although it is noteworthy that on the average the corollas of this species are larger in all respects than are those of the other members of the section. The most significant feature here is the degree of development of the corolla-lobe sinus, which is used as a diag- nostic character in the key to the species. In Phlox nivalis entire or merely slightly erose corolla-lobes are of frequent oc- currence, and sinuses more than 1.5 mm. deep appear only in exceptional plants, 3 mm. having in fact been attained in but two out of 100 plants examined. The deeper sinuses, more- over, occur chiefly in cases where the lobes themselves are espe- cially long, so that the sinus-depth rarely exceeds % the lobe- length. The style varies somewhat in length in all colonies, although it has not been observed to reaeh the minimum value for the other two species of the section, this feature accordingly yield- ing the most constant and dependable key character for dis- tinction from them. Some colonies have two (or three) ovules per cell in nearly every plant, but in many cases multiple ovules occur in only a few individuals. This marked variability is presumably connected with the development of the species in too recent time, geologically speaking, for stability to have been attained- It could be given nomenclatorial recognition in part by rearranging into new combinations the technical names listed under history; a cer- tain name would then represent, however, only an individual plant out of a colony in which there are scores of others equally deserving of names of the same rank. Thus, the original P. nivalis had dense habit, short corolla-lobes, and multiple ovules in the cells, while P. hentzii had lax habit, long corolla-lobes and single ovules. The second might be designated a form of the first, but the colony from which it came no doubt included other individuals with dense habit, long lobes, and single ovules ; with lax habit, short lobes, and single ovules ; with lax PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 17 habit, long lobes, and multiple ovules, and so on. There being eight possible combinations for the extremes among the three characters mentioned, all of which may be expected to occur in a large colony of the species, seven additional form names would be required in this connection alone, and the recognition of median as well as extreme states would call for twice as many more. Moreover, if similar nomenclatorial treatment were to be extended to cover the rest of the variables already enumerated, and still others which might have been, the num- ber of new names necessary would mount into the hundreds. As these variations all seem to be equally prominent through- out the range of the species, and to show no relation to any geographic, geologic, or ecologic factor, it is difficult to see how any useful purpose would be served by such an enormous series of technical names, so no attempt will be made to propose any. Should a genetic study of the species ever be undertaken— and in view of the striking variations exhibited in natural crossings, interesting results could be expected from experi- mentally controlled ones— the English descriptive terms here used, such as dense and lax habit, pale and deep color, long and short style, etc., would be preferable to any technical designa- tions covering several variables, in referring to the plants obtained. Cultivation. — Occurring in nature as it does only south of latitude 37°, Phlox nivalis is not entirely hardy in the north- eastern United States, and little of it is in cultivation in this country. Certain of the plants sold as varieties of P. subulata appear, however, to be hybrids between the two species, as will be discussed in connection with the second. In England, on the other hand, P. nivalis has been in continuous cultivation since it was introduced by the collectors of the late 1700 's, al- ready mentioned. It is known there as P. setacea, the name erroneously applied to it by Curtis, and its horticultural value has been discussed, under this name, by Robinson.1 The marked beauty of many of its color-forms suggests that at- tempts to develop hardier strains would be worthy of consid- eration on the part of American horticulturalists. i English Flower Garden, ed. 13. 625. 1921. 18 PROCEEDINGS OP THE 2. Phlox subulata Linne. Moss Phlox. Plate 3. History. — That this species was also collected in early- colonial times is inferred from the inclusion of a figure ap- parently representing it in Plukenet's publication1 of 1691, with the description "Lychnidaea Blattariae accedens Vir- giniana, Camphoratae congeneris glabris foliis, flore ad sum- mitatem ramulorum singulari." In this case the drawing was made from a dried specimen, which is preserved in the Sloane herbarium in the British Museum, but there are no data as to where or by whom it was obtained. Occurrence of the flowers singly is not typical of the species, but is occa- sional in depauperate individuals, such as the one in question. An interesting early reference to this Phlox is contained in a letter from John Bartram, the first native American botanist, that was later published by Darlington.2 Writing to Gronovius, of Holland, under date of December 6, 1745, he told how, in areas underlain by what we now term serpentine rock, "The earth of each side is very black, and produceth a very odd, pretty kind of Lychnis [with which Phlox was often confused in pre-Linnean days] with leaves as narrow and short as our Red Cedar, of humble growth, perennial, and so early as to flower sometimes while the snow is on the ground. " The application of Linne 's name Phlox subulata? to the present species is based on the existence of a specimen so labelled in his herbarium.4 The sheet is initialed "K," signi- fying that it had been received from Kalm; the locality, as published, was "Virginia," but as Kalm did not travel south of Pennsylvania, it no doubt came from this state instead. Linne cited Plukenet's figure of what is now termed P. nivalis, but that may be ignored as due to an error of interpretation of the figure. On the following page of the same work he listed a supposedly distinct species, under the name P. setacea, but no specimen of this is included in his 1849. (1): 152. 1753. kindly sent me by Mr. i of the if. S. National* Bartoxia, No 11 wrnm. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 19 herbarium, the name being founded solely on Plukenet's figure, above mentioned. Since, however, that figure seems to represent merely a variant of P. subulata, the two must be combined, under the earlier name. The first illustration of typical material of this species was that published by Curtis1 in 1798 ; and many others have ap- peared since. The name Phlox subulata has long been in general use, although, as noted in the discussion, it has not infrequently been mistakenly extended to include the pre- ceding species. For many years after Linne's day attempts were made to differentiate his P. subulata and P. setacea; in some cases the latter got applied to the plant here treated as P. nivalis, in others to variants of P. subulata exhibiting minor peculiarities. The climax of misinterpretation came in 1907, when Brand2 endeavored to distinguish a Phlox subu- lata eusubulata ciliata with ciliate leaves from a P. s. e. setacea with glabrous ones. As the leaves of all of the members of this section are ciliate when immature and become glabrous with age, the distinction is hardly to be regarded as of taxo- nomic significance. There remains to be considered the nomenclatorial treat- ment of white-flowered phases of P. subulata. The earliest publication which has been located, in which whiteness of corolla is made the basis for a special name, is one by Regel3 in 1883, the horticultural term P. subulata alba being used. Subsequently, at intervals, P. s. forma albiflora Britton,4 P. brittonii Small,5 and P. s. forma candidula House6 have been proposed. The first and last of these appear to refer to the same thing, namely albino mutants of ordinary P. subu- lata, for which Kegel's name has priority. The middle one, however, differed also in having the hairs on the inflorescence gland-tipped as well as in other minor details, and deserves recognition as a distinct variety, as discussed below. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Geography.— Phlox subulata occurs in various physiographic provinces, though in the Coastal Plain only northward, from western North Carolina to southwestern Michigan and central New York ; also, as an escape, from New York to eastern Maine. The data are presented on the map, fig. 2, on which dots indi- cate native colonies and x's introduced ones. This map bears two topographical boundaries and three other lines. The Fig. 2. Distribution of Phlox subulata. dotted one represents the terminal moraine of the last (Wis- consin) ice advance; colonies lying north of it can have been developed only in the 35,000 years or so since this ice sheet re- treated. The distance of the most northwestern stations in Michigan from the presumable survival areas in Pennsylvania being about 350 miles (550 km.), the migration rate of the species across the Great Lake Lowland has averaged a mile per PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 21 hundred years. Northward and northeastward it has migrated more slowly, except where aided by man. There is no evidence of any change in characters associated with this occupancy of new territory. The dash line represents, as closely as avail- able data permit, the boundary between a northern and two southern varieties of the species, the distinguishing characters of which are discussed under Variation. It shows no relation to any climatic, topographic, or geologic feature, as do most lines delimiting the ranges of northern and southern plants, there being, correspondingly, an association of the more aus- tral varieties of this Phlox with boreal representatives of other plant groups in the southern mountains. The solid line sur- rounds the area occupied by the pale-colored southern variety, also cutting across topographic features in an unusual manner. No explanation can as yet be given for the curious courses of these boundaries, but further study of the matter is planned. [Arkansas : Brand1 cited Rafinesque, without reference, as authority for the occurrence of P. subulata here, but this plant does not appear to be mentioned in that author's writings, and as there are no specimens preserved from anywhere near the boundaries of the state in any herbarium examined, the record is considered erroneous.] [Connecticut: Recorded as an escape from cultivation in two counties, Hartford* and New Haven'.] [District op Columbia: Although included in the Flora of the District,2 this species is not actually native within its limits, the nearest known point which it reaches being Cropley, Montgomery County, Maryland, about 5 miles (8 km.) north- west of the boundary.] Kentucky: Occasional in the eastern part of the state, specimens having been seen from Fayette, Jefferson, Jes- samine, Morgan and Shelby counties. [Maine: Escaped in two counties, Cumberland* and Pe- nobscot*, the latter being the northernmost known occurrence of the species.] 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Maryland : Known only in Allegany', Carroll, Cecil', Mont- gomery', and Washington' counties. The line separating the ranges of the northern and one of the southern varieties of the species crosses the northern part of the state. [Massachusetts : Specimens have been seen from six coun- ties, all evidently representing escapes: Bristol*, Essex*, Mid- dlesex*, Norfolk*, Plymouth*, and Suffolk*.] Michigan : Limited to the southern half of the lower pen- insula, being recorded from Cass, Jackson, Kent, Macomb, Oakland, Washtenaw, and Wayne counties. The northwest- ernmost known locality for the species is one in Kent. New Jersey: Especially frequent and widespread in this state, occurring both in upland provinces and in the Coastal Plain north of the Pine-barrens. The counties in which it has been found are : Bergen, Burlington, Camden', Essex, Glouces- ter, Hunterdon', Mercer', Middlesex', Monmouth, Passaic', Somerset, Union, and Warren. New York : Occurs locally throughout the state south of the Adirondacks, although according to Dr. H. D. House the more northeastern records are based on escapes. The county list is Albany*, Bronx Borough*, Broome, Chemung, Delaware, Erie, Genesee', Herkimer*, Kings Borough, Livingston, Monroe, Nas- sau, Oneida*, Oswego*, Rensselaer*, Richmond Borough, Rock land, Schuyler, Steuben, Suffolk, Tioga, Tompkins', Warren* Wyoming, and Yates. The northernmost point at which it seems unquestionably native is Monroe county, the most east- ern Suffolk county, on Long Island. North Carolina: Rare in the Blue Ridge and inner Pied mont and seen from but three counties, Buncombe, Madison', and Rowan. The last of these is apparently the southernmost limit of the species ; overlapping of the range with that of P. nivalis occurs here, but no tendency of the two to intergrade can be recognized. Ohio: Scattered throughout except toward the southwest, the counties represented being: Adams, Cuyahoga, Defiance, Delaware', Fairfield, Franklin', Guernsey, Highland', Jeffer- son, Knox, Lake, Lawrence, Licking', Lorain, Medina, Mus- PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 23 kingum, Portage, Scioto, and Summit. The line dividing the northern from one of the southern varieties runs slightly above the center of the state, corresponding, according to a private communication from Professor John H. Schaffner, to the boundary between the ranges of other northern and southern plants. Ontario: Rare along the north shore of Lake Erie, occur- rences in Haldimand and Norfolk districts being recorded by Macoun.1 Pennsylvania : Apparently more frequent here than in any other state, herbaria including specimens from 28 counties: Allegheny', Beaver', Berks', Bradford, Bucks', Center', Ches- ter', Columbia, Cumberland, Delaware', Franklin, Huntingdon, Juniata, Lackawanna, Lancaster', Lehigh', Luzerne, Lyco- ming', Monroe, Montgomery', Northampton, Northumberland', Perry, Pike, Somerset, Tioga, Union, and Wyoming. Tennessee : Included in the flora of the state by Gattinger2 on the basis of its occurrence on Kates Mountain, West Vir- ginia, but this is too remote from the boundary to be signifi- cant. Colonies have, however, been seen on shale hills at Leas Springs, Grainger7 county, and it no doubt occurs elsewhere toward the eastern end of the state. [Vermont: Escapes are known in three counties: Cale- donia', Windham*, and Windsor*.] Virginia: Recorded from Alleghany', Amherst', Augusta', Bath', Botetourt, Buckingham', Fairfax', Page', Rockbridge', Rockingham, and Shenandoah counties, both of the southern varieties being represented. West Virginia: Common only in the eastern part, the county list being: Fayette, Grant', Greenbrier7, Hampshire7, Hardy', Jefferson', Marion, Mercer', Mineral, Monongalia, Monroe', Pendleton', and Pocahontas'. This appears to be the only state in which all three varieties are found ; the evidence thus far obtained indicates that their ranges do not overlap, but more detailed observations along the boundaries are needed. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Ecology. — The characteristic habitat of Phlox subulata is a bare, sunny, slope, where the soil is sandy or gravelly, and rock ledges lie near the surface. Humus may be present in consid- erable amount, but is often lacking; moisture is usually very sparse. The reaction is decidedly variable, ranging from mini- malkaline when, as is not infrequent, the substratum is cal- careous, to subacid in non-calcareous areas. No definite opti- mum can accordingly be assigned to the species and it is seemingly to be regarded as essentially indifferent with respect to this factor. Growing in more sterile situations, and being still more compact and small-leaved than the preceding spe- cies, its classification as a xerophyte is even more justified. From the sueeessional standpoint, Phlox subulata is a pio- neer plant, occupying areas of bare mineral soil, and produc- ing humus through the accumulation and decomposition of its own leaves. In places where the sterility of its habitats is such as to discourage invasion by other plants, it often becomes dominant, and forms a temporary climax, as on the serpentine barrens of the Pennsylvania Piedmont, where many acres may be covered by nearly pure stands. When, on the other hand, the seeds of larger plants which fall into its soil are able to start extensive colonies, the Phlox rapidly dwindles and dies out. The fact that it escapes from cultivation so freely far northeast of its natural range suggests that the occupancy of new territory, which it began when the last ice-sheet retreated, is still under way. The blooming period of this species extends through much of April and May, or in cooler localities into June. Additional flowers are frequently developed in the Fall, and sometimes even in Winter. Like the preceding species, it is protandrous, the stigmas ripening after the anthers ; but it differs in having a long style, so that the stigmas lie well up toward the orifice of the corolla-tube. In occasional individuals, indeed, the stigmas are exserted, although as no change in anther position can be recognized in such cases, it is not to be classed as hetero- stylous. Butterflies are no doubt the chief agents of cross- pollination. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 25 Variation.— While Phlox subulata resembles its relative, al- ready discussed, in the extent of its variability, a new feature is now shown, namely, geographic segregation of extremes of certain of the variable characters. As to habit, the majority of the colonies are of fairly tall and dense plants, with occasional lax-tall and a moderate num- ber of dense-short individuals. There seems to be a definite tendency, however, for dense-short plants to become dominant at the higher elevations, especially in the southern Blue Ridge and Appalachians. The more low-growing plants usually have the shorter leaves, the greatest leaf-length in the regions just mentioned being around 10 mm., whereas a range up to 20 mm. is shown elsewhere. Leaf-width, on the whole, varies inversely with length, although relatively long leaves may widen wher- ever the plants are shaded. The calyx-lobes vary to about the same extent as do those in Phlox nivalis, but without evident correlation with other features. The situation with respect to glandularity has apparently never been understood heretofore. Segregation in this feature follows latitude instead of altitude, southern colonies having dominantly glandular, and northern ones non-glandular inflor- escence-foliage. The boundary between the two types has been discussed in connection with figure 2, page 20; north of this line glandular hairs appear on two or three per cent, of the plants, while south of it nearly every plant is glandular, glandless forms being extremely rare, though not unknown. An account of the variability of Phlox subulata in corolla- color has already been published by Stout,1 on the basis of ob- servations at a few northeastern localities; the extension of similar observations over a much wider area has led to the recognition of the following relations for the species as a whole : The commonest colors are light amparo, phlox, and mal- low purples (63, 65, and 67 d), although the corresponding deeper tones (b series) are more frequent than in the preced- ing species, and a few instances of full colors (Ridgway's un- lettered series) have even been noted. On the other hand, Paler tints (f series) are prominent in some colonies, extend- 1 Journ. N. Y. Bot. Garden 18 : 75. 1917. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ing on the red side to pale amaranth pink (69 f), and on the blue side even further, to pale hortense violet (61 f). Com- plete albino mutants occur here and there throughout the range. In many areas, especially those in the Pennsylvania Piedmont, the whole series of color variation is shown, but there is at times a tendency toward deepness or paleness in separate colonies. Particularly notable is the presence in the southern Appalachians of entire colonies in which the corolla- color is never deeper than the "d" series, and tends toward a pale violet or lavender rather than the usual purple hue. As in the preceding species, the color of the striae does not necessarily follow that of the corolla-limb, although hues ap- proaching violet (59) are much commoner in the Appalachian region than elsewhere, in correlation with the tendency of the color as a whole. The dimensions of the corolla-parts show about as much variability as in Phlox nivalis, but with the difference that entire lobes are mueh rarer than in that species, although they do occur on a small percentage of the individuals in every large colony. Here, too, tabulation of the measurements on more than a hundred plants, on a geographic basis, has brought out the fact that the corolla averages smallest in the Appalachians, and largest elsewhere in the south (see opposite page). That the style of Phlox subulata is variable in length was mentioned under Ecology. Here no geographic segregation can be recognized, one or two per cent, of plants with exserted stigmas appearing in colonies throughout the range, and vari- ants showing different degrees of shortness occurring inti- mately admixed. The style never becomes so short as to re- semble that of P. nivalis, however, even where the species overlap, this furnishing one of the arguments for the distinct- ness of the two. Many of these variations occur, as in the preceding species, in such close association that any system of technical nomen- clature covering their inter-relationships would be too cumber- some for practical use. Certain of them which exhibit definite geographic segregation deserve, however, nomenclatorial recog- nition. Since Brand's polynomials, elaborate as they are, do PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 27 not really correspond to the existing relations, a new system of nomenclature is called for. In this, the three distinguishable varieties will be designated by trinomials, but in order that the plan shall not become too unwieldy, the noteworthy forms will be referred to only by English adjectives. In the following tabulation the varieties are placed in the relative positions in which they occur in nature : TUBE AVERAGING 11 MM. LONG, LOBES 8 X 5.5 MM., AND Phlox subulata ciliata (Brand) Wherry, comb. nov. P. s. subsp. eu-subulata var. ciliata Brand. The original Linnean specimen on which the species was founded represented this variety. Glandular. Typified by specimen from serpentine barrens 11 miles north- east of Unionville, Chester Co., Pa., collected by E. T. W. May 9, 1926; occurs occasionally throughout the area of the variety. White (albino). P. s. alba Eegel, P. s. f. albi flora Britton, P. s. f. candidula House. A mutant, also occasional throughout. Inflorescence-hairs normally Corolla normally deep purple; Coeoi tube 12.5, lobes 9x6, white; TUBE 11, LOBES 7 X 4.5, SINUS 1.5 MM. SINUS 1.5 MM. Phlox subulata australis Wherry, Phlox subulata brittonii (Small) ' v. P. brittonii subsp. nivalis Brand as to definition but not as miles northeast of Staunton, to citations: not P. nivalis Augusta Co., Va., collected by Lodd. ; occupies a restricted area E. T. W. April 9, 1928; wide- in the Appalachians and Potomac spread in the south. Valley. Form: Form: Glandless. Typified by specimen Glandless. Typified by specimen in Gray Herbarium from Salis- from shaly slope 2 miles north- bnry, Rowan Co., N C, collected east of Cumberland, Allegany by A. Buth, April i5, 1900 (up- Co., Md., collected by E. T. W. per plant); apparently exceed- May 27, 1928; occurs sparingly ingly rare. in a few colonies. In considering this table it must be borne in mind that indi- vidual plants within colonies of one variety may simulate either of the others. For example, a plant of the glandular form of P. s. ciliata which chances to have especially large corollas might pass as P. s. australis. The characters tabulated 28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE are only dominant or average ones, and can scarcely be safely applied for identifying isolated specimens. Cultivation. — The late Reginald Farrer1 aptly expressed the significance of this Phlox when he wrote that "The day that saw the introduction, more than a century since, of Ph. subu- lata, ought indeed be kept as a horticultural festival." The earliest record of its introduction is contained in a letter from John Bartram to Peter Collinson, dated December 10, 1745, published by Darlington,2 in which the shipment of "one sod of the fine creeping spring Lychnis" was announced. This was listed by Collinson, as recorded by Dillwyn,3 under the name ' 'Lyehnidea sempervirens, flore rubro. ' ' From that time on P. subulata has been repeatedly referred to in horticultural writings, and has yielded under cultivation numerous forms, a few of which may be briefly discussed here. Under the name Phlox subulata "vivid" Hort. two different types are sold ; one is a bright-colored and luxuriant variant of the species itself, the other an obvious intermediate between P. subulata and P. nivalis, presumably representing a hybrid between them. The latter exhibits corolla-lobe sinuses 0.5 mm. deep, uppermost anther 1 mm. below the corolla-tube orifice, style 3.5 mm. long, and ovules double in some cells. Its corolla- color, which lies near tyrian pink (69 b), is rather redder than that of either species in the wild, and probably arose in connec- tion with the hybridization. One plant variously offered in the trade as P. subulata ' ' li- lacina" Hort., P. s. "stellaria" Hort, P. s. "G. F. Wilson" Hort., etc, lies similarly intermediate in leaf-size, corolla- color, and sinus-depth between this species and P. bifida, the one next discussed, and may well be a hybrid between this pair. The same varietal names are often applied, however, to what appear to be merely lilac-colored forms of typical P. subulata. Such use of several names for the same plant, and single names for two or more different plants, has given rise to many con- tradictory statements in the literature, so that there is need for further study of all the horticultural varieties. i English Rock Garden 2 : 67. 1919. 2 Memorials Bartram and Marshall 173. 1849. 3 Hortus Collinsonianus 39. 1843. Bartoxia, No 11 PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 29 3. Phlox bifida Beck. Sand Phlox. Plate 4. History. — Growing as it does only west of the Allegheny mountains, this species did not become known to the botanists of the 1700 's, but was discovered by Beck1 in Illinois during 1820 or 1821, and described by him as Phlox bifida. It was also found about the same time by Short,2 but for some obscure reason he questioned its distinctness; quoting the description of P. setacea (now referred to P. nivalis) given by Curtis,3 he remarked, "I have ventured with doubt to affix this name to the present species although it agrees nearer with the descrip- tion- given above than any other specific character to which I have access and I can scarcely suppose it a new species. " The name setacea has thus, curiously enough, been applied at one time or another to all three members of this section, yet is re- garded as inacceptable for any of them. That Gray proposed another name, Phlox stellaria, for ma- terial collected by Short, was noted in the account of the way my interest in the Polemoniaceae was aroused. As his type specimen was, however, not even typical of the locality where it occurred, this can not be accepted as a species ; its status will be discussed under Variation. Brand's* supposed variety, P. stellaria cedaria, is still less acceptable, being based on a speci- men from which mature leaves had evidently been broken off. The name stellaria has appealed to compilers of local floras, as well as to horticulturalists, more than bifida, but the rule of priority requires adherence to Beck's name for the species. Geography.— Phlox bifida ranges through the Interior Low Plateaus, Ozark Plateaus, and Central Lowland provinces, from northern Tennessee to southeastern Kansas, eastern Iowa, and southwestern Michigan. The map, fig. 3 (following page), bears a dot for each county, a solid line delimiting the two vari- eties, and a dotted line marking the terminal moraine of the Wisconsin ice-sheet. 1 Amer. Jour. Sci. 11 : 170. 1826. 2 Transylv. Jcrarn. Med. 2 : 441. 1829. 3Bot. Mag. 12: pi. 415. 1798. * In Engler's Pflanzenxeich IV. 250: 75. 1907. PROCEEDINGS OP THE Some of the gaps between close groups of dots are probably- due to lack of collecting. For example, the existence of ten county records on the Indiana side, and but two on the Illinois side of the boundary between these states, evidently reflects the activity of Mr. Charles C. Deam in the former. All the dotless areas can not be so explained, however, and this species undoubtedly tends toward a more scattered type of distribu- tion than its relatives. It agrees with P. subulata, on the other hand, in showing no evident morphologic change connected Fig. 3. Distribution of Phlox bifida. with crossing the moraine or occupying the glaciated territory. In post-glacial time it has advanced about 175 miles (275 km.) , so its average migration rate is but a mile per 200 years. Arkansas: Recorded from a single locality in the Ozark Plateau province, in the ravine of War Eagle Creek near Huntsville, Madison' County. Illinois : Apparently most widespread in this state, being recorded in at least 16 counties : Cass, Cook, Grundy, Jackson', PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 31 Johnson, Kankakee, Lake, La Salle, Lee, McHenry, Mason, Menard, Peoria', Sangamon, Union', and Will. Its northern- most known occurrence is that in Lake county. Indiana: Scattered through the western and south-central parts of the state, as shown especially by the collections made by Charles C. Deam, preserved in his private herbarium at Bluffton. The county list is: Brown, Clark, Fountain, Harri- son, Jasper, Lake, Monroe', Montgomery, Morgan, Newton, Parke, Porter', Tippecanoe, Vigo, and White. The southern- most occurrence, in Harrison county, possesses differences jus- tifying nomenclatorial recognition. Iowa: The single locality, Vinton, Benton county, is the northwesternmost point the species is known to reach. Kansas : A specimen is preserved at the New York Botanical Garden from Cowley county, in the southeastern part of the state. This locality apparently represents a remote western outlier, no other of the same variety having been discovered within 325 miles (525 km.) of it. Kentucky : Here again but one locality is known, on cliffs near the junction of Hickman Creek and the Kentucky River, at Camp Nelson, Jessamine' county. That this was the type locality of "Phlox stellaria," unknown to Gray at the time he proposed that name, is shown by the presence in several her- baria of specimens collected here by Short. Michigan : Reported from two counties, Cass and St. Joseph, the latter being the northeastern limit of the species. Missouri.- Apparently very rare, specimens having been seen only from Iron county, in the southeastern Ozarks. Tennessee: Recorded (as P. stellaria) by Gattinger1 from Lavergne, Rutherford' county, and distributed by him to numerous herbaria from this place. The colony lies about 1 mile northeast of the village, and was found in 1929 to be still in existence, although damaged by grazing. Reports from Nashville, Davidson county, probably refer to the same, as Gattinger wrote on some of his labels "Lavergne near Nash- ville." Through some misunderstanding, Curtiss distributed 1 Flora of Tenn. 140. 1901. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE material obtained from Gattinger, no doubt from the same locality, with printed labels reading "Cedar barrens, Tulla- homa," and this has given rise to reports that the plant also occurs in Coffee (sometimes mis-stated as Crawford) county. In his Flora, however, Gattinger had pointed out the marked contrasts between the cedar barrens, such as those at Lavergne, with the oak barrens around Tullahoma, and there is not the slightest evidence that the Phlox ever occurred in the latter region. Ecology. — Like the other members of the section, Fhlox bi- fida is an occupant of relatively sterile sandy or rocky soil. It is found chiefly on bare cliffs, where it often forms great fes- toons, and on sandy banks and dunes. It appears to thrive equally well on calcareous substrata, where the reaction of the soil around its roots is minimalkaline, and on humus-rich soils where subacidity is reached, so is regarded as indifferent. The leaves of this species are larger than those of the others, but at the same time fewer in number, so that it is to be classed as similarly xerophytic. In the manuals it is usually separated from the others on the basis of being supposedly deciduous while they are evergreen; the proportion of younger leaves which are fully evergreen to older ones which are marcescent is essentially the same in all three, however, and the misunder- standing is evidently due to the sparseness of the leaf-bearing nodes in the present species. In successional relationship Phlox bifida, like P. subulata, is a pioneer, colonizing bare mineral soil, and holding the surface until humus accumulates. It even occupies slowly moving sand dunes around the southern end of Lake Michigan, aiding in keeping them from more rapid migration. It is, however, quite intolerant of competition or shading, and soon dies out as later vegetational stages develop. That it may have reached a climatic barrier at the northern end of its range is suggested by the fact that, before man interfered, it was exceedingly abundant in Cook County, Illinois, being represented in her- baria from at least 15 different stations ; yet in Lake County, which lies next on the north, it is recorded from but a single PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 66 small colony near Waukegan, and proved to be quite absent when sought, in seemingly favorable situations, over several square miles of undisturbed territory there. The easternmost known occurrence in Jessamine County, Kentucky, is very luxuriant, but the plant has been unable to colonize similar cliffs farther east. The latter part of April and early part of May is the time of maximum bloom of this species, although the whole range is from early April well into June. Sporadic Fall flowers ap- pear to be much rarer than in its relatives. The average style- length is intermediate between that of the other two, so that the stigmas lie in the midst of the anthers; protandry again prevents self-pollination, however, and crossing is presumably effected by moths. Variation.— Phlox bifida varies rather less than the other members of the section, being essentially uniform in habit and leaf-characters throughout. In certain inflorescence-features, however, it is sufficiently variable to call for detailed discus- sion. In the northern part of the area occupied by this species, the hairs on the younger growth are usually abundantly gland- tipped ; toward the center, glands are fewer, and may be pres- ent only along the pedicels. This tendency toward diminution of glandularity reaches its maximum in the more southeasterly colonies, where no glands have been observed at all, and where, moreover, a small percentage of the plants have glabrous in- florescence-foliage. The present species is more constant in corolla-color than are most other Phloxes. The normal hue is pallid violet (59 f), ranging through imperceptible gradations to white with violet tube, the latter coloration being especially well developed in northeastern Illinois. Eye-striae are often absent or faint, but occasionally a plant is found which has strong ones of a violet color, even blue- violet (55) having been observed. No tendency of the coloration to vary toward the red-purples characterizing the other two members of the section appears to exist. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE In corolla dimensions Phlox bifida is less uniform. Some colonies, especially toward the southern part of the range, have corolla-lobe sinuses varying from 2 to 3 or at most 4 mm. in depth, while farther north the range is from 2 to 5 or even 6 mm. deep. The segments show considerable variation in out- line, from narrow to wide and acute to obtuse, without cor- relation with sinus-depth. In style-length it is intermediate between its two relatives, a range of 4 to 11 mm. having been observed, with 7 mm. most frequent. Multiple ovules have been noted but once among a hundred plants. Adopting the same plan as with the preceding species, the varieties which exhibit sufficient geographic segregation to de- serve nomenclatorial treatment are as follows : VARIETIES AND FORMS OF PHLOX BIFIDA but glandless. Typified by specimen in U. S. National Her- barium from Klinger Lake, St. Joseph Co., Mich., collected by C. F. Wheeler June 6, 1890 j very rare, known only from this locality. Puberulent, glamdular-pedicelled. Typified by specimen from Fountain " ■ 'byE. T. V ■ nd variety. Phlox bifida stellaria (Gray) Wherry, comb. nov. P. stellaria Gray, here redefined to cover all the material present at its localities. Typi- fied by a specimen collected at Camp Nelson, Jessamine Co., Ky., by E. T. W. April 11, 1928. Known at one station each in Ark., Ind.; Ky., and Tenn. The form on which Gray founded P. stellaria was: Glabrous. Rare, in Ky. and Tenn., in the midst of the normal form. Cultivation. — In spite of the attractive aspect of most of its variants, Phlox bifida has not been cultivated to any consider- able extent. Material offered by dealers under the name P. stellaria does not agree with the native plant to which that name was applied, but seems, like the so-called P. subulata "G. F. Wilson" Hort., to represent a hybrid between P. subulata and P. bifida. This species and its hybrids deserve more at- tention from horticulturalists. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 35 Relations in the Section Subulatae The areas occupied by the three species of this section and their varieties are plotted diagrammatically in figure 4, and the trends of certain of their characters indicated by marginal arrows. Glandularity increases northward in P. bifida and southward in P. subulata, so lacks geographic significance ; but deepening of corolla-lobe sinuses and lengthening of style are accentuated northward, and darkening of corolla-color east- bifida: subulata: GLANDTJ- LAHITY COROLLA * -color/ Morphology in relation to geography ward as well The last three being regarded as evolutionary advances, the inference may be drawn that the ancestors of these species migrated into this region from farther south and west, no doubt during one of the interglacial stages of the Glacial epoch. Species of similar aspect, though retaining the primitive character of isolated flowers, are actually widespread in the southern Rocky Mountains, and that region is probably to be regarded as the ancestral home of the section Subulatae. A Centennial Survey of the Chester County Flora Hugh E. Stone On hundred and three years ago Dr. William Darlington published a catalogue of flowering plants of the vicinity of West Chester, Pennsylvania, under the name of "Florula Cestrica." This book of 150 pages, with its old style type and hand-colored illustrations, is a rare and interesting volume. It was elaborately dedicated after the manner of the day, first to Rev. Lewis D. von Schweinitz, of Bethlehem, Penn- sylvania, and again to the memory of Dr. William Baldwin, of Wilmington, Delaware, and was primarily a check-list of the wild plants found in Chester County by the author. In addi- tion to the scientific name of the plant, for each species was given an English name, a line of description, habitat, color, and months of flowering and fruiting. Appended was a similar list of plants commonly cultivated in the vicinity of West Chester. Eleven years later, in 1837, Dr. Darlington published his " Flora Cestrica" in which was incorporated all of the in- formation of the earlier work and which considered the "flow- ering and filicoid plants" of all Chester County. Both of these books followed the old Linnean sexual system of classifi- cation but when in 1853 Darlington brought out his "Flora Cestrica, Third Edition" he adopted the system in use today and grouped the plants under natural families. Apparently there never was a proper second edition issued. When pre- paring the final work the author evidently had in mind all his three books, the diminutive "Florula" and the two "Floras," as in this last publication he constantly refers to the earlier "Flora" as "Edition Two." It would seem appropriate to follow him in referring to the "Florula Cestrica" of 1826 as "F. C. 1," the "Flora Cestrica" of 1837 as" F. C. 2" and the "Flora Cestrica" of 1853 as "F. C. 3." (36) PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 37 The Flora of 1837 is a remarkably able work and in many ways a much more satisfactory local botany than the later one. Its plant descriptions are full and accurate and were either original or were compiled from contemporary authori- ties with discriminating care. Synonyms and references were fully set forth. Popular names, time of flowering and fruit- ing, local habitat, color notes, medical and economic properties, all were carefully recorded. The author had availed himself of the best botanical works of his time as is evidenced by the many quotations. In studying this book one is conscious of the fact that Dr. Darlington considered quite a few of his species susceptible of further analysis and subdivision. His treatment of Eupa- torium, Viola, Geum, Cerastium and many other genera clearly indicates this. In handling closely related groups the author showed considerable independence in assigning specific rank to plants which had been recognized by certain early botanists. Unfortunately he seems later to have fallen under the con- solidating influence of Dr. Gray and his third edition dropped 26 species most of which have since been considered sound. Some of these were given up reluctantly as, for example, under his foot-note to Viola cucuUata (F. C. 3), "The Viola sororia Wild, and Flora Cestrica, Ed. 2, is made a variety of this by Torrey and Gray and a very distinct one I think it is. ' ' But in no instance do we find any vigorous protest against the decisions of the above authorities. Under Senecio aureus he said "Torrey and Gray have reduced two of Muhlenberg's species to the grade of varieties, which may be well enough, whenever practicable, in a genus that comprises 600 species." Considering the fact that locally we have but three or four species of Senecio the reason for refusing a place to S. bal- samitae seems without much point and scarcely scientific. One wonders what the doctor would have thought of the modern treatment of the genus Crataegus. It is to be regretted that Darlington's evident modesty did not permit him to develop and work out the ideas outlined in the earlier Flora and to publish his own conclusions in his third edition without the 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE subservience to the opinions of later botanists which is so evident. The " Flora" of 1853 was intended to be, as the title states, "An Herborizing Companion for the Young Botanists of Chester County. ' ' It attempted to embody all the data of the earlier works in a condensed form and included about forty more species which had been found in the county during the sixteen-year interval. It also described 132 species of culti- vated field and garden plants, and included mosses, lichens and hepaticae as well as copious notes. From a strictly scientific standpoint the book lost consider- able force and interest through the too drastic condensation. Its outstanding feature was the introduction of the foot-notes. A charming little dissertation followed the description of nearly every species. To quote a few at random, under Salix alba, "We are told that the yellow willow, in this state, came originally from some wicker work found sprouting in Dock Creek, Philadelphia. It was seen by Dr. Franklin, who took it out and gave the cuttings to Charles Norris, who reared them on the grounds now the site of the Custom House. ' ' Un- der Verbascum blattaria we read, ' ' The variety with whitish, purple tinged flowers has become a common weed in Chester County, the other is more rare. It appears by the Bartram Correspondence that about the year 1735 Peter Collinson sent the seeds of the yellow moth mullen to John Bartram as a curiosity and that is no doubt the way the yellow variety came to be so common around Philadelphia. ' ' Under Mentha viri- dis he said, "This pleasant aromatie herb is extensively nat- uralized and is valuable as a domestic medicine in relieving nausea, etc. It is the species employed in the preparation of that seductive beverage known as the Mint Julep of old Vir- ginia, in which its value is more equivocal." Corporal pun- ishment appears to have been on the wane for under Betula nigra he wrote, "The flexible twigs of this species, instead of being used to regulate and stimulate lazy and unruly boys, are now chiefly employed in the manufacture of brooms for sweep- ing streets and stable yards in our cities. ' ' PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 39 Such attractive notes enlivened almost every page. Curious popular beliefs regarding the curative properties of various plants were commented upon, usually with amused tolerance. Opinions on the economic value of grasses and fruits, the de- sirability of certain native plants in gardens, the danger from pernicious introductions — hundreds of interesting facts and opinions make the book a valuable and delightful addition to the library of every flower lover. A few of Darlington's rare native plants do not appear to have been recorded from the county since his time. Were it not for his merited standing as a botanist and for the surpris- ing things which we all turn up now and then, one would be inclined to doubt some of his records. Carex aestivalis and C. collinsii, Geum rivale, Scutellaria galericulata and Lippia nodiflora would, any one of them, be worth a day's journey to find and a red-letter day it would be. Probably most of his indigenous species still persist. Such plants as Arethusa, Calopogon, Oxycoccus, Rynchospora alba and Phragmites appear to have become extinct through the draining of swamps and more thorough farming methods, but one never can tell what some fence corner may harbor! In a summary on page 459 (F. C. 3) Darlington gave a list of 157 species which he stated were naturalized in Chester County and which he included as established species in his flora. In this list were : Delphinium consolida Centaurea cyanus Argemone mexicana Veronica hederae folia Fumaria officinalis Origanum vulgare Bupleurum rotundifolium Thymus serpyllum Belianthus annuus Marrubium vulgare Artemisia vulgaris Lamium pu ff* rtm M Filago germanica Chenopodium kjfbfidwm Senecio vulgaris Amaranthus spinosus None of these plants, so far as I can find, appear in pub- lished lists or public collections made in the county since Dar- lington's time. Most of them were probably waifs which have not persisted or which have not spread to any extent. He also included Acorus calamus as an introduction, accrediting it to 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE India and stating in a foot-note, "Our American botanists speak of it as being undoubtedly indigenous but I have never seen it where it did not appear like an introduced plant. ' ' Probably the greatest change in the flora of Chester County since 1853 has come about through the invasion of the weeds. A great many field and wayside plants are conspicuously abun- dant today which were locally unknown then. Asparagus had not strayed to the roadsides, Lychnis alba, Dianthus armeria, Tri folium hybridum and Lysimachia nummularia had not ap- peared in our fields and meadows and Lonicera japonica is nowhere mentioned in "Flora Cestrica." Notable by their absence from Darlington's list of weeds are Mentha piperita, Pastinaca sativa, Prunus avium, Melilotus alba and Humulus lupulus. Of the last he said, "Although cultivated in almost every garden it is undoubtedly indigenous along our streams. ' ' Yet he gave it place as a garden plant only. In Edition Three first appeared Ranunculus acris (first seen in 1841), Nasturtium officinale (1838), Lepidium campestre (1853) and Commelina communis (1830). He stated that Echium vulgare was introduced near West Chester in 1851 and was first detected by Miss Harriet Harlan, a teacher of botany. He added, "It is a pernicious weed and farmers, as well as young lady botanists, will do well to keep a vigilant eye upon it." It would appear that, in his later years, Dr. Darlington did not do much field work. Nearly all of his rarer plants are credited to "the discerning eye" of this or that "rising young botanist" of the County. He seems to have been the local authority to whom all curious finds were referred. One can imagine the venerable man in his office at the old Bank of Chester County, graciously receiving some friend from the country who has brought a strange plant for identification. In his preface to the "Flora Cestrica" of 1837 we read, "It may be in some measure perceived . . . how numerous are my obligations for specimens and a knowledge of localities to my friends in the County," and as in several instances he said, "the specimen being very imperfect," it was probably dis- PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 41 carded after identification. His herbarium, so far as I have examined it, contains very little local material. Credit was given to Joseph Rinehart for most of the collections from the Schuylkill Valley; William Jackson and Joseph M. Barnard are frequently mentioned in connection with this or that rarity, often with a complimentary reference to their powers of observation; and from the southern townships the doctor's "indefatigable friend," Joshua Hoopes, brought him many new things. Excepting the Schuylkill Valley, Wynn's meadows at the head-waters of Marsh Creek, and the country around Pugh- town and Kimberton, not much collecting appears to have been done in the northern parts of the County. West Cain Town- ship, the region around the falls of French Creek, Honeybrook and the Octoraro Valley were evidently neglected. These localities have since furnished considerable native material un- known to Darlington and are still full of fascinating possibili- ties. Gilbert White says, "All nature is so full that that dis- trict produces the greatest variety which is most examined." I have been studying plants in Chester County for a number of years with the hope ever in mind of re-discovering all of Darlington's species and in my excursions have turned up so many which he did not find that I now append a list of them. Many of these were, no doubt, known to him but were not given specific rank. Others he did not differentiate from their close relations. Still others he never found in the county. The following list, based on my own observations, does not include the many records of other collectors which would greatly enlarge it and which I hope sometime to be able to in- clude in a more nearly complete catalogue. The Local Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences contains duplicates of nearly all of my rarer plants. Most of my more difficult species have been checked by Mr. Bayard Long, of the Academy, whom I have to thank for unfailing help and encouragement. \GS OF THE The nomenclature and arrangement follow as nearly as p sible "The Flora of the Vicinity of New York" (1915) Norman Taylor. Filix bulbifera (L.) Underw. — On limestone rocks, Coatesville. " fragilis (L.) Gilib — On rocks and old walls, frequent. Lorinseria areolata (L.) Presl. — Cold swamp, Sadsburyville. Asplenium ebenoides B. E. Scott. — Eocky bluff, Oetoraro Creek in Not- tingham Twp. Asplenium pinnatifidum Nutt.- — On rocks, Atglen. " montanum Willd.— On rocks, Atglen. Pinus pungens Mill. — Eocky bluff, Atglen. Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. — Margins of creeks and ponds, frequent. (Probably the S. americanum of F. C. 3.) Potamogeton dimorphus Eaf. — In running water, Darby Creek near Potamogeton epihydrus Eaf. — In quiet water, frequent. " amplifolws Tuckerm. — In shallow water, Icedale. (P. natans of F. C. 3 was without doubt this species.) Sagittaria rigida Pursh. — Edge of canal, Spring City. (Listed as S. heterophylla in F. C. 2. reduced to a synonym of S. variabilis Engelm. in F. C. 3.) Sagittaria pubescens Muhl. — In shallow water and mud, common. (Men- tioned as a variety of S. variabilis in F. C. 2.) Sagittaria longirostra (Micheli) J. C. Smith.— In shallow water, Icedale, Pomeroy. Andropogon elliottii Chapm. — Eoadsides and old fields, frequent. Paspalum pubescens Muhl. — Fields and meadows, frequent. (Listed as a synonym of P. setaceum Mx. in F. C. 2.) Paspalum circulare Nash. — Meadow, Bacton. Panicum gattingeri Nash. — Eoadsides, frequent. " philadelphicum Bernh. — Edges of woods, frequent. " linearifolium Scribn. — Dry soil, Phoenixville ; Serpentine Bar- rens, W. Nottingham Twp. Panicum sphaerocarpon Ell. — Serpentine Barrens, "Willistown Twp., W. gham Twp. Panicum lucidum Ashe. — Swamps, Sadsburyville, Brandamore. " microcarpon Michx. — Moist thickets, common. " annulum Ashe. — Serpentine Barrens, W. Nottingham Twp. " Ivndhevmeri Nash.— Serpentine Barrens, W. Nottingham Twp. " huaehucae Ashe. — Dry banks, roadsides, common. " villosissimum Nash. — Dry soil, Coatesville. " meridionale Ashe. — Sandy woods, Sadsburyville. " tennesseense Ashe. — Sandy woods, Brandamore. (Darlington - x 'nclude nearly all of the narrow-leaved Panieums under P. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB Jatifolium L.— Dry woods,_Frazer, St. Peters. (P. . boscii Poir.) mil, probably : Arishda purpurascens Poir. — Serpentine Barrens, West Chester. Muhlenbergia foliosa Trin.— Moist spots, Downingtown, Nottingham Twp. (Probably included under M. mexicana Trin. in F. C. 3.) Sporobolus heterolepis A. Gray; — Serpentine Barrens, W. Nottingham Deschampsia flexuosa (L.) Trin.— Dry soil, rocks, Spring City, W. Nottingham Twp. (Listed in P. C. 2, withdrawn from F. C. 3.) Danthonia compressa Austin. — Dry woods, northern parts of county, fre- Eragrostis franUi Steud.— Moist roadside, Coatesville. Sphenopholis nitida (Spreng.) Scribn. — Eocky woods, frequent. Uniola latifolia Michx.— Eocky bank along Octoraro Creek, W. Notting- ham Twp. Poa sylvestris A. Gray.— Eocky woods, Lenape, Valley Forge. brachyphylla Schult.— Eocky banks near Lenape. (Probably P. pungens of F. C. 3.) Panicularia torreyana (Spreng.) Merr. — Cold woods, northern part of county. (Mentioned in F. C. 3 as an unverified plant of the county.) Cyperus rivularis Kunth. — Moist ground, Willistown Twp. Soirpus sylvaticus L.— Wet meadows, Brandamore, Sadsburyville, (Listed as a synonym of S. atrovirens Muhl. in F. C. 2.) Scirpus eriophorum Michx. — Swamps and wet meadows, not common. (8. eriophorum of F. C. 3 probably included also S. cyperinus (L.) Kunth., the latter much more common.) Carex oonvoluta Mackenzie.— Eocky woods, frequent. ' • aggregata Mackenzie. — Eocky woods, frequent. (Probably in part C. muhlenbergii of F. C. 3.) Carex conjuncta Boott.— Meadow, Phoenixville. " anneetens Bicknell. — Meadows and thickets, common. " laevivagmata (Kuken.) Mackenzie. — Swampy woods, northern part of county, frequent. Carex cephalantha (Bailey) Bicknell.— Swampy spot, serpentine barren, Willistown Twp. (Probably in part C. stellulata of F. C. 3.) Carex incomperta Bicknell — Wet meadows, Bacton, Birchrunville. (Prob- ably in part C. stellulata of F. C. 3.) Carex seorsa E. C. Howe.— Wet thicket, Sadsburyville. ' ' cristatella Britton. — Swamps and thickets, frequent. " brevior Mackenzie. — Fields and thickets, Easttown Twp., Phoenix- ville. Carex normalis Mackenzie. — Dry woods, frequent. (Probably in part C. straminea of F. C. 3.) Carex bicknellii Britton. — Serpentine Barren, Willistown Twp. ' ' willdenovii Schk. — Eocky woods, Cromby, Harmonyville. 1 ' jamesii Schwein. — Eocky hill near Lenape. " communis Bailey. — Eocky woods, Phoenixville, Lenape. " varia Muhl.— Dry soil, edges of woods, frequent. (Mentioned as a doubtful variety of C. pennsylvanica Lam. in F. C. 3.) I-i:< . INGS OF THE Carex albicans Willd. — Eocky woods, frequent. " nigro-marginata Schwein. — Eocky woods, northern part of county, frequent. " umlellata Schk. — Eocky woods, northern part of county, frequent. " tonsa (Fernald) Bicknell. — Dry wood, Honeybrook. " laxiculmis Schwein. — Woodlands, frequent. " blanda Dewey. — Dry banks, roadsides, common. (Probably in- cluded under C. anceps Willd. in F. C. 3.) Carex styloflexa Buckley. — Moist woods, northern parts of county. ' ' gracilescens Steud. — Moist woods, northern parts of county. " oligocarpa Schk. — Eocky wood near Lenape. (Listed as a species in F. C. 2, reduced to a synonym of C. digitalis Willd. in F. C. 3.) Carex grisea Wahl. — Open woods, roadsides, frequent. (C. grisea of F. C. 3 was evidently C. glaucodea Tuckerm.) Carex swanii (Fernald) Mackenzie. — Open woods and banks, frequent. " caroliniana Schwein. — Meadows, Phoenixville, Birchrunville. " bushii Mackenzie. — Fields and meadows, frequent. 11 gynandra Schwein. — Swampy woods, northern parts of county, fre- Carex vestita Willd.— Moist thicket, Coatesville. " folliculata L. — Swampy wood, Sadsburyville. " comosa Boott. — Swampy woods and meadows, frequent. " franlcii Kunth. — Bank of Schuylkill Eiver, Perkiomen Junction. Arisaema pusillum (Peck) Nash. — Moist woods, meadows, frequent. Juncus secundus Beauv. — Dry, sandy soil, especially on serpentine, not Juncus aristulatus Michx. — Meadow near Oxford. (Mentioned as a synonym of J. marginatus Eostk. in F. C. 2.) Juncus canadensis subcaudatus Engelm. — Springs and swamps, northern part of county. Melanthium latifolium Desf. — Eocky woods, not common. Smilax hispida Muhl.— Moist thickets, Coatesville, Icedale. tion of which i Sisyrinchium mucronatum Michx. — Serpentine 1 Twp. (Included in F. C. 2, reduced to a variety of I L. in F. C. 3.) Ibidium hechii (Lindl.) House. — Sandy soil, Laurel, Sadsburyville. Salix bebbiana Sargent. — Moist wood, Harmonyville. Betula lutea Michx. — Eocky wood, Dorian. Vrtica gracilis Ait. — Thicket, Valley Forge. Persicaria punctata (Ell.) Small.— Moist grounds, fields and roadsic eommon. (Included under Polygonum hydropiper L. in F. C. 3.) TimAaria cilinodis (Michx.) Small. — Thicket, Honeybrook. " cristata (Engelm. & Gray) Small. — Eocky woods, Lenape, Chenopodium boscianum Moq. — Eoadsides in shade, frequent. Anychia polygonoides Eaf.— Eocky woods, Atglen, Ludwigs Corner. Coptis tri folia (L.) Salisb.— Moist wood, Harmonyville. Thalictrum revolutum D.C.— Eocky bank, W. Nottingham Twp. Cardamine parviftora L.— Eocky woods, Phoenixville, Harmony Hill. Grossularia rotundifolia (Michx.) Coville & Britton.— On limestone ro near Malvern. Spiraea alba DuEoi.— Wet thickets, Icedale, Honeybrook. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 45 Potentilla pumila Poir.— Dry banks, old fields, frequent. Fragaria vesca L. — Eocky woods, northern parts of county. Agrimonia gryposepala Wallr. — Moist woods and banks, frequent. " rostellata Wallr.— Dry woods, Valley Forge. " pubescens Wallr. — Dry woods, frequent. " striata Michx.— Edge of wood near Malvern, Valley Forge. " parviflora Soland. — Meadows, frequent. — (Darlington recorded only A. eupatoria, which probably included several of the above five species.) Geum canadense Jacq. — Edges of woods, orchards, common. (Probably included un :,. in F. C. 3.) " hirsutum Muhl. — Shady grounds, Coatesville. ' ' stricturn Soland. — Koadside, Coatesville. tmt$ Michx.— Eocky bank, Dorian. " nigrobaccus Bailey. — Hilly woods, dry thickets, common. Rosa Virginia^ .. Malvern. Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Medic— Moist thickets, Sadsburyville. " melanocarpa (Willd.) Britton. — Thickets and open woods, com- mon. (Probably Pyrus arbutifolia of F. C. 3.) Amelanchier laevis Wiegand.— Eocky woods, Harmony Hill. " intermedia Spach.— Moist thicket, Brandamore. (Probably A. ovalis of F. C. 2, reduced to a synonym of A. canadensis T. & G. in F. C. 3.) Crataegus straminea Beadle. — Serpentine Barren, TJnionville. " macrosperma Ashe. — Meadows, Wawaset. (Probably included under C. coccinea L. in F. C. 3.) Crataegus pruinosa (Wendl.) K. Koch.— Eocky hillside near Coatesville. (Probably included under C. coccinea in F. C. 3). Prunus pennsylvanica L. f.— Eocky woods, St. Peters, W. Nottingham Stylosanthes riparia Kearney. — Serpentine Barren, W. Nottingham Twp. Lespedesa repens (L.) Bart. — Dry woods, frequent. (Probably included under L. procumbens Mx. in F. C. 3.) Lespedesa virginica (L.) Britton.— Dry soil, Willistown Twp., W. Not- tingham Twp. (Probably L. reticulata of F. C. 2.) Lespedesa frutescens (L.) Britton.— Dry soil, frequent. (Probably L. sessiliflora of F. C. 2.) Strophostyles umbellata (Muhl.) Britton.— Serpentine Barrens, W. Not- tingham Twp. (Probably Phaseolus helvolus of F. C. 3.) Falcata pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze. — Moist thicket, Laurel. Xanthoxalis filipes Small.— Woods and shady places, frequent. ' ' cymosa Small. — Gardens and waste ground, common. Cathartolinum striatum (Walt.) Small.— Meadow on Darby Creek near Berwyn. Cathartolinum medium (Planch.) Small. — Dry soil, W. Nottingham Twp., Willistown Twp. Zanthoxylum americanum Mill.— Thieket near Malvern. Polygala nuttallii T. & G.— Open woods, on shale, frequent. Acalypha gracilens A. Gray. — Fields and open places, frequent. Callitriche austinii Engelm. Mossy wood roads, Honeybrook, Bacton. Acer spicatum Lam. Along Valley Creek at Valley Forge. Vitis vulpina L. Banks of Brandywine Creek near Lenape. Hypericum dissimulatum Bicknell. — Swampy thicket, Sadsburyville. Crocanthemutr -town Twp., Sadsburyville. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Lechea racemulosa Michx. — Sandy roadside near Sadsburyville. (Probably leggettii Britton & Hollick. — Sandy soil, open woods, frequent, in F. C. 3.) Viola obliqua Hill. — Moist woods, frequent. (Mentioned as a synonym of " stoneana House. Moist woods, Sadsburyville, Unionville. " triloba Schwein. — Woodlands, roadsides, frequent. (Probably in- eluded under V. palmata L. in F. C. 3.) ** sororia Willd. — Woods and roadside, common. (Listed in F. C. 2, reduced to a variety of V. cucullata, in F. C. 3.) '* hirsutula Brainerd. — Rocky woods, frequent. (Mentioned under V. emarginata LeConte.— Sandy soil, W. Bradford Twp., W. Cain Twp. (Referred to under V. sagittata in F. C. 2.) ■pollens (Banks) Brainerd. — Springs and swampy spots, not common. (Probably included under V. Wanda Willd. in F. C. 3.) rafinesquii Greene. — Sandy roadside, W. Nottinghai "" )il, fields and thickets, not (Oenothera fruticosa of F. C. 3 was mainly K. linearis (Michx.) Spaeh.) Kneijfia pwmila (L.) Spach. — Dry fields, roadsides, frequent. Sanieula gregaria Bicknell. — Moist thickets, frequent. (Mentioned under S. marylandica L. of F. C. 3, as a yellow-flowered variety.) Cornus rugosa Lam. — Rocky woods, Valley Forge, W. Nottingham Twp. Vaccinium atrococcum (A. Gray) Heller.— Moist thicket, Laurel. '* angustifolium Ait. — Rocky woods, Cedarville, Valley Forge. Bartonia paniculata (Michx.) Robincoi 3 isburyville. Apocynum medium Greene. — Moist thicket, W. Nottingham Twp. Asclepias pulchra Ehrh. — Meadows, common. (Included under A. in- carnata L. in F. C. 3.) Phaeelia purshii Buckl. — Thicket near Coatesville. Lycopus uniflorus Michx. — Moist thickets, frequent. • ' rubellus Moench. — Moist soil, canal bank, Spring City. Scrophularia leporella Bicknell. — Woods and thickets, frequent. (In- cluded under S. nodosa of F. C. 3.) Galium tinctorium L. — Moist thickets, Icedale, St. Peters. (Mentioned in F. C. 3, as a variety of G. trifidum L.) • ' claytoni Michx. — Moist thickets, northern part of county. Viburnum pubescens (Ait.) Pursh. — Rocky hill, Phoenixville. variety of V. nudum L. in F. C. 3.) Triosteum aurantiacum Bicknell. — Rich woods, frequent. Micrampclis lobata (Michx.) Greene. — Moist thicket, Darby Creek : -Rocky bluffs, W. Nottingham Twp. rerwmvu yiauca vju.; rsrition. — Roadside, Kennett Square. Elephantopus carolinianus Willd. — Rocky bank, W. Nottingham Twp Eupatorium maculatum L. — Moist soil, meadows and thickets, freqi (Listed as a variety of E. purpureum L. in F. C. 2.) PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 47 Eupatormm trifoliatum L.— Rocky woods, frequent. (Mentioned as a variety of E. purpureum in F. C. i -liable species in F. C. 2). Eupatorium pubescens Muhl.— Dry soil, W. Nottingham Twp.— (Probably E. rotundifolium of F. C. 3.) Solidago neglecta T & G.— Meadow, Elk Creek near Lincoln University. 1 ' juncea Ait. — Roadsides, thickets, frequent. " altissima L. — Meadows, frequent. (S. altissima of F. C. 3 was evidently S. rugosa Mill.) Aster schreberi Nees— Moist wood, Clonmell, Phoenixville. " dumosus L. — Meadow, Elk Creek near Lincoln University. ' ' acuminatus Michx. — Rocky wood, Icedale. " depauperate (Porter) Fernald.— Serpentine barrens, Willistown Twp., W. Nottingham Twp. Antennaria neodioica Greene. — Dry banks, frequent. (Mentioned as a variety of A. plantaginifolia (L.) Richards, in both editions.) Antennaria neglecta Greene. — Dry fields, common. " fallax Greene. — Dry banks and thickets, frequent. " parlinii Fernald. — Open woods, Harmonyville. Senecio pauper cuius Michx. — Dry banks and thickets, frequent. (Men- tioned as a doubtful variety of 8. awreus L. in F. C. 3.) ' ' obovatus Muhl. — On rocks, Phoenixville. ' ' smallii Britton. — Serpentine Barrens, W. Nottingham Twp. Lactuca floridana (L.) Gaertn. — Roadsides and meadows, rather rare. Nabahts serpentarius (Pursh) Hook.— Rocky woods, Icedale, Valley Forge. " trifoliatus Cass. — Rocky woods, frequent. Introduced Plants which are not Listed in "Flora Cestrica." Miscanthus sinensis Anderss. Silene noctifiora L. Heleochloa schoenoides (L.) Host. Lychnis alba Mill. Arrhenatherum elatius (L.) Beauv. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Britton. Capriola dactylon (L.) Kuntze. Dianthu. Bromus tectorum L. Berberis thunbergii D.C. *' inermis Leyess. Badicula sylvestris (L.) Druce. " oommutatus Schrad. Thlaspi arvensis L. Bordeum jubatum L. Alliaria alliaria (L.) Britton. Muscari botryoides (L.) Mill. Norta altissima (L.) Britton. 11 racemosa (L.) Mill. Sinapis arvensis L. Asparagus officinalis L. Baphanus raphanistrum Gemmingia chinensis (L.) Kuntze. " verna (Mill.) Aschers. Populus alba L. Armoracia armorada (L.) Cock- Sato purpurea L. erell. Eumulus lupulus L. Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. Bumex altissimus Wood. Eesperis matronalis L. Polygonum erectum L. Sedum triphyllum (Haw.) S. F. Bersicaria lapathifolia (L.) 8. F. Gray. « Botentilla reptans L. 11 sulphurea Lam. Bubus phoenicolasius Maxim. Alsine aquatica (L.) Britton. Bosa eanina L. Silene latifolia (Mill.) Britton & Crataegus phaenopyrum (L.) Medic. ■conthos L. Mentha piperita L. Melilotus alba Desr. " alopecurioides Hull. " officinalis (L.) Lam. Perilla frutescens (L.) Britton. Medicago sativa L. Chaenorrhinum \ 11 hybridum L. Amorpha fruticosa L. Veronica i Meibomia canadensis (L.) Kuntze. Plantago rugelii Dec. Lespedeza striata (Thunb.) H. & " aristata Michx. A. Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench. (L.) MacM. Lathyriks latifolius L. Lonicera sempervirens L. Geranium columbinum L. " japonica Thunb. Linum usitatissimum L. ' ' morrowii A. Gray. Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Campanula r Sanicula trifoliata Bieknell. Xanthium c ** commune Britton. Verbesina alba L. Lysimachia nummular -ia L. Helianthus tuberosus L. Vinca minor L. Centaurea nigra L. PMoa; paniculata L. Lapsana communis L. Leontodon erythrospermum (Andrz.) Britton. Lactuca virosa L. Eieracium pratense Tausch. William Aldworth Poyser William Aldworth Poyser, a former member of the Phila- delphia Botanical Club, died in Philadelphia on February 29, 1928. He was born in this city on January 29, 1882, and most of his life was spent here. One of his early teachers was the late Thomas G. Gentry, known for his interest in ornithology and archaeology, and Poyser 's inherent love of nature was doubtless encouraged by this association. He early became interested in ferns and scoured the country around Philadelphia, collecting specimens which he exchanged with botanists in various parts of the United States and abroad. In this way he amassed a valuable collection which was later purchased by the Academy. Mr. Poyser joined the Club in 1906 and remained an active member until his removal to Hammond, Indiana, in 1910, when he became a Corresponding Member. Although he re- turned to his native city in 1914, he did not take up ferns again, as he had in the meantime transferred his interests to the rearing of goldfish and the study of aquarium life, extend- ing later to microscopic study of diatoms, rotifers and other minute forms of animals and plants. He was for a time editor of a monthly journal, "Aquarium," and later, from 1919 to 1927, of a more pretentious journal, "Aquatic Life," which he was forced to relinquish on account of failing health. Among his botanical publications are the following: "Isoetes saccharata in the Delaware River.' * Fern Bulletin 15: 18. Ap. 1907. "The Fern Flora of Pennsylvania." Fern Bulletin 17: 65-83. 8. 1910. ms." Fern Bull. 19: 33-367 "Worth" Poyser had an attractive personality and his en- thusiasm was contagious. No tramp was too arduous, if valu- able specimens were to be obtained, while he devoted many hours to maintaining his correspondence with fellow students in all parts of the world. It was enlightening to go over one's herbarium with him and to realize the exactness and extent of (49) his knowledge which resulted in the occasional discovery of rare species in the vicinity of Philadelphia that other botan- ists had failed to find. In his death we lose one of the best-informed fern students that the Club has ever had, and we can but regret that his in- terest in later years turned to other fields. He is survived by his widow, Mrs. Sue Henning Poyser, who was ever a most sympathetic companion in all of his work. Jacob H. Grove While it appears that Mr. Grove was born and educated and died in Pennsylvania, it is with the study of the flora of New Jersey that his name is associated. For many years he lived at New Egypt, about the center of the state and close to the junction of Burlington, Monmouth and Ocean counties. His large herbarium of that section, generously given to the Local Herbarium of the Academy, has added materially to the knowl- edge of the distribution of the flora of the Coastal Plain. The value of his records may be realized in turning the pages of Dr. Witmer Stone 's " Plants of Southern New Jersey," noting the frequent mention of the locality "New Egypt." Among his most interesting finds were the earliest records for lowland New Jersey of Car ex pedunculata Muhl., Mitella dipkylla L., and Geum strictum Ait., the last a rare and often misunder- stood species. Always retiring in disposition and without immediate fam- ily, it has not been possible to obtain many details of his life. From a niece, Lena A. Burtis, we learn that he was born at Fredericksburg, Lebanon Co., Pennsylvania, October 14, 1853, that he was educated at Danville and then at the Chester Mili- tary Academy, Chester, Pa., going thence to Yale College, where he graduated in the Class of 1874. She says that it was at Yale that he became interested in botany. This interest remained a pleasant avocation through life, and bore fruit, not in published papers, but in the careful study of the plants of a neighborhood that was distinctly his own botanical province. He died February 18, 1929, in Philadelphia, where he had spent the last two and a half years of his life. John William Harshberger Suddenly, Saturday, April 27, 1929, Dr. Harshberger died from heart failure. Only two evenings before, he had attended a meeting of the Philadelphia Botanical Club and had seemed in the best of health. He was then speaking with keen antici- pation of his proposed trip to New Zealand and Australia this summer, and was to have addressed our May meeting on his last year's journey to northern Africa. Those of us who had listened a year ago to the account of his 1927 travels in Brazil, so well illustrated with views of the peculiar Araucaria forests, had counted much on this year's narrative. The passing of Dr. Harshberger ends a long career of botanical activity. The details of his life are ready to hand in "The Life and Work of John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. An Autobiography" (with portrait), that was published early in 1928. Born in Philadelphia on January 1, 1869, he studied in the grammar and high schools of this city and then in the biological courses of the University of Pennsylvania from which institution he received the degree of Doctor of Philoso- phy in 1893. In the autumn of that year he was made Instruc- tor in the Biological Department, becoming Assistant Profes- sor of Botany in 1907 and Professor of Botany in 1911. In 1907 he was married. His wife died in 1923, but two daugh- ters survive him. Among American botanists none has had a wider range of interest than Professor Harshberger. Pew have published more extensively, or on more sides of botanical science. His autobiography lists 320 titles of papers and books, and an ap- pended classification by subjects shows that the largest number were devoted to ecology, the second largest to geographic dis- tribution, with many titles also in history, in biography and in morphology. His books even include a "Text-book of My- cology." One marvels at such versatility, with the produc- tion of studies embodying observation and compilation on so vast a scale. This account must be confined to the work of Professor Harshberger in the study of our Local Flora, southern New (51) 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Jersey, southeastern Pennsylvania, Delaware, and northeastern Maryland. A list of his papers concerning this area is ap- pended to this sketch. They are of two types: (a) historical, and (b) geographical and ecological. Dr. Harshberger early interested himself in gathering in- formation about the history of botany in and around Philadel- phia, and his first considerable book was "The Botanists of Philadelphia and Their Work," published in 1899. In it he traced the growth of botanical interest here from John Bar- tram and Adam Kuhn in the eighteenth century, down through the brilliant period of a hundred years ago, on through the more plodding years of the middle nineteenth century to the expanding interest of its closing decades. Biographical sketches were given of some hundred individual botanists, both of the past and the present, including quite a liberal number of the members of the then recently founded Philadelphia Botanical Club. The task of assembling and organizing the facts was carefully and conscientiously done, and the book is a mine of information upon its subject In the geographic and ecologic field Professor Harshberger assembled data assiduously in the effort to explain the origin and dispersal of floras. His view was broad, and took account of the geologic background, as well as of the present forms of life. His accounts of the plants of New Jersey and Pennsylvania — as of Florida, the mountains of North Caro- lina, and elsewhere — pictured the vegetation by the method of grouping component species into a series of "societies" or ' • associations, ' ' each comprising those found growing together. The system had been used abroad with brilliant results, and Dr. Harshberger was one of the first in applying it to our flora. For right success the method seems singularly exacting, requiring that the identity of the component species be fully mastered and the validity of the proposed associations be tested by many repeated observations. Perhaps, with all their ex- cellent suggestions, we may express our regret that his papers of this class were not based upon longer individual study and that effort was not made to gather herbarium specimens as PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 53 vouchers for all his records. But, while much of his work was preliminary, he has undoubtedly shown us a new view- point, rich with possibilities, for the consideration of our ''Local Flora." The greatest single botanical undertaking of Professor Harshberger's life, the ' ' Phytogeographic Survey of North America," published in 1911 (in English) as volume XIII of the German series "Die Vegetation der Erde," perhaps lies beyond the limit of this sketch. But it has a right to interest us because our area was so fully considered and the relation- ships of our flora discussed. Here were outlined the phyto- geographic regions of a continent, while the effort was made to aPply on a continental scale the scheme of "formations" and "associations." From many sources data were compiled until the work grew to over 700 pages. But the task was too great for one man, nor was information at hand sufficient to make possible any uniform or adequate treatment on the lines at- tempted. Many areal limits are undoubtedly excellent, but it is difficult to feel confident of the lists of species presented, compiled as they are from every available source. In botany recorded names can not be freely accepted at their face value ; they must be checked in the light of later critical studies on the group in question and allowance must be freely made for names wrongly assigned through carelessness or honest error. Although we appreciate the courage that was needed in at- tempting a project of such magnitude, it seems to us that a less ambitious volume, outlining geographic areas of distri- bution without the superposition of ecological "formations" and citing plants by genera rather than by species, would have been a clearer and stronger work. Notes, books and reviews by Professor Harshberger con- tinued with unabated zeal, and we turn with pleasure to such lighter essays as his accounts of "The Old Gardens of Penn- sylvania," published in "The Garden Magazine" in 1920 and 1921. There, with the help of good illustrations, he told about ten gardens, among which were Bartram's, Humphry Mar- shall's, Painter's, and John Evans' Arboreta. He was ever 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE glad to share his information, and I hope he realized how many- readers of the magazine took a real pleasure in those sketches. They seemed a return to his early historic studies. An interest of Dr. Harshberger's that shows his unfailing willingness to help a cause that needed him was his Chairman- ship of the Pennsylvania Chapter of the Wild Flower Preser- vation Society. That one with so many demands upon his time, besides the various scientific projects he was pursuing, should for eight years have given much time to the work de- serves the thanks of those who are concerned for the conserva- tion of our beautiful native flowers and for the growth of public appreciation of them. Professor Harshberger traveled much, in 1896 to Mexico, in 1898, 1907 and 1923 to Europe, in 1901 to the West Indies, and in the last three years of his life seems to have commenced an extensive program for which he had every prospect of adequate years. In 1926 he visited Alaska, in 1927 much of South America, in 1928 northern Africa, and, as said at the opening of this sketch, in 1929 he had planned to visit the antipodes, Australia and New Zealand. Of recent years the Professor has been familiar to the members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club chiefly through his reports of journeys from time to time. We have always known that we could ask him freely to share with us the store of botanical experience that he had gathered. 'The Wissahickon Woods." Garden and Forest 4: 129. 1891. 'Local Plant Names in New Jersey." Gard. & For. 5: 395. Ja., 1892. ' James Logan, an Early Contributor to the Doctrine of Sex in Plants. ' ' ' John Evans and his Garden. ' ' Gard. & For. 10 : 182. My., 1897. 'The Botanists of Philadelphia and Their Work." 457 pp. + 49 HI. Philadelphia, 1899. 'Philadelphia Botanists commemorated in the Names of Plants." Plant World 3: 74. My., 1900. ' An Ecological Study of the Jersey Strand Flora. ' ' Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 52 : 623-671. 1900. 'Doctor Adam Kuhn, First Professor of Botany in America, and at the University of Pennsylvania." Alumni Register 6: 327-333. Ap., 1902. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 55 'Additional Observations of the Strand Flora of New Jersey." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 54: 642-669. 1902. 'Forest Growth at Wildwood, N. J." Forest Leaves 9: 40. Je., 1903. 'The Flora of the Serpentine Barrens of Southeast Pennsylvania." Science II. 18: 339-343. S., 1903. 'A Phy to -geographic Sketch of extreme Southeastern Pennsylvania." Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical I Ifc, 1904. 'The comparative Age of the different Floristic Elements of Eastern North America." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 56: 601-615. 1904. 'The comparative Leaf Structure of the Strand Plants of New Jersey." Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 48: 72-89. 4 pi. 'The Vegetation of the Salt Marshes and of the Salt and Fresh Water Ponds of Northern Coastal New Jersey." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 61: 373^00. 1909. 'The Plant Formations of the Nockamixon Rocks, Penna." Bull. Tor- rey Bot. Club 36: 651-673. D., 1909. 'The Vegetation of the Navesink Highland." Torreya 10: 1-10. Ja., 1910. P. Garber, Botanist '72 M." Old Penn Weekly Review O., 1915. ' The Origin and Vegetation of Salt Marsh Pools. ' ' Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 55: 481^84. 5 pi. 1916. 'The Vegetation of the New Jersey Pine Barrens." 329 pp. + £&f figs. Philadelphia, 1916. 'Pennsylvania Men commemorated in the Names of Plants." Alumn. Reg. 19: 448-452. 11 figs. Ap., 1917. 'The New Jersey Pine Barrens." American Museum Journal 17: 244- 252. 9 figs. Ap., 1917. 'William Young, Jr., of Philadelphia, Queen's Botanist." Torreya 17: 91-99. Je., 1917. leaths." Brooklyn Botanic Garden ,„_. Je., 1918. 'Slope Exposure and the Distribution of Plants in Eastern Pennsyl- vania." Bulletin of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia 17: 53-61. 4 figs. Ap., 1919. 'The Old Gardens of Pennsylvania." Garden Magazine 32: 78-80, 137- 139, 257-J 44-46, 120-123, 195-196, 255-256, 326-329, 374-377. 1921. (Illus.) 'Natural Areas and Regions — Pennsylvania" in "Naturalist's Guide to Hugh B. Meredith On August 1, 1929, Dr. H. B. Meredith died, after a pro- tracted illness. He was nearly seventy-six years of age, of which less than nine had been associated with the Philadelphia Botanical Club. But in those late years of his life he had shown unusual skill in botanical technique and had become one of our most valued members. Dr. Meredith was born at Doylestown, Bucks County, Penn- sylvania, October 29, 1853. Soon after graduating from the medical department of the University of Pennsylvania in 1877, he moved to Danville, Montour County, where he remained for over forty years as assistant superintendent and, after 1891, as superintendent of the State Hospital for the Insane. In the latter year he married Miss Mary S. Eyer, of Bloomsburg, who with a daughter survives him. On retiring from administrative duties in 1920, Dr. Mere- dith moved to Philadelphia and promptly joined the Philadel- phia Botanical Club. All his life he had enjoyed botanizing, as is evidenced by his gifts to the Academy of plants gathered years ago in Montour and Columbia counties along the upper Susquehanna River or obtained on various vacation trips to the West and South. But after 1920 and with the stimulus of the quality of the specimens in our Local Herbarium, he started collecting anew. Local excursions, trips to various parts of Virginia, and for the last summers of his life to Berkshire County, Massachusetts, gave opportunity for mastering the art. Few recent collections have equaled his in beauty, and they have been welcome additions to the Academy's Her- barium. He generously permitted his duplicates to be used on behalf of the Academy's exchanges, and appreciations of them have reached us from as far as Sweden and Japan. Until a year ago when his serious confinement began, Dr. Meredith worked daily at the Academy, identifying not only his own plants but also those of other collectors. Careful in his judgments as in his technique, his was the temperament to have made valuable written contributions to our science, had he but been able to have given his best years to botany. It seems however that he published nothing on the subject. (56) General Notes Summer Experiences. During the summer of 1929 several members of the Club have gone on expeditions. Mr. Robert F. Welsh visited Alaska and the Yukon, returning with an interesting collection of plants. Professor Samuel C. Palmer of Swarthmore College, who at this writing has applied for membership with us, was with Donald B. Macmillan 's expedi- tion to Baffin Land, from which and its outlying islands he has presented the Academy with a series of beautiful specimens. Mr. Bayard Long and Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., have accom- panied Professor M. L. Fernald of Harvard University on his latest journey to Newfoundland; for many years Mr. Long has been associated with Professor Fernald on his important field-trips to northeastern North America. Mr. Walter M. Benner studied Lycopus with Professor Wiegand at Cornell University, from whence he visited herbaria at Ottawa, Cam- bridge and New York. Curator of Pteridophyta. Mr. Arthur N. Leeds, from its founding the treasurer of our Club and who followed his re- tirement from business three years ago with a journey around the world, has now assumed the Curatorship of Pteridophyta in the Academy's Herbarium. Already he has arranged the specimens throughout in definite geographic sequence, thus aiding their ready consultation. This spring and early sum- mer he spent three months on an excursion by automobile through the southeastern states, gaining close acquaintance of both ferns and flowering plants. Recent Additions to the Local Herbarium. Among many local specimens received, the most notable have come from Mr. Harold W. Pretz, of Lehigh County, Mr. Hugh E. Stone of Chester County, and Mr. Hans Wilkins, of Berks County, Pennsylvania. The main achievement of the year has been completing the task of selecting from the large private her- barium of Dr. Witmer Stone the specimens from localities not (57) 58 previously represented in our Herbarium. Thus we have ac- quired an especially valuable series from Chester County, while from across the Delaware we now possess plants from nearly all the localities cited in the " Flora of Southern New Jersey. ' ' Program of Meetings during 1928 Atten- Date Subject Speaker dance Jan. 26 Eecent additions to the Local native flora Bayard Long 16 Feb. 23 The later hiatory of the Acad- emy's Herbarium Dr. F. W. Pennell 20 Mar. 22 Some aspects of the New En- gland flora Dr. W. E. Taylor 16 Apr. 26 Vegetation of Brazil Dr. J. W. Harshberger 14 May 24 A trip around the world Arthur N. Leeds 17 Sept. 27 Eeports of summer work by members; and discussion on local species of Solidago 18 Oct. 24 Our Sarracenias and their rela- tions to insects Frank Morton Jones Local species of Quercus Bayard Long 32 Nov. 21 The 1926 trip to Newfoundland. John M. Fogg, Jr. Local species of Vacdnium and Gaylussacia _ H. W. Trudell 19 Dec. 27 The subulate Phloxes Dr. E. T. Wherry Local species of Pinus W. M. Benner 26 Officers and Members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, 1929 WALTEE M. BENNEE, President H. E. THOMPSON, Vice-President HUGH E. STONE, Secretary AETHUE N. LEEDS, Treasurer BAYAED LONG, Curator ACTIVE MEMBERS Elected Joseph W. Adams, 108 West Wishart St., Philadelphia, Pa 1925 Wharton B. Aucott, 14 E. Seymour St., Germantown, Philadelphia 1928 Edwin B. Bart-ram, Bushkill, Pa 1906 J. Eussell Bebler, 135 E. Phil Ellena St., Germantown, Phila 1919 Walter M. Benner, 5636 Loretta Ave., Frankford, Philadelphia 1912 Oarl E. Bliss, Welsbach Co., Gloucester, N. J 1924 John A. Borneman, Norwood, Pa 1912 Carl Boyer, Wagner Institute, 17th St. & Montgomery Ave., Phila. 1926 J. Claudius Boyle, 223 Kenmore Ed., Brookline, Pa. 1919 Eev. T. Eotce Brendle, Egypt, Lehigh Co., Pa - 1918 Otway H. Brown, Cape May, N. J 1925* Dr. Herman A. Burgin, 212 High St., Germantown, Philadelphia 1915 James J. Burke, Addingham, Pa 1919 Milton Campbell, Broad & Wallace Sts., Philadelphia..- 1928 F. Van Buren Connell, 3620 Baring St., Philadelphia 1924 Dr. Albert Cornog, 5836 Lansdowne Ave., Philadelphia 1923 Joseph Crawford, Phipps Inst., 7th & Lombard Sts., Phila. „ Founder Dr. Herbert J. Darmstaater, 4617 York Eoad, Philadelphia 1926 L. N. Dorset, 5014 Schuyler St., Philadelphia 1919 Eobert E. Dreisbach, Midland, Mich 1922 Dr. John W. Eckfelt, 502 Kathmere Ed., Brookline, Pa 1892 Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 1921 George W. Haag, North Wales, Pa 1924 Arthur M. Henry, U. S. Appraisers Stores, 134 S. 2nd St., Phila. 1927 F. F. Huber, Pennsburg, Pa 1911 Dr. Ida A. Keller, 4424 Osage Ave., Philadelphia 1892 Addison D. Kern, 222 West Linton St., Philadelphia 1929 Miss Natalie B. Kimber, 538 E. Locust St., Germantown, Phila. _ 1928 Eev. William 17. Kistler, 118 Main St.. Pennsburg, Pa. 1911 Prof. W. A. Kline, Ursinus College, Collegeville, Pa 1911 60 PROCEEDINGS OP THE Dr. Henry A. Laessle, 5900 Market St., Philadelphia 1894 Dr. H. Pearce Lakin, 14 E. Main St., Lansdale, Pa 1906 Mrs, H. Pearce Lakin, 14 B. Main St., Lansdale, Pa 1906 Henry A. Lang, 2311 Green St., Philadelphia 1901 Dr. Charles H. La Wall, 636 Race St., Philadelphia 1896 Arthur N. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia Founder Morris E. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia Founder Bayard Long, 250 Ashbourne Ed., Elkins Park, Pa. 1906 Mayne Reid Longstreth, 1420 Chestnut St., Philadelphia 1892 Dr. Donald MacFarlan, Ardmore, Pa 1929 Samson McDowell, Jr, 4840 Roosevelt Blvd., Philadelphia 1926 John G. Montgomery, 5831 Cedarhurst St., Philadelphia 1919 Adolf Muller, Box 66, Norristown, Pa 1920 T. Chalkley Palmer, Media, Pa. 1927 Dr. Gideon H. Patton, 61 E. Penn St., Germantown, Philadelphia 1929 Dr. Francis W. Pennell, Moylan, Pa 1910 Edward Pennock, 3609 Woodland Ave., Philadelphia 1927 Harold W. Pretz, 123 S. 17th St., Allentown, Pa. John W. Prince, 5439 Berks St., Philadelphia Evan Randolph, Seminole & Chestnut Aves., Chestnut Hill, Phila. ! George Redles, 207 E. Wister St., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. W. H. Reed, Jeffersonville, Pa. Charles C. Roberts, Lansdowne, Pa Edwin I. Simpson, 532 Widener Bldg., Philadelphia Lee Sowden, 3823 Oak Rd., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. D. Walter Steckbeck, University of Pennsylvania, Phila. ... Francis S. Stewart, 4424 Osage Ave., Philadelphia Hugh E. Stone, Haverford, Pa Dr. Witmer Stone, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia J. Fletcher Street, 1120 Locust St., Philadelphia Dr. Robert R. Tatnall, 1100 W. 10th St., Wilmington, Del Dr. W. Randolph Taylor, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia " Arthur H. Thomas, Haverford, Pa Mrs. W. Hershey Thomas, 145 E. Gorgas Lane, Mt. Airy, Phila. Warner R. Thomas, Custom House, Philadelphia Horace E. Thompson, 5016 Schuyler St., Germantown, Philadelphia Harry W. Trudell, 2030 E. Madison St., Philadelphia Prof. Rodney H. True, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Walter Vandenhengel, 1726 N. 61st St., Philadelphia Clarence E. Varnum, Ateo, N. J Robert F. Welsh, 132 S. 4th St., Philadelphia C. S. Wertsner, 221 N. 13th St., Philadelphia Hans Wilkins, 241 S. 11th St., Reading, Pa. J. Gilbert Williams, 1517 N. 58th St., Philadelphia PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 61 Edwaed W. Winsor, College Farm, New Brunswick, N. J 1920 William H. Witte, 16 York St., Camden, N. J 1929 Miss Mary F. Wright, Ambler, Pa... 1928 HONORARY MEMBERS George W. Bassett, Secane, Pa. _ _ 1904* Samuel Newman Baxter, Fernhill Park, Germantown, Phila 1918* Dr. Joseph S. Illick, Mont Alto, Pa 1925 Dr. Henry Leffmann, 1729 N. 17th St., Philadelphia 1922 John J. Tyler, 106 E. Johnson St., Germantown, Philadelphia 1919 Samuel S. Van Pelt, 59 Bethlehem Pike, Chestnut Hill, Phila 1902* Dr. Edgar T. Wherry, 3383 Stephenson Place, Washington, D. C 1925 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS Charles C. Bachman, Slatington, Pa 1908 Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, N. T. Botanical Garden, New York City 1895 Dr. Nathaniel Lord Britton, N. Y. Botanical Garden, New York City Stewart H. Bxjrnham, Dept. Bot. Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Prop. M. L. Fernald, Gray Herb. Harvard University, Cambridge. Mass . A. Arthur Heller, Chico, Calif Dr. Harold St. John, University of Honolulu, Honolulu, Hawaii Charles F. Saunders, Pasadena, Calif Dr. John K. Small, New York Botanical Garden, New York City ... Dr. Campbell E. Waters, Washington, D. C Dr. H. W. Youngken, Mass. College of Pharmacy, Boston, Mass RECENTLY DECEASED MEMBERS George M. Beringer, Founder F. E. Draper, Active Jacob H. Grove, Active Dr. John W. Harshberger, Active Dr. Hugh B. Meredith, Active W. Aldworth Poyser, Corresponding WrLLARD A. Stowell, Active - * Elected Active Members on these dates. Dee, Feb, 18, 19 Apr. 87, 11 1, 19 F« L •2'J, U J«1L i:<. U INDEX TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES (New names in bold-face type; synonyms in italic type) Aealypha gracilens, 45 Acer spicatum, 45 Acorus calamus, 40 Aegopodium podagraria, 48 Agrimonia eupatoria, 45; grypo- sepala, 45; parviflora, 45; pubes- Ailanthus glandulosa, 48 Alliaria alliaria, 47 Alsine aquatica, 47 blitoides, 47; spino- Amelanehier i . 4- : iZ Amorpha fruticosa, 46 Andropogen elliottii, 42 Antennaria fallax, 47; neglecta, 47; neodioica, 47; parlinii, 47 Anychia polygonoides, 44 Apocynum medium, 46 Argemone mexicana, 39 Arisaema pusiUum, 44 Aristida purpuraseens, 43 Armoracia armoracia, 47 Aronia arbutifolia, 45; melan tundif olia, 46 Capriola dactylon, 47 Cardamine parviflora, 44 Car ex aestivalis, 39; aggregata, 43; albicans, 44 ; annectens, 43 ; bick- nellii, 43; blanda, 44; brevior, 43; bushii, 44; caroliniana, 44; cephalantha, 43; eollinsii, 39; communis, 43; comosa, 44; conjuncta, 43; convoluta, 43; cristatella, 43; folliculata, 44; frankii, 44; gracilescens, 44; maTginata, 44; normahs, 43; oligoearpa, 44; pedunculata, 49; seorsa, 43 ; styloflexa, 44 ; swanii, 44; tonsa, 44; umbellata, 44; varia, 43; vestita, 44; will- denovii, 43 Cathartolinum medium, 45; stria- tum, 45 Centaurea cyanus, 39; nigra, 48 Barbarea stricta, 47; verna Bartonia paniculata, 46 Berberis thunbergii, 47 Betula lutea, 44; nigra, 3 Bromus eommutatus, 47; 47; tectorum, 47 rotundifolium, Chelone obliqua, 3 Chenopodium boscianum, 44; \v bridum, 39 Jommelina communis, 40 Coptis trifolia, 44 Cornus rugosa, 46 Crataegus macrosperma, 45; pha< nopyrum, 47; pruinoaa, 45 i armeria, 40, 47 PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB Echium vulgare, 40 Elephantopus carolinianus, 46 Elliottia racemosa, 3 Eragrostis frankii, 43 Eupatorium maculatum, 46; pubes- cens, 47; trifoliatum, 47 Fagopyrum fagopyrum, 47 Falcata piteheri, 45 Festuca ovina, 47 Filago germanica, 39 FilLx bulbifera, 42; fragilis, 42 Fragaria vesca, 45 Fumaria officinalis, 39 Galium claytoni, 46; tinetorium, 46 Gaylussaeia braehycera, 3 Gemmingia chinensis, 47 Geum eanadense, 45; hirsutum, 45; rivale, 39; striatum, 45, 49 , *4 4S Hieracium pratense, 48 Hordeum jubatum, 47 Humulus lupulus, 40, 47 Ibidium beckii, 44 Isoetes saccharata, 49 Juneus anstulatus. 44: canadensis subcaudatus, 44; secundus, 44 Klneiffia fruticosa, 46; pumila, 46 Lactuca floridana, 47; virosa, 48 Lamium purpureum, 39 Lapsana communis, 48 Lathyrus latif olius, 48 Lechea leggettii, 46; racemulosa, 46 Leontodon erythrospennum, 48 Lepidium campestre, 40 Lespedeza frutescens, 45; repens, 45; striata, 48; virginica, 45 Leucojum aestirum, 47 Linum usitatissimum, 48 Lippia nodiflora, 39 Lonicera japonica, 40, 48; Lorinseria areolata, 42 Lychnis alba, 40, 47 Lycopus rubellus, 46 ; uniflon Lysimachia nummularia, 48 Mentha alopecuroides, 48; piperita, 40; viridis, 38 Micrampelis lobata, 46 Mitella diphylla, 49 Muhlenbergia foliosa, 43 Muscari botryoides, 47; racemosa, 47 Myosotis scorpioides, 48 Nabalus serpentarius, 47; trifolia- reyana, 43 Panicum annulum, 42; ashei, 43; commutatum, 43; gattingeri, 42; huachucae, 42; latif olium, 43; lindheimeri, 42; linearif olium, 42 ; lucidum, 42 ; meridionale, 42 ; microcarpon, 42; philadelphieum, 42; scribnerianum, 42; sphaero- villosissimum, 42 Paspalum circulare, 42; pubescens, P«ntstemon calycoaus, 48; digita hlox aristata, 1 ; bifida, 4, 7, 28, 29-34, 35; b. glandifera, 34, 35; b. stellaria, 34 35; brittonii, 19, 27; hentzii, 10, 16; nivalis, 7, 8- 17, 28, 35; nive a, 10; paniculata, 48; setacea, 9 17, 18-19, 29; stellaria, 3, 29, 31, 34; s. cedaria, 29; subulata, ! , 7, 8-11, 15, 17, 18-28, 34, 35; 3. alba, 19, 27; s., f. albiflora, 19 27; s. australis, 27, 35; s. brittonii, 27, 35; s., f. candidula, 19, 27; s. ciliata, 27, ta ciliata, 19, 27; s. e. a hentzii, 11; s. e. setacea, 19; s. nivalis, 27 Plantago aristata, 46; rugelii, 48 Poa braehyphylla, 43 ; sylvestris, 43 Polemonium coeihiteum, 2 Polygala nuttallii, 45 Polygonum erectum, 47 Populus alba, 47 Potamogeton amplifolius, 42; di- morphus, 42; epihydrus, 42 Potentilla pumila, 45; reptans, 47; sulphurea, 47 Prunus avium, 40, 47; pennsyl- vanica, 45 Radicula sylvestris, 47 Raphanus raphanistrum, 47 Rosa canina, 47; virginiana, 45 Rubus nigrobaceus, 45; phoenico- lasius, 47; strigosus, 45 Rumex altissimus, 47 Rynchospora alba, 39 Sagittaria longirostra, 42; pubes- cens, 42; rigida, 42 Salix bebbiana, 44; purpurea, 47 Sanicula gregaria,46; trifoliata, 48 Scirpus eriophorum, 43; sylvaticus, 43 Scrophularia leporella, 46 Scutellaria galerieulata, 39 Sedum triphyllum, 47 obovatus, 47; pauperculus, 47; smallii, 47; vulgaris, 39 Silene latifolia, 47; noctiflora, 47 Sinapis arvensis, 47 Sisyrinchium mucronatum, 44 Smilax glauca, 44; hispida, 44 Solidago altissima, 47; juncea, 47; Sparganium ( Sphenopholis nitida, 43 Spiraea alba, 44 Sporolobus heterolepis, 43 Stroprostyles umbellata, 45 Stylosanthes riparia, 45 Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos, 4 Symphytum officinale, 48 Thalictrum revolutum, 44 Thlaspi arvensis, 47 Thymus serpyllum, 39 Tiniaria cilinodis, 44; cristata, 4 hybridum, 40, 48; inca Uniola latifolia, 43 Urtica gracilis, 44 Vaccaria vaccaria, 47 Vaccinium angustifolium, Verbascum blattaria, 38 Verbesina alba, 48 Vernonia glauca, 46 Vicia tetrasperma, 48 Vinca minor, 48 Viola emarginata, 46; fimbriatula, 46; hirsutula, 46; obliqua, 46; pallens, 46; rafinesquii, 46; Xanthoxalis < Zanthoxylum BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB CONTENTS On some Critical Species of the Serpentine Barrens. Francis W. Pennell 1 The Eastern Short-styled Phloxes Fdgab T. Whebby 24 Henry A. Lang 54 John J, Tyler ..Lee Sowdkn 56 General Notes 57 Program of Meetings daring 1929 60 Published by the Club Natural Sciences, Logan Squabe, Pj Issued February 28, 1931 BARTONIA Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Cluh. Subscription Price, $1.00. Numbers 1-10, 50 cents each; Number 11, $1.00. Address DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL, Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences, Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pa. Handbook of the Flora of Philadelphia and Vicinity. By Ida A. Kelleb and Stewaedson Brown. 366, with keys to the Families and Species. Two dollars (Postpaid, $2.10). DR. IDA A. KELLER, Bartonia, No. 12 BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB No. 12 PHILADELPHIA, PA. 1929-1930 On some Critical Species of the Serpentine Barrens Francis W. Pennell Although outcrops of serpentine and related rocks occur in a broken chain from western Massachusetts to North Carolina, it is only in southeastern Pennsylvania and adjacent Maryland that the areas are of considerable size and bear a highly distinctive flora. Beginning at Lafayette along the Schuylkill River just above Philadelphia, the Serpentine Barrens are scattered like islands across Delaware, southern Chester and southern Lancaster counties, Pennsylvania, from whence they pass into Cecil and Harford counties, Maryland, crossing the Susquehanna River at the landmark of Bald Friar. The geologic map shows that they follow a narrow belt of gneiss and gabbro, dating from before the Paleozoic Era ; this is the most eastern and lowest belt of what physiog- raphers term the Piedmont Plateau, being sharply bounded inland by the later mica-schist of the South Valley Hill and coastward by the geologically recent sands and clays of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. It is a belt that before man's inter- vention was all but wholly covered by luxuriant deciduous forests. Almost the only breaks in the wilderness must have been the park-like openings and grassy or stony knolls of the Ser- pentine Barrens. Today while much of the forest has been cleared for pasture and plowed fields, the true "Barrens" (1) 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE remain untouched, their sterility prohibiting agriculture. The yellow-green serpentine rock contains a high proportion of magnesium, and weathers into soil distinguished thereby from all other soils of our area. Hence may arise its un- suitability for man's crops, but hence also its interest to the botanist. For on the "Barrens" has developed a peculiar world of plant-life, a flora as unique as any in eastern North America. Just twenty years ago, while a student at the University of Pennsylvania, I utilized the available time of two seasons in visiting by carriage, bicycle and train nearly all the Ser- pentine Barrens in Delaware and Chester counties, and in a paper on the "Flora of the Conowingo Barrens of south- eastern Pennsylvania,"1 there were discussed the local distri- bution and geographic relationships of the species found. A series of "Further Notes"2 followed two years later. Since then for eighteen years specimens have been accumulating in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, and the time seems again ripe for a reconsideration of the flora of the Serpentine Barrens. Especially has the automobile enabled us to explore more thoroughly the largest and richest of all our areas of serpen- tine rock, the great "Nottingham" or "State-line Barrens" that stretch from near the Elk Creek in southern Chester County southwestward by Nottingham and Sylmar across the Octoraro Creek into southern Lancaster County and northern Cecil County. Covered with pitch pines and undisturbed by man, the valleys near the Octoraro Creek have a wild beauty that contrasts with the intimate picturesqueness of deciduous i Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 62: 541-584. 1911. As therein explained, the term " Conowingo Barrens ' ' was adopted because in the Eeports of the United States Bureau of Soils this had been used for the areas of thin magnesian soil that alone bear a peculiar flora. Much of the area underlain by serpentine and allied rocks has weathered further into the deeper soil of the "Cono- wingo Clay • ' which supports a flora quite similar to that of other sterile spots on the Piedmont Plateau. 2Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 64: 520-539. 1913. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 3 woodland, field and meadow that is usual through the Pied- mont hills. Most attractive of all is the immediate vicinity of Octoraro Creek itself, where below Lees Bridge and at the Oxbow curve on the state boundary, the stream has cut its gorge against and through the ridge of the Serpentine Barrens. My first trip to the cliffs of the Octoraro was in 1920 and scarcely a year has passed since without one or several journeys thither. There in rock-crevices grows luxuriantly the harebell, Campanula rotundifolia, mingled with the equally northern snowy bedstraw, Galium horeale. The Canada lettuce, true Lactuca canadensis with the mid-blade and segments of the leaves linear and entire, further emphasizes the northern affinity of the flora of these cliffs. But Aster concinnus, with greener leaves and more ample sprays of smaller flower -heads than has A. laevis, its close kin elsewhere on the Serpentine, is of very local occurrence and has been little found anywhere in its range. Most remarkable of all the plants of these rocky slopes, however, are the wide mats of the silky broad-leaved Cerastium to be described as new to science in the first of the following notes. It is a plant worthy of wide introduction into rock-gardens, but which under natural conditions has an occurrence probably as restricted as that of any plant in east- ern North America. Perhaps a future issue of "Bartonia" may reconsider the flora of the Serpentine Barrens with the fullness that the subject deserves. Now I wish merely to discuss certain critical species, concerning which recent collections and study have yielded new information. These cases have come to light during efforts to name local collections of Dicotyledones. Similar instances involving Monocotyledones are still to be studied. Indeed, many other problems must await attention, as, because the Serpentine flora is so unique and the plants are so diverse on the isolated individual ''Barrens," it is quite likely that more taxonomic questions await decision there than in any like area of the northeastern United States. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Representatives of Cerastium j Cerastium arvense L. is a large-flowered species of mouse-ear chickweed that is usually credited with an exceedingly wide distribution over the Earth. Originally described by Lin- naeus from Europe, its range has since been extended through- out the North Temperate zone of Asia and North America and into the South Temperate zone. It seemed a familiar plant to encounter on a recent collecting trip to the Andes of Chile. Yet it may be questioned whether the plant is a taxonomic unity throughout this vast area of occurrence, and especially does the doubt seem valid in view of the surprising range of variation shown by it on the Serpentine Barrens of the east- ern United States. Before considering the plants of serpentine or magnesian soil, however, we should note what is the prevalent form of this group on other formations over the eastern United States. Wide-spread on sandy or sterile soils, especially on rocky cliffs, is a plant with leaf -blades usually linear or narrowly lanceolate and narrowed at base, a species that was well named Cerastium tenuifolium by Pursh in 1814. Apparently he took the wider-leaved and hairier plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine to be genuine C. arvense L., a judgment which posterity has reversed. We shall not now attempt to decide whether C. tenuifolium is identical with or varietally distinct from C. arvense of Europe, but in the discussion below shall compare with it the special forms that have developed upon our areas of serpentine. Some representative of Cerastium arvense seems to be a constant inhabitant of all our areas of magnesian soil. Thanks to the kindness of Professor M. L. Fernald I have seen two collections from the small serpentine area at Florida, Berk- shire County, Massachusetts, being Fernald and Long 9489 and a specimen gathered by Ralph Hoffman. Both show leaf- Wades linear or nearly so, and narrowed at base in the manner characteristic of "tenuifolium." Other specimens from western Massachusetts loaned me, from arkose and other soils, PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 5 near Amherst, Hampshire Co., and Deerfield and Sunderland, Franklin Co., are similar, showing only slight variation toward lanceolate leaf-blades. Thus, it seems evident that on the remote serpentine outcrops in western Massachusetts no special form of the species has been developed since the glacial recession. On Staten Island, New York, occurs a famous and ex- tremely isolated serpentine area. Here we are almost on the Terminal Moraine that marks the utmost advance of the ancient ice-sheet. At Grant City on May 17, 1919, I gathered again the narrow-leaved plant (No. 9943) " tenuif olium, ' ' while there also occurred plants (No. 9944) with nearly lanceolate leaf-blades, more rounded at base, very like the usual plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine, and to be known by the same name. In southeastern Pennsylvania and adjacent Maryland occur our series of Serpentine Barrens with a flora much more im- portant than that of the trivial areas northward; moreover, these are south of the Terminal Moraine and there is every reason to believe that their flora has had a vastly longer period in which to achieve its present distinctness. No plant is so universally present on these Barrens as a large-flowered Cerastium, which is obviously not the narrow-leaved "tenui- folium"; its leaf -blades are prevailing lanceolate and more rounded at the base, while the plant bears an increased hairi- ness that is often slightly tawny. It is easy to contrast the plant invariable on the Serpentine with the surrounding "tenuif olium," and so true is the association of these plants with their respective geologic formations that they have been repeatedly considered as distinct species. But actual mea- surements break down each character that might be used in framing a key, until it would seem that each represents a predominance of traits rather than a clear-cut association. On nearly all the Pennsylvania Serpentine Barrens our representative bears leaves usually lanceolate, and moderately or densely hairy though usually glabrate in age. On indi- vidual barrens it seems to hold its leaf-form with great con- 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE stancy. This is the plant that has been long known as var. oUongifolium but the description of Cerastium oblongif olium shows that Torrey had rather some plants collected by Douglass on Lake Erie and by Dewey in western Massachu- setts, areas where only forms of ' ' tenuif olium " are known. Dewey's specimen can not be found, but Douglass' plant at the New York Botanical Garden, kindly loaned by Dr. Brit- ton, suggests in width of leaf -blades the Pennsylvania Serpen- tine plant; yet both in my judgment must have been wide- leaved forms of "tenuif olium." Douglass' plant was young, and I think that as its leaves elongated the shape would have changed to accord with such plants as the specimens of Wolle's from Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, mounted on the same sheet, which clearly shows the narrowed leaf -bases of " tenuif olium. " Specimens with leaf-blades wide, but cuneately narrowed at base and relatively slightly hairy, occur occasionally in "tenuif olium" colonies, e.g. on the Nockamixon cliffs of Bucks Co., Pennsylvania ; such a state should be counted as merely a form. For it "oblongifolium" can be used, and accordingly I reject that name for the plant of the Serpentine Barrens of Pennsylvania and Maryland. In Darlington's "Flora Cestrica" 280, 1837, we learn that Dr. Torrey himself had informed the author that specimens from the Pennsylvania Serpentine were not Cerastium ob- longifolium, thus expressing his early confirmation of the decision reached above. Also in the Academy's Herbarium is preserved a specimen from West Chester, gathered by Darlington in May, 1831, which bears a note stating that Dr. Torrey "thinks it may be a non-descript. " Darlington con- sidered the Serpentine plant specifically distinct from C. tenui- f olium Pursh (which was the natural verdict of any botanist familiar with the plants only in the Pennsylvania Piedmont), and adopted for it the nomen subnudum of Muhlenberg's Catalog of 1815, C. vUlosum. It appears that William Bald- win had sent to Muhlenberg a specimen "from the Barrens, Chester County," which was acknowledged3 April 8, 1811, 3 Darlington, Wm., "Eeliquiae Baldwinianae, ' ' 26. 1843. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB new species, which I have named lanatum," a name that was evidently changed in the "Cata- logue" to "villosum." With a description Cerastium vil- losum Muhl. dates from 1837, but as a species it was clearly antedated by Cerastium velutinum Raf., 1808, from "New- castle County, Delaware and Chester County, Penn." As a variety the reverse is true, C. arvense velutinum (Raf.) Brit- ton, 1894, being antedated by C. arvense villosum (Muhl.) Hollick and Britton, 1887. Both the descriptions of C. velu- tinum Raf. and C. villosum Muhl. emphasize the hairiness so evident at anthesis, and speak of the occurrence of ovate- lanceolate or even ovate leaves, doubtless describing early leaf -blades that would later lengthen to lanceolate. At first I had thought that such descriptions must apply to the ex- treme wide-leaved and villose plant from the Octoraro gorge to be discussed below, but the statements of occurrence given by both Rafinesque and Darlington lead me to believe that they were describing the prevalent plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine Barrens; indeed, I have myself visited both the West Chester and Strode 's Mill (or Sconnelltown) outcrops cited by Darlington and found only the usual plant, while no other is known from the few Barrens in Newcastle County, Delaware. Specimens, collected by William Darlington at both localities that he cites, do have broadly lanceolate leaf- blades, but both are only in blossom yet with the leaves closely pubescent; surely they would have become early glabrate. Very naturally both botanists emphasized the width of leaf and the hairiness, as they were contrasting the Serpentine plant with C. tenuifolium (or arvense). Accordingly for the prevalent Cerastium of the Serpentine Barrens of south- eastern Pennsylvania, and adjacent Delaware and Maryland, I adopt the name of C. arvense villosum. Occasionally foreshadowed on other barrens of southern Chester and southern Lancaster counties, Pennsylvania, but reaching its full development only on the Serpentine close to and on the bluffs of the Octoraro Creek, Chester County, is a form of Cerastium arvense so remarkable that it seems 8 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE necessary to accord it also varietal rank. No botanist, un- familiar with the geography and geology of the Pennsyl- vania Piedmont and with the Serpentine plant that has been discussed, would think of associating with C. arvense what is now being called its variety villosissimum. The leaves are prevailing ovate and permanently softly woolly, while the stems elongate to form clumps of considerable size. It seems to me to embody the extreme development of the tendencies to wider leaf -blades and increased hairiness that distinguish C. arvense villosum from "tenuifolium" (for the present accounted true C. arvense), and so should be considered as a highly localized derivative of villosum. On the Octoraro Serpentine it is associated with the peculiar assemblage of northern species already recounted. In 1887 Arthur Hollick and N. L. Britton published a com- prehensive revision of "Cerastium arvense L., and its North American Varieties." This viewed the group broadly and indicated six geographic varieties. Two of these included plants of the Serpentine Barrens of Pennsylvania, var. oblongifolium (which also had an extensive extra-Serpentine range) and var. villosum (restricted to Serpentine). While the latter plant was defined as "densely villous-pubescent" in contrast to "pubescent," chief emphasis was placed upon its possession of a capsule longer relative to the calyx. In- spection of ample material convinces me that such difference in proportion can not be maintained, while the supposed slight difference in leaf -form is also fluctuating. The denser villous pubescence suggests the state of villosissimum but specimens seen that have been named by Hollick and Britton show that their plant was rather the hairier condition of our villosum. (Of course the identity of specimens seen by Hollick and Britton can not affect the application of the name ' ' villosum, ' ' which depends rather upon its previous use by Darlington.) These two supposed varieties on the Serpentine were carried over into Britton and Brown's "Illustrated Flora," 1897, and Britton 's "Manual," 1901, as oblongifolium and velutinum; PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 9 and into Gray's "New Manual," 1908, as oblongifolium and villosum again. Finally in the second edition of the "Illus- trated Flora," 1913, the two varieties were merged under Cerastium velutinum, a treatment repeated in Norman Tay- lor's "Flora of the Vicinity of New York," 1915. I am in accord with this amalgamation so far as our area is concerned, although claiming the plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine as distinct from wide-leaved forms elsewhere; it is only reluctantly that I accord it the old varietal status under C. arvense instead of independent specific rank. Perhaps some time there will be found more convincing characters than those yet postulated. Finally I have added this new second variety that gives a name to the plant of the serpentine bluffs of Octoraro Creek, the most remarkable of all the members of this group. finely pubescent; stem erect most of its length.. (C. tenui folium) ^eaf -blades narrowly lanceolate to ovate, obtuse to acutish at tip, more rounded at base, at anthesis pubescent or villose; stems diffuse, ascending distally. Leaf-blades mostly lanceolate, moderately or densely hairy, in age glabrate ; stem pubescent or hirsute, prostrate at base so as to form small clumps ; plants with dull pubescence C. arvense villosum Leaf-blades oblong-lanceolate to ovate, densely and permanently very villous or velutinous, extensively prostrate so as to form clumps often several dm. wide; plants with silver-whi Cerastium arvense L., Sp. PI. 438. 1753. australiori Europa." For the purpose oi current identification of o United States with C. ar ultimately someone mon Nearctie and Palearctic species will give attention to the problem, however. While they would seem to be specifically identical, there may well prove to be varietal distinctions between the plants on the two aides of the Atlantic Ocean. (!) Cerastium pennsylvanieum Hornem., Hort. Reg. Bot. Hafn. 1: 435. 1813. "Hab in Pennsylvan. . . . intr. 1800." The meagre de- scription might pertain either to the present plant < losum; the description of the leaves r_ "-" former the more probable. Also if PROCEEDINGS OF THE irsh, PI. Amer. Sept. 321. 1814. "On the Dants ot Kcmiylkill and Delaware, Pennsylvania. ... v. v." Type not seen, but description clearly distinctive of a plant represented in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by many specimens from along the Schuylkill and Delaware rivers in south- eastern Pennsylvania. If our plant of eastern North America should prove varietally different from C. arvense of Europe, this would be the desirable name to adopt. Cerastium oblongifolium Torr., PI. Un. St. 460. 1824. "Hab. On mountains in Massachusetts. Dewey. ... It was first discovered by Prof. Douglass, of West Point, near Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie." The latter is to be considered the type, both because of prior col- lection and especially prior description by Torrey in Ameri nal of Science 4: 63, as is stated by him. Evidently the type is a specimen in Herb. Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden labeled by Torrey "Cass's Expedition, Capt. Douglass"; this consists of two upright stems just coming into blossom with largest leaves about 2 em. long by 6 mm. wide, while beneath these is a third with leaves similar in length but less than half as wide and bearing Torrey 's comment "These specimens seem to connect with C. arvense." The leaves of all are finely hairy and have blades st leaves I think ason the leaf-form would have become relatively narrower and more obviously tapering to the base. The name then can be held only as applicable to a wide- leaved extreme state of C. arvense, f. oblongifolia (Tott.) Pennell, forma nova. Such plants occur occasionally, especially in the Middle Atlantic and Central States and Ontario, as on the Nocka- mixon cliffs, Bucks Co., Pa., at Fites Eddy, Lancaster Co., Pa., near Washington, D. O, at Lockport, 111., at Desoto, Mo., and Amherst- burgh, Ont. Dewey 's plant mentioned by Torrey can not be located ; it must also have been another wide-leaved specimen of C. arvense, as a series of specimens from western Massachusetts loaned from the Gray Herbarium have proved to be all true ' ' tenuif olium. ' ' Eocky banks and cliffs, especially along rivers, widespread over eastern North America ; nearly throughout the local areas of the Philadelphia and Torrey4 Botanical Clubs, less fre- quent on the Coastal Plain, in the Piedmont replaced on Serpentine Barrens by the following varieties. Cerastium arvense villosum (Muhlenberg) Hollick & Britton. Cerastium velutinum Raf. in Med. Kepos. New York II. 5: 359. 1808. "In Newcastle County, Delaware, and Chester county, Penn." Type not known to exist, but description of leaves as ovate and "tomentous" definitely indicates this variety. Cerastium villosum Muhl., Catal. PI. Amer. Sept. 46. 1813. "Pens." (nomen subnudum) ; Darlington, Flora Cestrica 279. 1837. "Hab. * The Torrey Botanical Club sponsors at the New York Botanical Garden a Local Herbarium, covering approximately the territory within 100 miles of New York City. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB Serpentine rock; W. Chester; Strode 's Mill: frequent. ... It abounds on all our banks of serpentine rock." Muhlenberg had re- ceived the plant from Baldwin from ' ' the Barrens, Chester County, ' ' so its identity with the species described by Darlington is evident. While Darlington's ' lected by him "May, 1831, West Chester, Pa.," is in Herb. Acad- emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It is a flowering speci- men with broadly lanceolate leaves, reaching 8-9 mm. wide, which are densely and softly, but not heavily, appressed-pubescent, while the oldest leaves are already glabrate. Quite similar is a co-type from " Strode 's Serpentine rock," collected May 20, 1829, and which bears the name "villosum Muhl." starred as indicating a new species. I have collected the plant at both these localities, and found it to be the usual plant of Serpentine Barrens. Cerastium arvense villosum (Muhl.) Holl. & Brit, in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 14: 49. 1887. Cerastium arvense velutinum (Eaf.) Britt. in Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 150. 1894. Eocky banks and dry open thin soil, abundant on all Ser- pentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania and adjacent northern Delaware and northeastern Maryland; also on Ser- pentine on Staten Island, New York, where it seems to be less marked and is associated with "tenuifolium." For addi- tional discussion of the unity of the prevalent plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine, and for list of "barrens" on which it has been gathered, see my paper in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 62: 562. 1910. There are many more specimens of this today in the Local Herbarium of the Academy, which would further prove its occurrence on all our "barrens." It seems to be lacking only where replaced by var. villosissimum. Cerastium arvense villosissimum Pennell, var. nov. Stems widely spreading, those of late summer 3-4 dm. long, densely villose. Leaf -blades ovate or oval, obtuse, the largest 2-3 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, very densely and softly villose, per- manently so. (Caespitosum, caulibus late procumbentibus ; foliis ovatis ovalibusque, semper villosissimis. ) Type, rocky cliffs, serpentine, along Octoraro Creek below Lees Mill, Chester Co., Pennsylvania, collected in fruit Sept. 21, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10767 ; in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Rocky serpentine slopes, along Octoraro Creek in south- 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE western Chester County, Pennsylvania ; apparently restricted to this small portion of the Nottingham Serpentine Barrens. Occurs over the Barren eastward toward Goat Hill, where it intergrades toward var. villosum. On June 22, 1929, some hours' search showed only this variety on the Octoraro cliffs and adjoining hilltop, but a half-mile back occurred transition to villosum, while that variety nearly approached the creek down a side stream-valley. II. THALICTRUM REVOLUTU1I DC. This is frequent on the Serpentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania, and may be recognized by the waxy globules on the under surface of the leaf -blades and the strong heavy odor. Occasionally, however, occur colonies of plants on which the wax deposits are extremely minute or lacking alto- gether. These are inodorous, thus indicating that the usual odor is produced by the wax. Such plants also wholly lack the puberulenee normally present on the petioles and petio- lules, thus being quite glabrous throughout. I fail to discover other correlated characters nor any distinct range for these smooth plants, but think that they may well be considered as : Forma glabra Pennell, n.f. Leaves throughout wholly glabrous (Foliis omnino glabris). Type, serpentine, Nottingham Barrens, Chester Co., Penn- sylvania, collected in flower June 30, 1914, F. W. Pennell 1543 ; in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Also collected in fruit Sept. 14, 1916, on serpentine, Not- tingham Barrens, Pennell 8956. A fruiting collection made on serpentine along Octoraro Creek below Lee's Bridge, Chester Co., a locality also on the Nottingham Barrens, Sept. 21, 1920, F. W. Pennell 10956, shows intergradation to the species, the leaves being either finely glandular or glabrous beneath. One plant shows both states, the lower leaves being glabrous while the upper younger leaves are glandular. Also seen from serpentine, Williamson School, Delaware Co., Pennsylvania, collected July 1, 1909, by Bayard Long. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 13 III. Viola sagittata Ait. and V. fimbeiatota Smith. Some temerity is required for opening again a difficult problem that has been supposed to be well settled, but perhaps an account of the peculiar violet which grows on our Serpen- tine Barrens may be offered as an excuse. On all the out- crops occurs an especially attractive sort with heavily bearded violet flowers, a trim plant with long petioles that raise ver- tically the narrow, conspicuously sagittate leaf-blades. As a boy in the late nineties I learned that this was Viola sagittata, but with acquaintance with the "Illustrated Flora" and Britton's "Manual," I decided that it must be V. fimbriatula inasmuch as it is all but invariably clothed with a fine down of hairs. Later I came to know true V. fimbriatula as it grows on other soils in Delaware and Chester counties, Penn- sylvania, notably on the Mica-schist hills, and I could not believe that this uniform plant of the Serpentine could be the same as that species with its shorter peduncles, and especially with its spreading, wide, almost coarsely hairy leaf-blades, crenate or hardly toothed at base, and above all so thick and deep lustrous green. The leaves of the Serpentine plant are pale green, often whitened by the sheen of pubescence, or somewhat purplish. In 1910 specimens from the Williamson School barren were submitted to the late Professor Ezra Brainerd, who informed me of their identity with the western hairy plant that had been described as V. subsagittata Greene, and remarked: "Your plant and that of the west can- not properly be considered a hybrid, as it is stable and wide- spread ; but we may reasonably suppose it has resulted from the intermingling of these two species (V. sagittata and V. fimbriatula) in the past, perhaps in the remote past."5 So, debating as to which name to apply to a plant that "has the leaf -outline of V. sagittata and the pubescence of V. fimbria- tula," I recorded it as "Viola fimbriatula" on page 569 of my "Flora of the Conowingo Barrens of southeastern Penn- sylvania," in January, 1911. But I did call attention to the uniformity of the Serpentine plant and express my disbelief B See also comment by Brainerd in American Naturalist 44 : 233. 1910. 14: PROCEEDINGS OF THE in the idea of "direct or recent hybridism," "as neither V. fimbriatula Sm. nor V. sagittata Ait., occur, except sparingly, in this district." During the years since that comment was made the Serpen- tine plant has been collected by many Philadelphia botanists and always filed in the Local Herbarium of the Academy as "V. fimbriatula." But a doubt has long been dwelling in the mind of the Herbarium's Curator, Mr. Long, a doubt that I have fully shared. Constantly hairy as the plant is, it has neither the habit nor the aspect of V. fimbriatula. Finally I have again reviewed the problem, with a great wealth of material at my disposal. Ignoring pubescence, and putting to one side the plants with fimbriatula characters — spreading, ovate, crenate leaf -blades, not or jaggedly toothed at base, peduncles shorter than the mature leaves, and capsule usually large; and to the other side plants of sagittata characters — erect, lanceolate or narrowly ovate, serrulate leaf -blades ulti- mately hastately lobed at base, peduncles often equaling or longer than the leaves, and capsules mostly smaller — it has been possible to make a nearly complete separation of our specimens. V. fimbriatula is a plant of sandy and sterile soil, occurring especially on shale ridges in southeastern Pennsyl- vania ; while V. sagittata occurs through the Coastal Plain of southern New Jersey, and somewhat in southeastern Pennsyl- vania where on the Serpentine Barrens it is a constantly pres- ent species. In view of the uniformity of both these species as so associated, I am less than ever inclined to. believe that the one character of pubescence on the Serpentine plant indi- cates that it has had a hybrid origin. Bather I note with interest that V. fimbriatula also occurs in both glabrous and hairy states. We have overstressed pubescence in distin- guishing these violets. In the "Flora Cestrica" of 1837, the closest taxonomic study ever made of a portion of the Pennsylvania Piedmont, William Darlington perfectly distinguished V. fimbriatula (as V. ovata Nutt.) and V. sagittata, describing the latter as mostly pubescent. He also understood their difference in PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 15 local distribution; while assigning both to the Mica-slate, he placed only V. sagittata on the Serpentine. In his later edi- tion, 1853, with the deference of his own acute field-knowledge to the herbarium-study of Torrey and Gray, we find both merged under V. sagittata with the observation: "The V. ovata, Nutt, & Fl. Cestr. ed. 2. is now considered as nothing more than a variety of this. ' ' A sad deterioration marks the last edition of the "Flora Cestrica" from its splendid prede- cessor; it is scarcely believable that one of Darlington's abil- ity should have so wholly effaced his own judgment on this and many other local problems. It is a simple matter to apply the name Viola fimbriatula; Sir James E. Smith's description published in 1817 is dis- tinctive and traces to Pursh's error in supposing that this blue-flowered hairy plant of dry hills was V. primulifolia L. A year later, wholly unaware of Smith's action, Thomas Nuttall published V. ovata with the same reference to Pursh but with good field-knowledge of the plant himself. Since its double launching the species has long been recognized as a characteristic plant of the northeastern United States, al- though for most of the latter half of the nineteenth century its identity was submerged in V. sagittata. Glabrous states are so rare and sporadic in V. fimbriatula, that they merit no higher rank than that of "forma." Before determining the historic application of the name "sagittata," it is necessary to decide the status of its pubes- cent and glabrous states. Structurally they are of no more significance than in V. fimbriatula, for pubescence seems wholly uncorrelated with any other character. If one con- dition occurred only sporadically, it would also be considered as logically merely a "forma," but if there proved to be envi- ronmental or geographical difference between the two states of Viola sagittata then in my opinion they should be ac- counted varieties or "geographic subspecies." Reviewing the specimens in the Academy's Local Herbarium from the Coastal Plain of southern New Jersey we note that they are mostly glabrous, occasionally showing, however, a slight de- 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE velopment of hairs, especially early in the season. Turning to the Piedmont of southeastern Pennsylvania we find similar glabrate or glabrous specimens, with similar occasional devel- opment of a slight pubescence in plants growing locally in moist sandy or clayey soil, environment much like the moist sandy soil preferred in the Coastal Plain. But on drier soils of the Piedmont, and universally on open serpentine slopes, occurs a more strongly pubescent development, having a soft coating of hairs most pronounced in the spring but persisting in some degree throughout the season. Transition between glabrous and hairy states seems too complete to warrant spe- cific rank, but the geographic and ecologic differentiation seems to me sufficiently pronounced to warrant our consider- ing them as of varietal distinctness. It is evident that Professor Brainerd and all recent bota- nists have considered the glabrous plant the true Viola sagittata, doubtless impelled by the fact that it offers most complete contrast with the usual state of V. fimbriatula. Such could not fail to be the opinion of any one who could consider the hairy plant of the Serpentine as being interme- diate between the two species, a view that I now believe has no structural warrant. Assuming the right of either the glabrous or the pubescent state to have been the original "sagittata," let us consult the older descriptions. Viola sagittata was a "Nat[ive] of Pennsylvania," "introduced] 1775, by John Fothergill, M.D." to England, and grown at Kew Gardens where it was described in Aiton's "Hortus Kewensis" in 1789. The description tells us that the leaves were "subpubescentia," the petioles "pilosiusculi," and the scapes "villis raris adspersi," all indicating the presence of a slight or moderate degree of pubescence. A later descrip- tion6 by that careful British botanist, Sir James B. Smith, who likely knew the plant both in the herbarium and in cul- tivation, commences with the word "downy," an apt term for the pubescent plant of the Serpentine. Pursh, who reviewed carefully the older collections and who probably also knew eReea Cyclopedia 38: n. 5. 1817. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 17 the pubescent plant growing near Philadelphia (where it still occurs within the present city limits), in his "Flora Amer- icae Septentrionalis" commences his description of V. sagit- tata with the word "pubescens." Thus from the early descriptions there seems reason to suppose that it was the pubescent plant that was introduced to England by Dr. Fothergill, a suspicion fully confirmed by my inspection this past summer of the specimen from "Hort. Fothergill (ex America, Pennsylvania)," still preserved at the British Museum. The source seems probable from our knowledge of the fact that in August, 1775, the English physician wrote7 to his friend (and fellow Friend) Humphry Marshall acknowl- edging the receipt of "a box of plants, amongst which are some new Ferns, and a few other rare plants." We cannot prove that Viola sagittata was in this box or any of its imme- diate predecessors, but the likelihood of its being so trans- mitted is exceedingly great when we recall that Humphry Marshall lived and formed his Botanic Garden at Marshallton while only a mile east of that village the pubescent state of the species grows on an outcrop of serpentine. The Acad- emy's Local Herbarium possesses specimens of it gathered there on September 29, 1908, and May 6, 1909, by Mr. Bayard Long. We may be sure that typical Viola sagittata is the hairy plant of the Pennsylvania Serpentine. For the glabrous plant characteristic of the Coastal Plain I know of no certain varietal or subspecific name. In 1814 Pursh described Viola dentata, which was held to be "a mere variety of V. sagittata" by Nuttall when in 1818 he proposed his own wider-leaved variety emarginata. Pursh described the leaves as oblong as in V. sagittata, but the peduncles as shorter than the leaves, a detail which more frequently ap- plies to Nuttall's variety which in 1828 was raised to specific rank as V. emarginata (Nutt.) LeConte.8 The leaf-blades were also described as "inferne subhastato-grandi-dentatis" as compared with "basi incisis" for V. sagittata; such large » Memorials of Bartram and Marshall, 513. 1849. 8 In Ann. Lye. N. York. 2: 142. 1828. 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE toothing would again favor the interpretation of the plant as V. emarginata. Without finally deciding whether Pursh's name should supersede LeConte's, as is suggested by the lat- ter's frank inclusion of V. dentata as a synonym of his new species, I incline to reject dentata (with the combination V. sagittata dentata (Pursh) DC, Prod. 1: 294. 1824) as des- ignating the glabrous variety of V. sagittata Ait. Also, be- cause we are fortunately freed from the necessity of adopting older names from other categories, we need not investigate Greene's and others' many recent specific proposals. I sug- gest for the glabrous plant that has so long passed as true Viola sagittata the appropriate varietal name of "glabra." I in anthe- • not longer than the leaves; petals relatively wide, the posterior beardless, the lip obovoid, over half as wide as long, heavily reticulate-veined; capsule mostly 9-12 mm. long V. fimbriatula Leaves erect-ascending, the blades lanceolate or narrowly ovate, erenate- serrulate, often obscurely so, when mature strongly toothed or several- lobed at base, finely pubescent or glabrous, usually from i to i the length of the petioles; peduncles in anthesis longer than the leaves; petals narrower, frequently or usually all bearded, the lip cuneate- oblong, less than or about half as wide as long, more faintly veined; capsule mostly 7-10 mm., but occasionally reaching 14 mm. long. Foliage pubescent, only in age tending toward glabrate. V. sagittata Foliage glabrous, or slightly pubescent when young. V. sagittata glabra Viola fimbriatula J. E. Smith. Viola fimbriatula Sm. in Rees Cyclop. 37: n. 16. 1817. "Sent from North America by Dr. Francis Boott as the V. primulifolia of Pursh, with whose definition it agrees. That author speaks of it as growing on dry hills from Canada to Virginia." Description distinctive. Viola ovata Nutt., Gen. N. Amer. PI. 1: 148. 1818. "V. primuli- folia, of Pursh, not of Linnaeus. On dry hills as correctly re- marked by Mr. Pursh. . . . Abundant near Philadelphia on the Sandy or gravelly soil, Nova Scotia to North Carolina. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 19 Especially characteristic of shale and sandstone ridges in the southeastern Appalachians of Pennsylvania. Forma glabrata Pennell, forma nova. Leaf-blades mostly nearly or quite glabrous, only when young somewhat pubes- cent (Poliis maturis glabratis). Type, open roadside, south slope of Kittatinny Mountains, about 2£ miles N.W. by W. of Slatedale, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, collected in flower April 26, 1925, by Harold W. Pretz 12486 ; in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Pennsylvania. A glabrous extreme probably occurring with the species. Seen only from Northampton, Lehigh and Berks Counties, Pennsylvania. Viola sagittate Aiton. Viola sagittata Ait., Hort. Kew. 3: 287. 1789. "Nat. of Pennsyl- vania. Introd. 1775, by John Fothergill, M.D." Specimen prob- ably from Humphry Marshall, who likely obtained it on the Ser- Ohester Co., Pennsylvania, ca, Pennsylvania)," seen British Museum of Natural History, London, England. Viola sagittae folia Salisb. Prod. 130. 1796. Name doubtless sub- stituted for "sagittata" because more exactly descriptive. Open dry slopes, often sandy, through much of the eastern United States, passing imperceptibly into the following more wide-ranging variety. This is the prevalent state in the Piedmont, as on the Serpentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania, and doubtless generally through the Appa- lachian area. Perhaps identical with V. subsagittata Greene of the western Prairie region. Viola sagittata glabra Pennell, var. nov. Plant glabrous, or only slightly pubescent on the young growth (Fere vel omnino glabra). Moist soil, sandy or clayey, Massachusetts to South Caro- lina, Illinois and Louisiana. Type, roadside thickets, southwest of Alloway, Salem County, New Jersey, collected in flower April 22, 1910, by Bayard Long, No. 3034, in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 20 PROCEEDINGS OP THE Doubtless this often occurs as a mere glabrate form among colonies of the hairier sagittata, but apparently the glabrous state is more prevalent on the Coastal Plain and has a larger total range. Apparently passes also into the wider-leaved V. emarginata (Nutt.) LeConte which occurs from Massachu- setts to North Carolina and has nearly the same range in the Philadelphia area, both occurring on the Coastal Plain, scat- tered through the Piedmont, and becoming more frequent again on the lower Appalachian ridges. IV. Senecio smallii Beitton. In Britton's "Manual" (1901) and in Gray's "New Man- ual" (1908) this relative of 8. balsamitae Muhl. is accounted southern, the northern limit of distribution being given as "Virginia." But in Taylor's "Flora of the Vicinity of New York" (1915) the species appears as occurring in "PA. Serpentine Barrens, Delaware County." Such an extension of range to my native county and based upon a specimen from the Serpentine, challenged attention. Study of the many specimens from southeastern Pennsylvania in the Local Herbarium of the Academy fully sustains the record of Taylor's "Flora," and reveals an interesting local distribu- tion. Senecio smallii occurs on all our Serpentine Barrens, and only rarely on other soils where Mr. Hugh E. Stone has gathered it in Chester County, away from serpentine, at Chadds Ford, Coatesville, and "Bonsall School" in West Cain Twp. But Senecio pauperculus balsamitae (Muhl.) Fernald grows always on other soils, every specimen from the Serpen- tine that has been so named proving to be S. smallii. To realize this precise distribution it has been necessary to formulate anew the distinctions between these species, but with a nearer approach to the characters given by Dr. Brit- ton in his "Manual" than to those used by Dr. Greenman in the "New Gray." They appear to be distinguished as follows : PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 21 Heads usually 8-10 mm. high, the disk-flowers considerably exceeding the involucre, the rays about 10 mm. long; heads mostly on firm, strongly ascending peduncles in a corymb that is often loose; basal leaf -blades prevailing oblong and obtuse S. pauperculus balsamitae Heads usually 5-7 mm. high, the disk-flowers scarcely exceeding the in- volucre, the rays about 7 mm. long; heads mostly on slender, more spreading peduncles in a compact corymb; basal leaf -blades prevail- ing elliptic or oblong-elliptic, acutish or obtuse S. smallii Senecio pauperculus balsamitae (Muhlenberg) Fernald. Senecio balsamitae Muhl.; Willd., cur. L., Spec. Plant. 3: 1998. 1800. "Habitat in America boreali." Type, probably from near Lan- caster, Pennsylvania, and now at Berlin, Germany, should be veri- fied as the imperfect specimen bearing this name in Muhlenberg's Herbarium seems to be rather S. smallii. But the description of the radical leaves as oblong, obtuse, and the heads as on long peduncles, would describe better the plant now considered, which is also present among Muhlenberg's collections. Senecio pauperculus balsamitae (Muhl.) Fernald in Rhodora 23: 299. 1921. Meadows and rocky woodlands, Nova Scotia to Minnesota, south along the Appalachians to North Carolina. In the Philadelphia Local Area this occurs in the following counties : Pennsylvania: Northampton, Lehigh, Bucks, Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties. Delaware: Newcastle County. In deference to his acquaintance with these plants in the field, I follow Professor Fernald in distinguishing ours only varietally. 8. pauperculus Michx. (PI. Bor. Amer. 2: 120. 1803), from "Canada, juxta lacus," describes a smaller plant than ours, with narrower, less cut stem-leaves and fewer heads; structurally it is evidently a northern depauperate derivative of balsamitae. It is represented in the Academy's Herbarium by specimens from Newfoundland to Vermont and Michigan, including one labeled "No. 48. . . . Michaux in Amer.," which, however, fails to bear his specific name. Senecio smallii Britton. Senecio aureus angustifolius Britton in Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 2: 39. 1890. « ' ' The Pass, ' between Buchanan and Peaks of Otter collected by A. M. Vail, June 6 [1890]." I - I ve. A collec- tion made just two years later by Dr. and Mrs. Britton and Miss "Vail at Marion, Smyth County, is in the Academy's Herbarium. Senrcio small Britton, I.e. i : 132. 1893. Based on S. aureus angus- tifolius Britton, but citing also the collection just mentioned. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Grassy openings in forest, Serpentine Barrens, etc., south- eastern Pennsylvania to Georgia and apparently Illinois. In the Philadelphia Local Area, seen from the following coun- Pennsylvania : Montgomery, Delaware, Chester and Lancas- ter counties. Delaware: Newcastle County. Maryland: Cecil County. V. LACTTTCA CANADENSIS LlNNfi. In a study9 of our wild yellow lettuce, Professor Karl M. Wiegand has made for the first time a clear distinction be- tween northern and southern types of Lactuca canadensis. The characters used by him are applicable only to cut-leaved forms, for they depend wholly upon the shape of the segments of the leaf. Nevertheless the differences seem to be valid, and, accepting his identification of Kalm's original collection as being likely the northern plant, we may contrast the two varieties as follows : Lobes of the leaf -blades lanceolate or linear, usually entire. L. canadensis Xobes of the leaf -blades ovate, usually obliquely angled and dentate on i distal side . It is the latter plant, Lactuca canadensis latifolia Kuntze,10 that is so familiar as an abundant weed over much of the southeastern and mid-eastern United States. Throughout the Philadelphia area it is nearly ubiquitous in cultivated or waste fields and along roadsides. Once Rafinesque11 gave it the apt name of Lactuca angulata, and a specimen so named by him is in the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences. With its characteristic leaf-shape the plant seems to extend north along the Atlantic Coast only to eastern Mas- sachusetts, while states transitional to the species occur farther northward. 9 ' • Variations in Lactuca canadensis ' ' in Bhodora 22 : 9-11. 1920. io Revisio Generum Plantarum 1 : 349. 1891. ii New Flora of North America 4: 83. 1838. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 23 The species, true Lactuca canadensis L., is much less wide- spread; its distribution, as shown by Professor Wiegand, is especially through the St. Lawrence valley and northern New England, but specimens in the Academy's Herbarium war- rant us in extending the range southward along the Appa- lachians to North Carolina. In the Piedmont of southeastern Pennsylvania it is an occasional plant of rocky woodlands. Our Local Herbarium shows it from Northampton (Easton and Hellertown), Bucks (Sellersville), Philadelphia (By- berry), Delaware (St. Davids) and Chester (Lees Bridge) counties. Of these stations the last, on the Serpentine near the Octoraro Creek, is of especial interest; as recounted in my introductory remarks, it there occurs with a considerable assemblage of northern species. Probably true Lactuca canadensis occurs also in Lancaster County, as, more than a century ago, Muhlenberg had distin- guished it from the locally abundant ' ' latif olia ' ' which he had naturally assumed to be the species of Linnaeus. Muhlen- berg's name, Lactuca elongata, well characterizes the slender tapering leaf -segments. A specimen of his collecting reached Germany, where in 1804 the name was published by Willde- now12 with merely the locality ' ' Pensylvania. " If science were but free to choose the technical names most fitting, how gladly would we adopt for this plant the term "elongata" and for our ordinary variety of the species that of "angulata!" But the nomenclature of these wild lettuces promises to prove quite complicated. There are more old names than those mentioned by Professor Wiegand, while a difficult taxo- nomic problem is involved in deciding the actual relationship between forms with lobed and unlobed leaves. If observations made this past summer can be trusted, both these conditions occur habitually in the same colonies with numerous inter- gradations; if these should prove to be merely individual states of the same varieties, then priority will bring some other name to the fore in place of "latif olia." The group needs further study, as the plants grow in nature, and pos- sibly also by genetical methods. 12 Cur. L., Spec. Plant. 3: 1525. 1804. The Eastern Short-styled Phloxes1 Edgar T. Wherry In last year's number of "Bartonia"2 the Phloxes of the section Subulatae were discussed as to their history, geog- raphy, ecology, variation, and cultivation. The second section to be treated in like manner is that termed by Peter3 the Divaricatae. Its members differ from those of the former section in that the stems are scarcely if at all woody, the leaves are fewer, larger, and less persistent, and the inflorescence is a more compound cyme of short-pedicelled flowers; in these the sepals are united for ^ to -£ their length, and the stamens and styles are much shorter than the corolla-tube. The west- ern species included in the section by Peter are not treated here, but four eastern ones are recognized. In the following synopsis these are arranged in the order of increasing com- pactness of inflorescence: PHLOX, SECTION DIVARICATAE: KEY TO SPECIES Sterile shoots becoming decumbent, often Tooting at nodes ; leaves rather broad, obtusish to acutish; inflorescence lax, glandular; calyx-lobes short-awned; corolla-tube always glabrous, lobes sometimes notched, and limb pale violet, ranging to purple or to white 4. P. divaricata Sterile shoots erect or decumbent, not rooting at nodes; leaves mostly narrow; inflorescence compact; corolla-tube sometimes pubescent, lobes never notched, and limb purple, ranging to violet or to white. Leaves linear to lanceolate, or some nearly ovate, acuminate, sparingly if at all persistent ; bracts spreading, scattered through the moderately compact cyme; inflorescence-hairs fine or excep- tionally coarse, sometimes gland-tipped, rarely lacking; calyx- awns often long. Nodes few; leaves pubescent or sometimes glabrous, the upper spreading, passing rather abruptly into bracts 5. P. pilosa Nodes numerous; leaves always glabrous, the upper ascending, passing gradually into glandular bracts 6. P. floridana Leaves oblong-elliptic or sometimes lanceolate, obtusish to acumi- nate, many of them persistent; bracts ascending, closely sur- rounding the decidedly compact cyme; inflorescence-hairs coarse, never gland-tipped; calyx-awns short 7. P. amoena i Presented in abstract, with lantern-slide illustrations, at the meeting of the Philadelphia Botanical Club on December 19, 1929. Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of 2 Bartonia 11 : 5. 1929. 3 In Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilien 43": 47. 1891, PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 25 4. Phlox divaricata Linne. Blue Phlox. Plate 1. History. — This species, like several others, was discovered in early colonial days, being listed in 1700 by Plukenet1 as "Lychnidea Virginiana Blattariae accedens, Alsines aquaticae foliis, floribus summo caule brachiatis, sive in ramulos divar- icatis." In 1739 John Bartram, the pioneer American bota- nist, collected it along the Susquehanna River in Pennsyl- vania, and sent it to Peter Collinson, who catalogued it, ac- cording to Dillwyn,2 as "Lychnidea foliis lanceolatis obtusis, flore pallide eaeruleo." The specimen on which Linne3 founded the species in 1753 bears on the sheet the initials "H.U."4 signifying that it represented a plant being culti- vated in the botanical garden at Upsala (Hortus Upsaliensis). His description contains the erroneous statement that the lower leaves are alternate, but is otherwise applicable. The corolla-lobes in the type specimen are conspicuously notched, although in the earliest known illustration of the species, that published by Miller5 in 1760, the notches in the lobes are much shallower, indicating that material had already reached Europe from more than one source. In 1796 Salisbury6 applied the name Phlox vernalis to what was probably the same species, but gave no description. Thirty years later a supposedly distinct plant was described by Sweet7 as P. canadensis, and this name has been consider- ably used in horticultural writings, although most botanists have recognized the differences from the Linnean plant — more upright habit and lobes "about half the length of P. divaricata and much broader" — to be insufficient to constitute a separate species. Two other names, P. amplexicaulis Rafinesque and P. glutinosa Buckley, have been regarded by some authors as synonyms of P. divaricata, but are here discussed in connec- tion with P. pilosa. i Mantissa 121. 1700. 2 Hortus Collinsonianus 39. 1843. 3 Species Plantarum (1) : 152. 1753. * As shown in a photograph kindly obtained in 1928 by Dr. William E. Maxon of the U. S. National Herbarium. s Figs. Plants Miller's Gardeners' Diet. 2: pi. 205, fig. 1. 1760. « Prodromus stirpium, etc. 123. 1796. ^ British Flower Garden 3: pi. 221. 1827. 2b PROCEEDINGS OF THE When explorations came to be made in the Mississippi basin, the Phlox divaricata occurring there was found to differ some- what from that farther east, and attempts were made to recog- nize this by special nomenclature. In enumerating plants observed in Arkansas territory, Nuttall1 included a "P. glom- erata," with a star to indicate that he regarded it as a new species, but as he furnished no description the name lacks validity. A specimen from his original collection, preserved in the Gray Herbarium, is an immature individual of the com- mon representative of P. divaricata in that region, which is characterized by having entire corolla-lobes. The same thing was collected by Lapham in Wisconsin, and named by Wood2 P. divaricata $ ? laphami, with the description "Lvs. ovate; pet. obtuse, entire. . . . Intermediate between P. divaricata and P. glaberrima, and may prove distinct from both. ' ' Gray3 modified Wood's designation to variety laphamii; and many years later, Clute* held the difference in corolla-lobe outline to justify the recognition of two distinct species, applying to the western one the name P. laphamii. To what extent these different interpretations correspond to the existing relation- ships will be considered after the variations shown by P. di- varicata have been described. Whitish variants occasionally appear in all large colonies of the Blue Phlox, and the names "P. divaricata alba," "P. canadensis alba," and even "P. laphami alba" have long been in use for such material by horticulturists, although none of these combinations appear to have been validated by formal publication. In 1920 FarwelP proposed P. d. forma albi- flora for a plant from Michigan, while a few years later House6 applied the same term to a New York occurrence. Farwell7 subsequently furnished data to show that a pallid rather than a complete albino color-form was represented. These and other forms will be discussed under Variation. i Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 5: 196. 1837. 2 Class-book of Botany 439. 1846. s Manual of Botany, ed. 2. 331. 1856. . Nat. 11: 68. 1928. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 127 Geography. — Phlox divaricata is one of the most wide- ranging of all the species, occurring in various physiographic provinces, though rarely in the Coastal Plain and Piedmont, from western Florida to eastern Texas, southern Minnesota, and southernmost Quebec. This is shown graphically in fig- ure 1 by circles representing the counties in which it is known to have been collected. The terminal moraine of the final (Wisconsin) glacial stage, marked by a dotted line, has evi- dently been ineffective as a barrier; but the mountain front (row of As) and the Fall-line (cross-hatched band) have clearly restricted its migration, and it has crossed them only along a few river valleys. Curving southward from the lower end of Lake Michigan to the coast of Georgia runs a boundary between an eastern and a western variety ; the significance of its course remains to be explained. Alabama : Rather frequent in the upland regions, and rare in the Coastal Plain, being recorded from Blount7, Bul- lock, Clarke, Etowah7, Franklin, Jackson7, Jefferson', Madi- son7, Marshall7, Morgan7, Tuscaloosa, and "Wilcox7 counties. The boundary between the areas of the eastern and western varieties crosses the northeast corner. Arkansas: Occasional throughout, specimens having been seen from Benton, Carroll7, Garland, Hempstead, Madison7, Miller, Newton7, and Washington counties. Nuttall's "P. glomerata" was ascribed to this state. District of Columbia7: Found only on alluvial flats of the Potomac River in the Piedmont province, toward the north- west boundary. Florida: Limited to the northwestern part of the state, where it grows along the Apalachicola and Chipola rivers in Gadsden, Jackson7, and Liberty7 counties. Georgia: Rare, specimens having been seen only from the Coosa valley in Floyd and the Ocmulgee valley in Bibb and Houston counties. Illinois: Abundant practically throughout, and recorded from 36 counties: Calhoun, Champaign, Clinton7, Cook, Du Page, Hancock, Henderson, Jackson7, Jefferson, Johnson, Kane, Kankakee, Knox, Lake7, La Salle, Macon, Macoupin, Marion, Marshall, McHenry, McLean, Menard, Ogle, Peoria, Piatt, Pulaski7, Richland, Rock Island, St. Clair, Stark, Taze- well7, Union7, Vermilion, Wabash, Will, and Winnebago. The boundary between the varieties runs near the eastern edge of the state. Indiana : Known in nearly every county, largely as the re- sult of the collecting activity of Charles C. Deam; this does not mean that it is more frequent here than in adjacent states, but merely that they have been less thoroughly covered. The list is : Adams, Allen, Blackford, Brown, Carroll, Cass, Clark, Clay, Clinton, Crawford, Daviess, Dearborn, Decatur, De Kalb, Delaware, Dubois, Elkhart, Fayette, Fountain, Frank- lin, Fulton, Gibson, Grant, Greene, Hamilton, Hancock, Harrison, Howard, Huntington, Jackson, Jay, Jefferson, ' Designates counties from which fresh material has been seen. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB Jennings, Johnson, Knox, Kosciusko, Lagrange, Lake, La- porte, Lawrence, Madison, Marion, Marshall, Miami, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Newton, Noble, Ohio, Orange, Owen, Parke, Perry', Porter, Posey, Putnam, Randolph, Ripley, Rush, St. Joseph, Scott, Shelby, Spencer', Steuben, Sullivan Switzerland, Tippecanoe, Vanderburg, Vermilion, Vigo, Wa- bash, Warrick, Washington, Wayne, Wells, and White. A variant with reduced, acuminate lobes, the ' ' Crawf ordsville form," occurs in Montgomery and Tippecanoe counties. Iowa : Scattered nearly throughout, specimens having been seen from Decatur, Dubuque, Emmet, Fayette, Floyd, Fre- mont, Ida, Johnson, Jones, Marshall, Pottawattamie, Po- weshiek, Scott, Shelby, and Story counties. Kansas : Known from 20 counties toward the eastern end : Atchison, Bourbon, Brown, Butler, Chautauqua, Cherokee, Cowley, Douglas, Geary, Jackson, Leavenworth, Lyon, Mont- gomery, Morris, Nemaha, Riley, Shawnee, Wabaunsee, Wil- son, and Wyandotte. The westernmost reported occurrence of the species is that in Butler County. Kentucky: Extends throughout, although as less collect- ing has been done here than in the states adjoining on the north, the county list is relatively small: Anderson, Boone', Christian', Estill, Fayette, Franklin, Gallatin', Henry', Jef- ferson, Jessamine, Kenton', Lyon, Mercer, Morgan, Rockcastle, Rowan', Shelby, and Warren. Louisiana : Recorded from 5 parishes along the Mississippi and Red rivers : Caddo, Feliciana, Natchitoches, Rapides, and St. Landry. Maryland: Known only from the basins of the Potomac and Susquehanna rivers, in Allegany, Anne Arundel, Cecil', Frederick', Garrett, and Montgomery' counties. Michigan: Throughout the southern half of the lower pe- ninsula, there being records from 19 counties:1 Allegan', Benzie, Berrien, Cass, Eaton, Genesee, Grand Traverse, Gratiot, Hillsdale, Ingham, Ionia, Jackson, Kalamazoo, Kent, Oakland, Ottawa, Washtenaw, Wayne, and Wexford. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Minnesota: In the State University herbarium there are 13 counties represented :a Chippewa, Dakota, Goodhue, Henne- pin, Houston, Le Sueur, Meeker, Nicollet, Olmsted, Ramsey, Scott, Waseca, and Winona. The first is the northwestern- most point the species is known to have reached. Mississippi: Occasional in the northern and central parts of the state, being recorded from Chickasaw, Clay, Hinds, Lafayette, Oktibbeha, and Tishomingo counties. Missouri : Wide-spread, specimens having been seen from 25 counties: Atchison, Bates, Butler, Carter, Cass, Christian, Cole, Cooper, Dunklin, Gasconade, Greene, Iron, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Knox, Marion, Phelps, Pike, Ralls, St. Charles, St. Francois, St. Louis', Shannon, and Taney. Nebraska: Found only in the southeastern corner, the county records being: Cass, Douglas, Lancaster, Nemaha, Otoe, and Sarpy. [New Jersey : In the herbarium of the Academy of Natu- ral Sciences of Philadelphia there is a specimen labelled Cam- den, but it is believed to represent cultivated material.] New York: Common in the western and central portions, extending to the banks of the Hudson and the western border of the Adirondacks, in the counties: Broome, Cattaraugus, Chemung, Erie, Genesee, Greene, Herkimer, Jefferson, Mon- roe, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Tompkins', Ulster, Wyoming, and Yates. North Carolina: Evidently rare, specimens having been seen only from the valleys of the Roanoke River in Halifax, and the French Broad in Madison counties. Ohio: Frequent throughout, there being records from 50 counties : Adams7, Auglaize, Butler, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Columbiana, Coshocton', Crawford, Cuyahoga, Darke, Dela- ware7, Erie, Fairfield', Franklin', Gallia, Greene, Hamil ton', Hancock, Hardin, Harrison', Highland', Huron, Jack son', Knox, Licking, Lorain, Lucas, Medina, Mercer, Miami, Monroe, Montgomery, Muskingum', Ottawa, Pike', Portage, Preble, Richland, Ross', Sandusky, Seneca, Shelby, Stark, Tus- carawas', Vinton, Warren, Washington, Williams, Wyandot. i Thanks are due to Prof. C. O. Rosendahl for sending specimens. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 31 Oklahoma: In the Missouri Botanical Garden herbarium there is a specimen from Chelsea, Rogers County. Pennsylvania: Occurs in all parts of the state, though rare northward, the county list being: Allegheny7, Beaver7, Blair, Bradford, Butler, Cambria7, Center, Chester, Clear- field, Clinton, Dauphin7, Delaware, Erie, Fayette, Hunting- don, Lancaster7, Lawrence, Luzerne, Lycoming7, Mercer, Mifflin7, Union, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland, York. South Carolina: In 1817 Elliott1 reported this species with a question from swamps of the Savannah River 40 miles above Savannah, which would place it in Hampton County, South Carolina. In his herbarium, preserved at the Charles- ton Museum, a typical specimen of it is included, although it is mounted along with a fragment of P. glaberrima, and his doubt was evidently due to his confusing the two species. Tennessee: As little collecting has been done here, there are records only from Anderson, Blount, Davidson, Franklin, Grainger7, Hamilton7, Hawkins7, Knox7, Madison, Marion7, Roane, and Shelby counties. The Madison and Shelby speci- mens represent the western variety. Texas: Herbaria include specimens from Liberty and San Augustine counties, near the eastern edge. Vermont: Reported from Sheldon, Franklin County.2 Virginia: Apparently rather rare, and known from but 9 counties: Amherst7, Botetourt7, Campbell, Chesterfield7, Fair- fax7, Giles7, Rockbridge7, Russell, and Washington. West Virginia : Scattered throughout, except in the higher mountains, in the counties : Cabell, Doddridge, Fayette7, Gil- mer, Hardy, Harrison, Jefferson7, Kanawha, Lewis, Marion, Mercer, Monongalia, and Ohio. Wisconsin:3 Rather common below latitude 45° 30', the county list being : Barron, Brown, Calumet, Columbia, Dane, Dunn, Green, Iowa, Jefferson, Manitowoc, Marathon, Mil- waukee, Outagamie, Pepin, Pierce, Polk, Racine, Rock, Rusk, Sauk, Shawano, Sheboygan, and Winnebago. i Sketch Botany S. C. & Ga. 1: 248. [1817.] 2Vt. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 187: 237. 1915. 3 Data for this state were supplied by Mr. A. M. Fuller of the Mil- waukee Public Museum. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Canada.1 Ontario: Frequent between Lake Huron and the St. Lawrence, being known in 14 counties : Carleton, Elgin, Essex, Frontenac, Grey', Hastings, Huron, Lambton, Lanark, Lincoln, Peel, Russell, "Welland, and York. Quebec: The original "Phlox canadensis" was from Mon- treal, Hochelaga County, this being the northeasternmost point P. divaricata is known to have reached. There is also a report from the Ottawa valley in Hull County. Ecology. — Phlox divaricata is typically a rich woods plant, growing on alluvial flats, on ravine slopes, and to some extent on rock ledges, especially when these are calcareous. The soil may be sandy or clayey, and is usually well supplied with humus ; in reaction it is normally circumneutral. Though ap- pearing in various suecessional stages, this Phlox is most characteristic of climax associations. Beyond the area where it is common— from the Appalachians to the Missouri, and the Blue Ridge to the Great Lakes— it follows the river val- leys, as is brought out in the map of its distribution. Its rarity in the Atlantic coast states, where it occurs only along a few streams that rise far up in the mountains, is particu- larly striking. In most directions it has evidently reached the limits to which the climate will permit it to migrate, although there is no obvious reason why it may not ultimately cross the Hudson and enter southern New England. A member of the Spring flora, Phlox divaricata begins to bloom in the south in March, and in the north in April, con- tinuing through May into early June. The stigmas lie below the anthers, but do not become receptive until much of the pollen has been shed, and the delicate fragrance of the flowers attracts many kinds of insects, which bring about cross- pollination; 25 species of moths, butterflies, bees, etc, are listed by Robertson2 as visiting it. Variation. — Although on the whole more constant in its characters than the members of the section Subulatae, this Phlox is variable in several respects. The lower leaves range from narrowly to broadly elliptic, the upper from lanceolate 1 Records from the National Herbarium sent by Dr. M. O. Malte. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 33 to ovate, within single colonies. Their tips are normally ob- tusish, but may become acutish toward the inflorescence. The most striking variability appears in the corolla char- acters. The common name, Blue Phlox, refers to the fact that the color of the corolla-limb is bluer than in most other species, although comparison with the plates in Eidgway1 shows it to be more correctly described as violet. The usual range is from pale violet (59 d) to light amparo purple (63 d). West of the Great Lakes and the Mississippi Kiver bluer hues are dominant, pale bluish violet (57 d) being occa- sionally approached. Eastward there is a tendency to vary toward light phlox purple (65 d), most marked in eastern Kentucky and southern Ohio; indeed Short,2 in his "Florula Lexingtonensis, " questioned the identity of the plant there with P. divaricata because its flowers are "frequently rose- coloured.'' In most colonies all gradations from these colors to white appear, and occasionally a large patch is whitish throughout; a particularly striking occurrence of this kind on the Mackinaw River flats south of Pekin, Tazewell County, Illinois, was called to my attention by Mr. V. H. Chase, of Peoria. Eye striae may be present, a single broad stripe often lying at the base of each lobe, its hue being the same as that of the rest of the limb, but its tone somewhat deeper. Excep- tionally these striae are broadened and reddened, coalescing into a purple ring. The corolla-tube ranges in length from 10 to 20 mm., and though usually longer than the lobes, is sometimes exceeded by them. The lobes are from 9 to 19 mm. long and 5 to 13 mm. wide. West of the varietal boundary shown on the map (fig. 1) the lobe-ends are normally obtuse and entire, mucro- nate or apiculate, but only exceptionally definitely notched. East of it, on the other hand, a well-marked sinus 1 to 3 mm. deep is commonly present, although in nearly every colony a few individuals have entire or even apiculate lobes (c/. plate 1, fig. 2). Rarely the lobes are much shorter than the tube, and long-acuminate. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE If the boundary line mentioned separated plants of con- sistently different features, the presence of two distinct spe- cies, which as noted under History has already been suggested, might be considered. Since, however, mutants within the colonies on one side of the line repeatedly imitate the plants normally found on the other, only varietal distinctness can be admitted. Correspondingly, no key can be drawn up for the identification of isolated specimens, because exceptional indi- viduals would be continually falling into the wrong place. The plan used with the section Subulatae is accordingly fol- lowed here, the varieties being tabulated in the relative posi- tions they occupy in nature, and the more noteworthy forms being referred to by English descriptive terms. VAEIETIES AND FORMS OF PHLOX DIVARICATA QUENTLY VIOLET. Phlox divaricate laphami Wood. P. d. laphamii Gray. P. lap- hamii Clute. Occurring west of the varietal boundary described in the text. QUENTLY PURPLISH. Phlox divaricata canadensis (Sweet) Wherry, status novus [already in horticultural litera- ture]. P. canadensis Sweet. Occurring east of the boundary. White (albino). "P. laphami alba" Hort. An occasional mutation in many colonies; White (albino). "P. divaricata alba" or "P. canadensis alba" Hort. P. divaricata f. albiflora Notched. Lobes with a broad Entire. Lobes with entire, ob- sinus up to 1 mm. deep, imi- tuse terminations, imitating the tating the eastern variety. western variety. Typified by Typified by specimen in Gray specimen from south bank of Herbarium from Franksville, James River east of Granite Racine Co., Wise, collected by station, Chesterfield Co., Va., S. C. Wadmond May 18, 1899. collected by E. T. W. April 15, Rare, very few specimens seen. 1927. Fairly common. Mucronate or apiculate-lobed. Mucronate or apiculate-lobed. Typified by specimen from near Typified by specimen from I Starkville, Oktibbeha Co., Miss., mile southwest of Cabin John, collected by Fannye A. Cook Montgomery Co., Md., collected April 3, 1927, in herbarium of by E. T. W. May 1, 1930. E. T. W. Frequent, grading Much rarer than in the western into erose-margined. variety, and usually only erose. Long-acuminate-lobed. Typified iLong-acuminate-lobed. Dominant by specimen from 5 miles north in a colony near Crawfordsville, of Huntsville, Madison Co., Ark., Montgomery Co., Ind., and collected by J. E. Benedict, Jr. widely known as the "Craw- April 16, 1928, in herbarium of f ordsville form. ' ' An exception- E. T. W. Very rare. al mutation in Lawrence Co., Pa. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 35 Cultivation. — The earliest reference to the introduction of Phlox divaricata into horticulture is a notation in Collinson's catalog of his garden, recorded by Dillwyn:1 "A very pale blue early Lychnidea in flower May 5, 1740, not in England before ; now in most gardens ; from the Susquehanna River. ' ' A letter from Collinson to Bartram, dated June 10, 1740, and later published by Darlington,2 includes the remark that "amongst the last things, there is a very pretty Lychnis, with pale blue flowers, and sweet smell," the same plant evidently being referred to, for Bartram 's correspondence shows that he confused the two genera, Lychnis and Lychnidea. In vari- ous writings, Linne3 replaced the latter name by Phlox, and in the 6th edition of the Gardeners' Dictionary, Miller4 listed the present species as "3. Phlox foliis lanceolatis obtusis, floribus majoribus umbellatim dispositis. Begins flowering in May; flowers large and of sky-blue colour." The horticultural value of this Phlox has been referred to by numerous subsequent writers, and many dealers now list it, using various combinations of the names divaricata, cana- densis, laphami or laphamii, alba, etc. The variety with violet ("blue") entire-lobed corollas, the correct name for which is P. divaricata laphami, is on the whole the more showy plant, some splendid vigorous strains of it having been developed. That with notched lobes and more purplish (lilac) hue, P. d. canadensis, is usually relatively delicate, but also has considerable merit from this standpoint. Phlox divaricata has been used as one parent of a series of hybrids which are offered by some nurseries under the name "Phlox arendsii." In this case the tall, late-blooming P. paniculata was the second parent, and the hybrids are in- termediate in habit, flower color, and blooming time between the two. Garden hybrids of P. divaricata with other species are probably in the trade to some extent, but appear to have received no distinctive names. 1 Hortus Collinsonianus 39. 1843. 2 Memorials of Bartram and Marshall 136. 1849. 3 Genera Plantarum 52. 1737; Hortus Cliffortianns 63. 1737. « Gardeners' Diet., ed. 6. 1752. 36 PROCEEDINGS OP THE 5. Phlox pilosa Linne. Downy Phlox. Plate 2. History.— Of the three figures of Phlox published by Plukenet1 in 1691, two represented members of the Subulatae, and have been discussed in the paper on that section. The other, described as "Lychnidaea umbellifera Blattariae ac- cedens Virginiana major, repens, Pseudo-melanthii foliis pilosis, flore albo, pentapetaloide, fistuloso," belongs to the Divaricatae. "What is clearly the same species was listed a few years later by Bay2 as "Lychnoides Marilandica, Jasmini flore quinquepartito, calycibus lanuginosis, foliis angustis acutis." When Linne3 came to characterize the species of Phlox, no specimen of this was at hand, so he cited the above references, and based the diagnosis of P. pilosa upon them. The specimen from which Plukenet 's figure was evidently drawn is preserved, however, in the Sloane herbarium at the British Museum, and in 1928 it was kindly compared by Mr. A. J. Wilmott with some eastern American material taken to England by Dr. William R. Maxon. There proved to be agreement with a recently collected Virginia specimen in leaf characters, glandular calyx, and puberulent corolla-tube, thus establishing the proper application of the Linnean name. During his famous explorations in North America, Michaux4 encountered three of the Phloxes of the section Divaricatae. He succeeded in recognizing one correctly as Linne 's P. di- varicata, but mistakenly applied the name P. pilosa to the species here taken up last, proposing for the present one a new name, P. aristata, with two varieties, a virens (purple- flowered) and p canescens (rose- and white-flowered). His usage was followed by various subsequent botanists, but was recognized to be erroneous by Gray5 in 1856, and in recent years the name aristata has fallen into disuse. Michaux 's specimens are preserved in Paris, and photographs of them obtained for me in 1928 by Mr. Ivar Tidestrom, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, confirm the correctness of Gray's view. i Phytographia pi. 98, fig. 1. 1691. 2 Supplem. Hist. Plant. 490. 1704. a Species Plantarum (1) : 152. 1753. * Flora Boreali An eri< nn:i (I) : 144. 1803. s Manual of Botany, ed. 2. 331. 1856. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 37 In 1817 Rafinesque1 proposed for ''a real Phlox akin to P. pilosa/' observed by Robin in Louisiana, the name P. am- plexicaulis. Most authors have ignored this or indicated its identity to be unknown, but Brand2 assigned it, with a ques- tion, to P. divaricata. The characterization, "foliis amplexi- caulis lineari subulatis rigidis; panicula confertiflora, calyx striatus pilosus, dentibus ovatis acuminatis, " sounds like a composite of several species, but comes as close to describing the southern Mississippi basin variety of P. pilosa as could be expected. His name is accordingly here taken up for this variety, although the feature to which it refers is not really distinctive. The next name to be considered is Phlox glutinosa, applied by Buckley3 in 1843 to an occurrence at Black's Bend, Wil- cox County, Alabama, differing from P. "aristata" (pilosa) in having fewer and taller stems, broader leaves which are mucronate instead of long-acuminate and are covered with gland-tipped hairs, and bright red or scarlet flowers. Buck- ley's own specimen of this is at the Missouri Botanical Gar- den, but the type is in the Gray Herbarium. Gray, who seemed to take delight in criticizing Buckley, wrote on the latter sheet ''Surely flowers not 'red or scarlet.' Dr. Tor- rey's four specimens from Buckley plainly show this to be a form of P. divaricata." He added similar remarks to Tor- rey's sheet, which is preserved at the New York Botanical Garden, and reaffirmed his view in his writings ; but he over- looked the long awns on the calyx-lobes and the pubescence on the corolla-tube, which, together with the foliar characters, point unmistakably to its being a hybrid of P. divaricata with P. pilosa. In the hope of obtaining fresh material for study, I have visited the type region on three different occasions, but since Buckley's day the woods have been extensively cut over, and although P. pilosa is locally abundant, and P. divaricata sometimes grows near it, the search for the hybrid has been unsuccessful. 1 Florula Ludoviciana 36. 1817. 2 In Engler 's Pflanzenreich IV. 250 : 72. 1907. 3 Amer. Joura. Sci. 45: 177. 1843. 38 PROCEEDINGS OP THE Phlox cuspidata, applied to a Texan plant by Scbeele1 in 1850, is sometimes regarded as synonymous with P. pilosa, but the description fits better P. drummondii Hooker. In revising the Polemoniaceae in 1870, Gray2 assigned the glabrous-leaved phases of P. pilosa, such as are especially common in the Gulf States, to a variety detonsa. This was raised to species rank by Small ;3 but it grades too freely into the wide-spread variety of P. pilosa to be so maintained. One more name remains to be considered, and in order to account for the interpretation of it adopted, the northwestern representative of the species must be referred to at this point. Over much of its range, P. pilosa has its inflorescence strongly glandular, with only occasional glandless variants. On the prairies of the upper Mississippi basin, however, the hairs on the inflorescence are normally glandless, dense, and lustrous, constituting a well-marked geographic variety. In describing their P. argillacea, Clute and Ferriss4 contrasted it with this prairie Phlox, noting it to have the calyx and bracts glandular- hispid, and emphasizing its " lighter green leaves, greater height, less compact flower clusters, restricted habitat, and above all . . . pale flowers and later and longer season of bloom." Most of these, however, are the very respects in which Linne's P. pilosa differs from the prairie variety. Plants with pallid or near-white corollas are common in colo- nies of P. pilosa,5 and indeed the Plukenet specimen, which is taken as the type of the species, was one of these. When the Illinois "P. argillacea" is grown beside such Virginian material, the only way in which they can be distinguished is by the greater vigor of the former, a difference of horticul- tural but not taxonomic significance. It can only be con- cluded that technically P. argillacea Clute and Ferriss is synonymous with P. pilosa Linne. iLinnaea 23: 139. 1850. 2Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sei. 8: 251. 1870. 3 Flora Southeastern U. S. 978. 1903. * Amer. Botanist 17 : 74. 1911. 5 The combination P. pilosa forma albiflora has been published by PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 39 Geography.— The range of Phlox pUosa extends farther west and northwest, but not so far northeast, as that of P. divaricata, comprising all provinces except those at the highest elevations, from Florida to central Texas, southern Manitoba, and southwestern Connecticut. Figure 2 presents the details as to the four varieties here considered. Fig. 2. Distribution of Phlox pih The curiously patchy distribution shown in many parts of this map can not as yet be fully accounted for, but the indi- cations are that the species has migrated out from a dispersal- center in the Ozark region. None of the physiographic boundaries traced on the map appear to have restricted it, but its absence from the Appalachians is evident. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Alabama: Common except in the higher mountains, there being records from 24 counties: Autauga', Baldwin, Bibb', Butler', Clarke, Cullman, Dallas, De Kalb', Fayette', Frank- lin', Hale', Jackson', Lawrence, Lee, Madison', Marengo', Marion', Marshall', Mobile', Montgomery, Perry', Tuscaloosa', Washington, and Wilcox'. Both wide-spread (virens) and Gulf Coast (detonsa) varieties are represented. Arkansas: Probably occurs in most parts of the state, although specimens have been seen from but the following 13 counties : Benton, Boone', Carroll', Faulkner, Garland, Greene, Hempstead, Howard, Lawrence, Logan, Ouachita, Prairie, and Washington'. A broad-leaved variety or possibly distinct species also occurs locally; it is to be discussed in a future paper dealing with the Phloxes of the Ozark and Texan regions. Connecticut: The northeasternmost known stations for the species are in New Haven County. Delaware: Thus far observed only in New Castle, the northernmost county in the state. District of Columbia:' Has been collected from two sta- tions toward the northwest side. Florida: Both wide-spread and Gulf Coast varieties are known, the county list being : Alachua, Columbia, Dixie, Her- nando', Hillsborough', Jackson, Jefferson', Lake, Leon', Lib- erty', Madison', Pasco, St. Johns, Suwannee', Volusia, Wakulla, and Walton. Georgia: Apparently rather rare, having been collected only in Cobb', Dougherty, Floyd, Meriwether, Muscogee, Peach, Spalding, Walker', and Whitfield' counties. Illinois : Common and abundant, there being records from 36 counties: Champaign, Christian, Clay, Cook', Du Page, Fulton, Hancock, Henderson, Henry, Jackson, Jefferson, Jo Daviess, Kane, Kankakee, Lake', Livingston, Macon, Ma- coupin, Madison, Marion, Marshall, McHenry, McLean, Menard, Ogle, Peoria, Piatt, Eichland, Rock Island, St. Clair, Stark, Stephenson, TazeweU, Wabash, Will, and Winnebago. The wide-spread and prairie (fulgida) varieties are about equally developed. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 41 Indiana: Less frequent than P. divaricata, even Mr. Deam's thorough collecting having turned it up in but 31 counties: Allen, Benton, Cass, Clark, Elkhart, Floyd, Fulton, Harrison, Jasper, Kosciusko, Lagrange, Lake, Laporte, Marshall, Mont- gomery, Newton, Noble, Perry', Porter', Posey, Pulaski, St. Joseph, Spencer', Starke, Steuben, Tippecanoe, Tipton, Vigo, Warren, Wells, and White. The southern Mississippi basin variety extends into Perry and Spencer counties. Iowa : The prairie variety is known in 12 widely scattered counties: Carroll, Crawford, Decatur, Dickinson, Dubuque, Emmet, Fayette, Jones, Pottawattamie, Poweshiek, Story, and Winneshiek. The wide-spread variety is reported from John- son County. Kansas: Recorded from Atchison, Brown, Chautauqua, Cherokee, Cowley, Douglas, Johnson, Labette, Linn, Mont- gomery, Riley, and Shawnee counties. Both wide-spread and prairie varieties are represented. Kentucky : Apparently rare, being known from but 6 coun- ties: Bath, Christian', Fayette, Henderson, Jefferson, and Morgan. In addition, Short distributed specimens labelled "barrens of Kentucky," which may have come from Barren or Logan County. The southern Mississippi basin variety is present locally. Louisiana: Collected from 9 parishes: Acadia', Caddo7, Calcasieu, Feliciana, Grant, Natchitoches, Orleans, Rapides, and St. Tammany. Two varieties are included. Maryland : The observation of this species in Maryland in early colonial days was mentioned under History. In subse- quent times it has been largely destroyed by agricultural de- velopment, but specimens are preserved from Baltimore and Montgomery' counties. Michigan: Scattered in the southern part, the county list being: Cass, Ingham, Ionia, Jackson, Kent, Livingston, Oak- land, St. Joseph, Van Buren, and Washtenaw. Minnesota: Occurs throughout except northward, speci- mens having been seen from 34 counties: Becker, Brown, Carver, Cass, Chippewa, Dakota, Douglas, Faribault, Fill- more, Goodhue, Hennepin, Houston, Hubbard, Jackson, Kana- 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE bee, Kandiyohi, Lincoln, McLeod, Martin, Meeker, Mille Lacs, Morrison, Nicollet, Olmsted, Otter Tail, Pope, Ramsey, Rice, Rock, Scott, Stearns, Wabasha, Waseca, and Winona. Only the prairie variety is present. Mississippi: The commonest Phlox in the state, there being 19 county records : Choctaw, Clay, Forrest, Franklin, Grenada, Hancock, Harrison, Holmes, Itawamba', Jackson, Jasper, Lafayette', Marshall', Noxubee, Oktibbeha', Pontotoc', Scott, Tippah, and Tishomingo. Both wide-spread and Gulf Coast varieties are included. Missouri : Specimens of the varieties covered in this article have been seen from 34 counties: Atchison, Bates, Benton, Butler', Carter, Cass, Christian, Cole, Crawford, Greene, Iron, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Laclede, McDonald, Madison, Nodaway, Phelps, Pike, Platte, Putnam, Ralls, St. Francois, St. Louis', Scott, Shannon, Stone, Taney, Vernon, Washing- ton, Wayne, Webster, and Wright. Nebraska: The prairie variety occurs in the eastern part of the state, in Cass, Dixon, Douglas, Lancaster, Richardson, and Saunders counties. New Jersey: Occasional north of the Pine-barrens, there being 6 county records : Burlington, Essex, Morris, Somerset, Union, and Warren'. New York : The only specimen seen from the state is one in the Gray Herbarium from Niagara Falls, Niagara County. North Carolina : Apparently rare, and reported from but 4 counties : Forsyth, Halifax, New Hanover', and Polk. North Dakota : The prairie variety is recorded from Cass, Grand Forks, and Richland counties, along the eastern border. Ohio: Known in 17 counties, chiefly northern and south- central: Athens, Cuyahoga, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Frank- lin, Fulton, Hancock, Henry, Hocking, Lawrenee, Lucas, Madison, Ottawa, Summit, Wood, and Wyandot. Oklahoma: Scattered throughout the eastern part, speci- mens being preserved from 9 counties: Creek, Delaware', Johnston, Le Flore, Logan, Mayes', Murray, Muskogee, and Oklahoma'. All represent the wide-spread variety. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 43 Pennsylvania: Kestricted to the western edge and the southeast corner, in 9 counties : Beaver, Bucks, Chester, Dela- ware, Franklin, Lancaster', Lehigh, Montgomery', and North- ampton'. South Carolina: Rare, specimens having been seen only from Berkeley, Clarendon, Florence, Eichland, Sumter, and Williamsburg counties. South Dakota: The prairie variety occurs in a few east- ern counties : Brookings, Clay, Lincoln, and Roberts. Tennessee: Scattered throughout, specimens being pre- served from Chester, Davidson, Fayette, Franklin, Hamilton, Knox, and Madison counties. The southern Mississippi basin variety is represented in the second. Texas: Wide-spread east of longitude 98° 30', there being records for 24 counties: Bexar, Cherokee, Comal, Comanche, Cooke, Dallas, Erath, Gregg, Grimes, Hardin, Harris', Lamar, Liberty, Montague, Montgomery, Parker, Polk, Rusk, San Augustine, Smith, Tarrant, Titus, Walker, and Wood. Be- sides the varieties here discussed, another occurs westward. Its distribution and relationships will be treated in a subse- quent paper on phloxes of the south-central states. Virginia: Although the type locality of the species was in this state, it is not common there, being definitely known from but 6 counties: Augusta, Botetourt, Chesterfield', Fairfax', Frederick, and Spotsylvania. Wisconsin : Common throughout, the county records being : Barron, Bayfield, Brown, Buffalo, Burnett, Clark, Columbia, Crawford, Dane, Dunn, Grant, Green, Jackson, Jefferson, Juneau, Kenosha, Lafayette, Milwaukee, Monroe, Pierce, Portage, Racine, Richland, Rock, St. Croix, Sauk, Shawano, Sheboygan, Trempealeau, Walworth, Washburn, Washington, Waukesha, Waupaca, Waushara, Winnebago, and Wood. The wide-spread variety barely enters the southeastern corner. Canada. Manitoba : The prairie variety extends to Winni- peg, in Iberville County. Ontario : Limited, so far as known, to Essex and Lambton , at the southern end. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Ecology. — Phlox pilosa grows in many sorts of habitats, — fields, rocky slopes, open woods, and even exceptionally swamps. It seems to prefer subacid soils. Occasional as a pioneer, it increases in abundance rapidly as later successional stages develop, but thins out again as climax forest conditions are approached. It is more xerophytie than P. divaricata, and extends westward a short distance into the semi-arid parts of Texas. Since the ice of the last glacial stage re- treated it has migrated northward at least 350 miles (550 km.), corresponding to an average rate of a mile per hundred The distribution map, fig. 2, suggests the species as a whole to have had a dispersal center in the south-central part of the United States, perhaps in the Ozark region, from which the several varieties spread out in different directions. On the north and west, climatic barriers have no doubt been reached, but such can hardly be the case toward the northeast, and if man does not prevent, the plant may gradually extend its range there. In the south Phlox pilosa begins to bloom about the first of April, further north in early or even late May. The duration of flowering varies widely from one colony to another, being at times two or three weeks, or again as many months. As in most Phloxes, the stigmas ripen after the anthers. The flowers of some of its races are even more fragrant than those of P. divaricata, the scent resembling that of Azalea viscosa or Dianthus spp. Kobertson observed twenty insect visitors, chiefly butterflies and long-tongued bees. Variation.— The variability of Phlox pilosa is so marked that the tendency on the part of some students to split it into several species is easily accounted for. Field study through- out its range shows, however, that all gradations between the extremes exist, so that only a separation into varieties is justifiable. Most frequently the plants are pubescent throughout, but locally there may be a tendency toward loss of hairs. This appears first on the lower leaves, then on the upper ones, and finally on the stem, the inflorescence usually (though not PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 45 invariably) retaining its pubescence intact. More or less glabrous-leaved plants may occur in any part of the range, as isolated individuals in the midst of numerous normal ones, but in certain regions they increase in frequency. Thus, in both Illinois and Indiana colonies are known in which pubes- cent and glabrate plants are roughly equal in number. The climax of this phenomenon appears, however, along the Gulf Coast from Mississippi to Florida, where many colonies are made up entirely of glabrous-leaved individuals, leading to the recognition there of a distinct variety. Exceptionally the relative hairiness of the upper and lower parts of the plant may be reversed, — the leaves be pubescent but the inflo- rescence glabrous. Over the greater part of the range the hairs on the inflo- rescence are conspicuously gland-tipped, while those on the lower part of the plant are glandless. Occasionally, however, glands extend down the stem, and sometimes even over the leaves. This feature reaches its maximum development in the Ozark region, where in some colonies the plants are viscid- glandular practically throughout. The opposite tendency, toward disappearance of glandularity, is more wide-spread. In the midst of many colonies of plants with glandular inflo- rescence occasional mutants occur in which the hairs lack glands entirely. Colonies made up wholly of glandless plants are not known in the eastern states, but in the Mississippi basin they are frequent, and northward become dominant. The inflorescence-hairs on such plants vary considerably, tending to be coarser in the south. The normal leaf-outline of Phlox pUosa is lanceolate- acuminate, but deviations are not infrequent. Broadening of at least the upper leaves to an ovate shape may occur in any colony. Narrowing to linear outline is most marked along the Gulf Coast. The calyx-lobes vary from subulate to broadly linear, without evident correlation with leaf-outline. Phlox-purple is the typical corolla-color in this species, but it is by no means constant. Pallid color-forms are occasional in all colonies, and dominant in some, while complete albinos are not infrequent. A light violet or lavender hue similar 4b PROCEEDINGS OF THE to that of P. divaricata appears locally, and in certain colonies seen in the uplands of Alabama purple, violet, and white forms were about equally abundant. A pale eye with more or less prominent superimposed striae is often developed. Sometimes there is a single central broad stripe on each lobe, of similar hue to the outer portions ; more often there is a pair of lateral ones, either redder or bluer, and occasionally both occur together. These striae may broaden and coalesce into a deep-colored ring, which is especially striking in otherwise pallid corollas. In corolla-dimensions this species is rather less variable than P. divaricata, and no geographic segregation in this feature can now be recognized. Usually a whole colony is character- ized by having the corollas all relatively small, or all large. The lobes range from cuneate to orbieular-obovate, and from terminally obtuse to mucronate or apiculate. The corolla- tube is often pubescent, but may be glabrous on individual plants or throughout whole colonies. On the opposite page the well-marked varieties1 and forms which it seems possible to recognize in the midst of this vast series of variations, are tabulated according to the " geo- graphic' ' plan already used. The wide-spread variety is regarded as ancestral to the others not only because these occupy more restricted areas, but also because mutations which appear within colonies of the wide-spread one imitate or approach all of the other varieties. Cultivation. — Phlox pilosa is little known in cultivation, probably largely because in rich garden soils it has proved to be short-lived. The vigorous race from the southern end of Lake Michigan, "P. argillacea, ' ' seems, however, well adapted to garden conditions, and has received favorable comment in horticultural circles. Other varieties and forms deserve more attention from this standpoint. i Only varieties known to grow east of the Mississippi River are here included. Additional ones occur further west, one with foliaceous calyx- lobes (P. aspera E. Nelson) in Texas, and others with often very broad leaves in Arkansas, Louisiana, and Missouri. These will be discussed in PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 'hlox pilosa fulgida Wherry, var. nov. Named from the lustrous inflorescence-hairs. Typified by specimen in U. S. National Her- barium from Fort Snelling, Hennepin Co., Minn., collected by E. A. Mearns June 12, 1891. Dominant on the prairies of the upper Mississippi basin. Phlox pilosa virens (Michaux) Wherry, comb. nov. P. aristata virens Michx. The widespread variety: Tex. to Fla., northward to Kans., SE. Wise, and SW. Conn., avoiding the highest elevations. Glabrous-leaved. Typified by specimen from 1£ miles southwest of Knox, Starke Co., Ind., collected by C. C. Deam May 30, 1929, in her- barium of E. T. W. A variation, most frequent in 111. and Ind. Glandless (as to inflorescence-hairs). Typified by specimen from 1£ miles north of Zieglersville, Montgomery Co., Pa., collected by E. T. W. May 26, 1930. An occasional mutation throughout. Glabrous-tubed. Typified by specimen from li miles east of Hunts- ville, Madison Co., Ala., collected by E. T. W. April 29, 1929. A rare mutation northward, but often dominant in southern colonies. Light-colored (pink, pale violet, white, etc). P. pilosa Linne as to type citation from Plukenet; P. aristata canescens Michx. P. argil- lacea Clute and Ferriss. Common and locally dominant. Inflorescence-hairs glandless, Leaves Phlox pilosa amplexicaulis (Eaf- Phlox pilosa detonsa Gray. P. inesque) Wherry, status novus. detonsa Small. Common near P. amplexicaulis Eaf. Eare, E. the Gulf coast, Fla. to Miss, (re- Tex. to La. and Tenn. to S. Ind. ports farther W. refer to prec). Form : Form : Glabrous-sepalled. Typified by Glabrous-sepalled. Typified by specimen in U. S. National Her- specimen from 3 miles east of barium from near Covington, Hopewell station, Hillsborough St. Tammany Parish, La., col- Co., Fla., collected by E. T. W. lected by Bro. G. Arsene April April 18, 1930. Known in Fla 12, 1920. Known in La. only. only. The following hybrids have been observed: : canadensis x P. pilosa amplexicaulis. Ind/ P. divaricata canadensis x P. pilosa virens. Ala/ P. divaricata laphamixP. pilosa virens. (P. glutinosa Buckley.) PROCEEDINGS OF THE 6. Phlox fioridana Bentham. Florida Phlox.i Plate 2, fig. 3. History. — This species was first collected by Chapman, and named by Bentham2 in 1845. Shuttleworth distributed speci- mens of it under the name "P. rigida," first published by Brand.3 In the Kew Index4 "P. nuttalli" or "nuttalliana" Hort. and "P. Carolina" Sweet5 are referred to P. fioridana, but judging from Sweet's plate really belong to P. maculata. Geography. — Specimens have been seen only from counties indicated by dots on the accompanying map, figure 3, showing the species to be endemic in a rather small area. Alabama : Reported from several localities by Mohr,6 but his specimens so labelled all represent forms of P. pi- losa. In 1925, however, I col- lected it at Ozark, Dale' Co. Florida: The county list is : Alachua, Gadsden, Gil- christ, Hamilton, Hernando', Jefferson, Lafayette, Leon', Liberty, Suwannee, Taylor, Walton, and Washington. Georgia: In Thomas Co. Ecology. — The Florida Phlox grows chiefly in open oak-pine woods on dry sand-clay soil of subacid reaction. Whether its restricted range is due to lack of hardiness or to some defect in its means of dispersal has not been ascertained. It blooms about a month later than the related P. pilosa in the same regions, — during May and June. Variation. — Apparently more uniform than the other mem- bers of the section. Cultivation. — Reports of Phlox fioridana being in cultiva- tion have proved to be based on mistaken identification. 1 For data on this species I am indebted to Professor Herman Kurz of the State College for Women at Tallahassee, Florida. 2 In De Candolle's Prodromus 9: 304. 1845. 3 In Engler's Pflanzenreich IV. 250: 69. 1907. Index Kewensis (3) : 500. er Garden 3: ] J Plant Life of Ala. 685. 1 1894. L 190. 1826. Bartonia, No. 12 #* ^ PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 49 7. Phlox amoena Sims. Hairy Phlox. Plate 3. History. — This species is recorded to have been discovered by Fraser in 1786, but it was not named until 24 years later. Meanwhile Walter1 had listed it with a question, and Michaux2 without question, as P. pilosa Linne. In 1810 Sims3 pub- lished a colored plate of it and ventured to give the name now accepted, though considering that "This species of Phlox is too nearly allied to the one figured in the preceding plate," which was the real P. pilosa. Pursh4 endeavored to reach a compromise by proposing the combination P. pilosa variety amoena. Elliott,5 on the other hand, returned to Michaux 's usage, while Bentham6 overlooked Sims's name entirely. In the second edition of his Manual, Gray7 termed the present plant P. pilosa var. ? walteri, and retained this designation in the following two editions. Chapman8 was satisfied that the two are distinct species, and made for the present one the new combination P. walteri; and Gray9 then came to the same view, identifying it at first with P. procumbens Lehmann,10 but soon afterward11 recognizing this as a hybrid, and adopt- ing Sims's name, as required by the rule of priority. In the last cited work, Gray also noted that Nuttall had proposed the name P. involucrata, but had never adequately pub- lished it. The only other date of significance in the history of P. amoena is 1903, when Small12 segregated from it a presum- ably distinct species, under the name P. lighthipei. This was reduced to varietal status by Brand13 (mis-spelled lightipei), and reasons for accepting his view will be presented in the discussion of variation in the species. , (1): 144. 1803. 3 Botanical Magazine 32: pi. 1308. 1810. * Flora America Sept. (1): 150. 1814. » Sketch Botany S. C. & Ga. (1) : 247. [1817.] 6 In De Candolle's Prodromus 9: 305. 1845. 7 Manual of Botany, ed. 2. 331. 1856. 8 Flora Southern States 339. 1860. 9 Manual of Botany, ed. 5. 372. 1868. 10 Index Sem. Hamburg 1828: 17; Linnaea 5: 3 "Proe. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 251. 1870. 12 Flora Southeastern U. S. 978. 1903. 13 In Engler 's Pflanzenreich IV. 250 : 70. 1907. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Geography. — This species has a rather restricted range — from Florida to eastern Mississippi, southern Kentucky, and north central North Carolina. The records of the two recog- nizable varieties, Phlox amoena walteri and P. a. lighthipei, are indicated in figure 4 by solid and open circles, respectively. The distribution of these suggests the species to have spread from a dispersal center in the northwestern corner of Georgia or adjacent Alabama. It is probably still expanding its range, there being no indication that the present boundaries are climatic. Alabama : Abundant and wide-spread, being recorded from 33 counties: Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb', Blount', Calhoun', Cherokee', Chilton', Clarke, Cleburne', Colbert', Cullman', De Kalb', Elmore', Escambia, Etowah', Fayette', Franklin', Jefferson', Lawrence, Lee, Limestone', Marion', Marshall', Mobile, Montgomery', Morgan', Perry', Randolph', St. Clair', Shelby', Walker', and Winston'. [Arkansas : Ascribed to this state by Mohr,1 but evidently through misunderstanding.] Florida: Occasional in the northern part, specimens — chiefly of the southeastern variety — having been seen from Clay, Duval, Gadsden, and St. Johns counties. i Plant Life of Ala. 686. 1901. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 51 Georgia : Distributed much as in Alabama, the county list being: Bartow', Bibb', Bulloch, Camden, Catoosa', Charlton, Chatham, Clarke, Coffee, Dade, De Kalb', Emanuel, Floyd', Fulton, Glynn, Gwinnett, Habersham', Hall, Haralson, Jas- per, Madison', Peach, Richmond, Stephens', Sumter, Telfair', Thomas, Walker', Wheeler', and Wilcox. The southeastern variety is present locally. Kentucky: Enters along the southern border, specimens having been seen from Logan, McCreary', and Warren coun- ties. Short's records from "barrens" may represent others. Mississippi : Rare and probably limited to the eastern edge of the state. The records published by Lowe1 proved, on ex- amination of the specimens in the State University herbarium, to represent mis-identified P. pilosa. The localities given on two sheets seen in other herbaria can not be certainly placed, but are thought to lie in Alcorn and Wayne counties. [Missouri : Mohr extended the range of P. amoena to this state, but must have mistaken some other species for it.] North Carolina: Common in the Blue Ridge and inner Piedmont, but apparently absent from the Coastal Plain. The county list is : Buncombe', Burke, Caldwell, Catawba, Chero- kee', Forsyth', Haywood, Henderson', Iredell, Lincoln, Mc- Dowell', Madison', and Polk'. South Carolina : Occurs throughout the southwestern half, there being 10 county records: Aiken', Anderson, Berkeley, Cherokee', Greenville', Jasper, Lexington, Oconee', Pickens', and Spartanburg. The type locality of the species was on the Santee Canal in Berkeley. Tennessee: Frequent except toward the west end, the county list being: Blount, Bradley', Coffee', Cumberland, Davidson, Franklin, Hamilton, Knox, Marion', Monroe, Mor- gan, Polk', and Sumner. [Virginia: In the second edition of his Manual of Botany, Gray2 ascribed "P. pilosa var. ? walteri" to Virginia, and this has been copied from one compilation to another ever since. No substantiating evidence is, however, at hand.] 1 Plants of Miss. 234. 1921. 2 Manual of Botany, ed. 2. 331. 1856. 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE [West Virginia : Phlox amoena was reported by Millspaugh1 in Fayette County ; no specimens seem to have been preserved, however, and trips to that region have yielded only P. divari- cata. Mr. L. W. Nuttall, who found the plant in question advises me that its identity was never cheeked by comparison with herbarium material, and that he regarded it as an in- troduction from the west. It therefore seems likely to have been some other species.] Ecology. — The most frequent habitat of the present species is a thin woods in rather sterile soil, although it sometimes extends into deep woods where the soil is richer, and again pushes out into swamp thickets or even boggy meadows. In reaction preference it is to be classed as subacid, and only rarely thrives in circumneutral soils. Its partially persistent stems and rather small hairy leaves mark it as somewhat xerophytic. From the successional standpoint it is inter- mediate, being exceptional either as a pioneer plant or an occupant of climax forests. Its blooming period extends from early April through May in the lowlands, and from May into June at higher elevations. The flowers have little scent, evidently attracting insects by their brilliant color. Fertile seeds do not seem to be pro- duced very freely, however, and this species rarely becomes abundant. Its failure to occupy a wider range is perhaps in part connected with this lack of reproductive vigor. Variation. — Phlox amoena is less variable than most other species, and except toward the southeastern end of its range is rather uniform in aspect. The leaves, which are normally elliptic-oblong and obtusish, show a tendency to become lanceolate and acuminate in many colonies, and in northeast- ern Florida and southeastern Georgia this tendency is locally dominant; the bracts being also narrowed and the stems elongated, the plants then take on a striking resemblance to those of P. pilosa or P. floridana. It was material of this kind which, as noted under History, has been considered a distinct species, P. lighthipei; but as many intermediates with typical P. amoena exist, only varietal separation seems justified. i Living Flora of West Virginia 335. 1913. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 53 The only other noteworthy variation occurs in the corolla- color. This is normally phlox-purple (65 b), but a brilliant hue approaching the true purple (65) of Ridgway is also frequent. The bluer amparo purple (63 b) and the redder mallow purple (67 b) are exceptional. In a few colonies light-colored plants become prominent, their corollas being pink, light violet (59 d), near-white, or even pure white. Intense eye striae, usually rhodamine purple (67), are often present, each lobe bearing near its base either a single broad central stripe, two narrow lateral ones, or both in combina- tion, yielding a striking stellate pattern. VAKIETIES AND FORMS OF PHLOX AMOENA Leaves mostly elliptic-oblong and obtusish; bracts bkoad. Phlox amoena walteri (Gray) Wherry, comb. nov. P. pilosa Michaux, not Linne; P. amoena Sims; P. pilosa amoena Pursh; P. pilosa wal- teri Gray; P. walteri Chapman, in part; P. procumbens Gray, not Lehmann; P. involucrata Nuttall ex Gray. The widespread variety.* Light-colored (corolla pink, light violet, white, etc.). Typified by specimen from 9 miles southeast of Beechgrove, Coffee Co., Tenn., collected by E. T. W. May 7, 1929. Occasional in many colonies. ten Chapman, m part; Cultivation. — Being adapted to growth only in sterile, acid soils, Phlox amoena fails to thrive in ordinary gardens, and is not in the trade. Many dealers offer under this name, how- ever, the hybrid more correctly known as P. procumbens Lehmann; also listed as "P. verna" Hort. As noted under History, Gray for a time confused this plant with P. amoena, but soon corrected the error ; in doing so, however, he made another, in that he suggested the parents of the hybrid to be P. subulata and P. amoena. Actually the spatulate leaves, strongly glandular pubescence, and long style show the second parent to have been P. stolonifera instead. Horticulturists who desire to label their plants correctly will do well to re- member that "Phlox amoena" Hort. is not the P. amoena of botanists. XP. rugelii Brand, in Englei = P.divari Henry A. Lang From the date of his joining the Botanical Club in 1901, Dr. Henry A. Lang was for many years a devoted attender of our meetings. Our older members will recall his narratives of visits to Florida and Jamaica. He was long a frequent visitor to the Academy's Herbarium, and perhaps the writer's most vivid recollection of his early days at the Academy nearly a quarter of a century ago is that of "Heinrieh" and Mr. Charles S. Williamson fully absorbed in poring over specimens together. The latter died in 1914, and now Dr. Lang has passed from us on May 27, 1930. Of recent years Dr. Lang found less time for his hobby, although he still came to the Academy to check the identifi- cation of grasses, or to pursue his special project of a flora of the Wissahickon Valley in Philadelphia. The latter plan was one which of late years took him repeatedly through the woods along Wissahickon Creek, and among the memorandum books that he has left is his "Wissahickon Flora Catalog, alphabetisch in genera geordnet, 1923- ." His her- barium and records, donated by his widow to the Academy, show the special attention that he long gave to grasses, sedges and rushes. A daughter informs us that Dr. Lang commenced his her- barium at the early age of twelve years, and continued add- ing to it throughout his busy and distinguished professional career. Born in New Orleans October 9, 1854, he early began the special study of music, graduating in 1875 from the con- servatory at Stuttgart in Germany. Eecognition as a pianist was immediate, and there ensued an extensive European tour followed by years of teaching in German conservatories. Still greater reputation came to him as a composer, and a re- cent sketch in "The Etude" says: "He has won more impor- (54) PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 55 tant prizes, for musical work in its larger forms, than any other American composer.' ' In 1890 he returned to Amer- ica, settling in Philadelphia for the remainder of his life. Here he continued the production of symphonies that have been played by the orchestras of this and other cities, and in 1911 received the distinction of "Doctor of Music." Few among us, knowing Dr. Lang merely in our Club where we have long counted upon his keen interest and his wide knowledge of plants, would have suspected from his modest presence the extent of his genius in another field. From remarks that he has dropped, it would seem that he loved botany with somewhat of the ardor that he gave to music, although in our science he never ventured to publish any of his records. John J. Tyler The Club has lost another member in the death of John J. Tyler, which occurred in Germantown October 28, 1930. Mr. Tyler was born in Philadelphia April 25, 1851, and spent most of his life in this city. He was a member of the Society of Friends, receiving his early education at Friends' Central School. In 1868-69 he attended Cornell University, graduating in the first class from that institution. Through his mother Mr. Tyler was a nephew of Minshall and Jacob Painter, who about a century ago planted an ar- boretum on their estate in Delaware County, about a mile north of the village of Lima. In 1870 he inherited this old home with its choice collection of trees brought from many parts of the world. He and Mrs. Tyler lived there from 1875 to 1879, and he himself became interested in botanical things. But they soon moved from the seclusion of Painters' Ar- boretum to Germantown, which was to be their home for fifty years. Yet, although Mr. Tyler lived an active business life quite at contrast with the quiet careers of his uncles, he was ever particular to maintain the integrity of the Arboretum, and was much concerned for its perpetuation. Being without children, Mr. Tyler has willed his large for- tune to establish "The Tyler Foundation," devoted to re- ligious, charitable, educational and scientific projects. While a technicality could prevent his wish from becoming effective, we understand that his widow will carry out this plan. General Notes Excursion to the Pymatuning Swamp. Under the gui- dance of Dr. E. M. Gress, State Botanist, and of Dr. Otto E. Jennings of the University of Pittsburgh, a small party of Pennsylvania botanists spent June 14 and 15 exploring the Pymatuning Swamp in the extreme northwestern part of Pennsylvania. This is a wooded bog, seventeen miles long, that supports a flora rich in plants of northern distribution. Our representatives, Messrs. Hugh E. Stone and Arthur N. Leeds, brought back for the Academy's Herbarium about 100 species of plants, including some choice finds of which several are sorts that had not been heretofore in our collection from that portion of Pennsylvania. International Botanical Congress. Four members of the Club were present at the sessions of the Fifth International Botanical Congress, held August 16 to 23 at Cambridge Uni- versity, England. Of these Dr. William Randolph Taylor contributed to the program a paper on cytology. All at- tended chiefly the meetings of the Taxonomic Section, where much time was devoted to the subject of nomenclature; out of the discussions of this involved but important subject there seems to have come a wide agreement that promises to end the long-standing conflict between the American Code and the International Rules. Beside the social and scientific experience of the Congress, all our members spent further time in European travel and study. Dr. and Mrs. John M. Fogg, Jr., left Philadelphia in late June, and before the Congress visited Italy, Switzerland, France and Scotland. Mr. Bayard Long, as on his north- eastern journeys traveling in company with Professor M. L. Fernald of Harvard University, left in early July; they vis- ited northern Scotland together, coming to England with (57) 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE several species discovered new to the flora of the British Isles ; in London they studied critical and early specimens of north- eastern North America preserved especially at Kew Gardens and the British Museum of Natural History; and they later made a short visit to the Jardin des Plantes in Paris. Dr. Taylor left Philadelphia in early August, and stayed a month after the Congress to study collections of Marine Algae at the British Museum. Dr. and Mrs. Francis W. Pennell crossed the ocean with him, remaining a slightly longer time in Lon- don and later visiting Paris and Brussels ; Dr. Pennell studied types of American Scrophulariaceae at Kew Gardens, the British Museum, and the Linnean Society in London, at the Universities of Cambridge and Oxford, at the Jardin des Plantes in Paris, and at the Jardin Botanique in Brussels. They returned to Philadelphia on the first of November. University of Pennsylvania. We regret the loss from the Botanical Department of the University, and so from atten- dance at our meetings, of Dr. William Randolph Taylor, who this autumn commences his courses in the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor; Dr. Taylor has become one of the country's leading students of Marine Algae. We are glad, however, to record the arrival at the Univer- sity of Dr. Edgar T. Wherry, who becomes Professor of Plant Ecology. For seventeen years Dr. Wherry has been with the Bureau of Chemistry of the United States Department of Agriculture at Washington, the latter part of the time in charge of investigations of soil chemistry in relation to crops. He has done much to call attention to the significance of soil acidity or alkalinity to the distribution of plants, even in- venting his own soil-testing apparatus. Knowledge of soil preferences has led on to a knowledge of plants with special regard to their distribution, and the members of our Club have enjoyed his narratives of journeys in search of critical species and appreciated the scientific value of his contribu- tions to "Bartonia." It is a pleasure to have him more in- timately associated with us. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 59 Death of Mr. Simpson. Mr. Edwin I. Simpson, since 1907 a member of the Club, died on October 31, 1930. Once he was a familiar figure at the Academy, being from about 1895 until 1918 secretary to the late Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, the Academy's President and State Commissioner of Health. Death of Dr. Leffmann. As this issue is in press comes the news of the death of Dr. Henry Leifmann in his eighty- second year on December 25, 1930. Though distinguished chiefly for his investigations and critical work in chemistry and medicine, he was keenly interested in botany, having a long acquaintance with the Botanical Section of the Academy and an association of several years with the Philadelphia Botanical Club. A brief sketch of him as a botanist will appear in our next number. Recent Work in the Local Herbarium. The most notable recent accessions have been plants mounted from the large accumulations of Mr. Bayard Long, the Club's Curator. He had selected from his series his collections from Chester County, Pennsylvania, and from Cumberland County, New Jersey. So valuable both for distributional records and for their high quality are Mr. Long 's specimens, that we earnestly hope that his entire series may be added in the next few years. Cumulative Index. In response to requests, and with a realization of its value in making readily accessible the scien- tific and historical information of this journal, we are issuing with this number the first cumulative index to "Bartonia." This covers the first ten numbers, summarizing the annual indexes of technical names and presenting for the first time an index to articles and to personal references. Program of Meetings during 1929 Date Jan. 24 Local species of Lycopodium Arthur N. Leeds 20 Feb. 28 Natural hybrids and the possi- ble origin of species from them Dr. John M. Macfarlane Local species of Juncus Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. ... 19 Mar. 28 Botanizing in the Glacier and Yellowstone Parks Harry W. Trudell Local species of Banunculus Hugh E. Stone 30 Apr. 25 Flora of Cape May County, New Jersey .Otway H. Brown Botanizfag in Cape May County Dr. Witmer Stone ... .34 May 23 Bambles in New Zealand, Ha- waii, Samoa and the Islands The Genus Eleocharis Sept. 26 .Notable trees and old etums in and around delphia Beports of summer wo Oct. 24 Local species of Eupatorium Bayard Long ...Botanizing with MacMillan in Labrador and Baffin Land Dr. Samuel C. Palmer Local species of Botrychium Arthur N. Leeds ....Phloxes and other finds of 1929 Dr. Edgar T. Wherry Local species of Ilex and Euonymus Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. . Officers and Members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, 1930 WALTEE M. BENNEB, President H. E. THOMPSON, Vice-President HUGH E. STONE, Secretary AETHUE N. LEEDS, Treasurer BATAED LONG, Curator ACTIVE MEMBERS Elected Joseph W. Adams, 108 West Wishart St., Philadelphia, Pa ] Wharton B. Aucott, 748 Tyson Ave., Ardsley, Pa Edwin B. Barteam, Bushkill, Pa J. Eussell Beblee, 135 E. Phil Ellena St., Germantown, Phila Walter M. Benner, 5636 Loretta Ave., Frankford, Philadelphia Carl E. Bliss, 65 Eandolph Place, South Orange, N. J Carl Boyee, Wagner Institute, 17th St. & Montgomery Ave., Phila. J. Claudius Boyle, 223 Kenmore Ed., Brookline, Pa De. Heeman Bubgin, 212 High St., Germantown, Philadelphia James J. Bueke, Addingham, Pa Milton Campbell, Broad & Wallace Sts., Philadelphia F. Van Buben Connell, 3620 Baring St., Philadelphia. Joseph Ceawford, 16 E. Stewart Ave., Lansdowne, Pa Fou Be. Heebeet J. Daemstaatee, 4617 York Eoad, Philadelphia Eobeet E. Deeisbach, Midland, Mich Be. John W. Eckfelt, 502 Kathmere Ed., Brookline, Pa De. John M. Fogg, Je., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia George W. Haag, North Wales, Pa Arthur M. Henry, U. S. Appraisers Stores, 134 S. 2nd St., Phila. F. F. Huber, Pennsburg, Pa William E. Keeney, St. Davids, Pa. Dr. Ida A. Keller, 4424 Osage Ave., Philadelphia Addison D. Kern, 222 West Linton St., Philadelphia Miss Natalie B. Kimbee, 538 E. Locust Ave., Germantown, Phila. Eev. William U. Kistler, 118 Main St., Pennsburg, Pa Prof. W. A. Kline, Ursinus College, Collegeville, Pa Dr. Henry A. Laessle, 5900 Market St., Philadelphia - Dr. H. Pearce Lakin, 14 E. Main St., Lansdale, Pa Mrs. H. Pearce Lakin, 14 E. Main St., Lansdale, Pa. - Dr. Charles H. La Wall, 43rd St. & Kingsessing Ave., Phila Arthur N. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia Founder Morris E. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia Founder (61) 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Bayard Long, 250 Ashbourne Ed., Elkins Park, Pa Mayne Eeid Longstreth, 1420 Chestnut St., Philadelphia Dr. Donald MacFarlan, Ardmore, Pa Samson McDowell, Jr., 4840 Eoosevelt Blvd., Philadelphia Adolf Muller, Box 66, Norristown, Pa Dr. Samuel C. Palmer, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa T. Chalkley Palmer, Media, Pa Dr. Gideon H. Patton, 61 E. Penn St., Germantown, Philadelphia. Dr. Francis W. Pennell, Moylan, Pa Edward Pennock, 3609 Woodland Ave., Philadelphia Harold W. Pretz, 123 S. 17th St., Allentown, Pa John W. Prince, 5439 Berks St., Philadelphia Evan Eandolph, Seminole & Chestnut Aves., Chestnut Hill, Phil George Eedles, 207 E. Wister St., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. W. H. Eeed, Jeffersonville, Pa Charles C. Eoberts, Lansdowne, Pa Lee Sowden, 3823 Oak Ed., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. D. Walter Steckbeck, University of Pennsylvania, Phila Hugh E. Stone, Haverford, Pa Dr. Witmer Stone, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia I J. Fletcher Street, 1120 Locust St., Philadelphia Dr. Eobert E. Tatnall, 1100 W. 10th St., Wilmington, Del Dr. W. Eandolph Taylor, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. . Arthur H. Thomas, Haverford, Pa Mrs. W. Hersey Thomas, 145 E. Gorgas Lane, Mt. Airy, Phila. . Warner E. Thomas, Custom House, Philadelphia Horace E. Thompson, 5016 Schuyler St., Germantown, Philadelphia : Harry W. Trudell, 2030 E. Madison St., Philadelphia Prof. Eodney H. True, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. ... Clarence E. Varnum, Atco, N. J Eobert F. Welsh, 132 S. 4th St., Philadelphia C. S. Wertsner, 221 N. 13th St., Philadelphia Dr. Edgar T. Wherry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia... Hans Wilkins, 241 S. 11th St., Beading, Pa William H. Witte, 16 York St., Camden, N. J Miss Mary F. Wright, Ambler, Pa HONORARY MEMBERS George W. Bassett, Secane, Pa _ Samuel Newman Baxter, Fernhill Park, Germantown, Phila Dr. Joseph S. Illick, Mont Alto, Pa Samuel S. Van Pelt, 59 Bethlehem Pike, Chestnut Hill, Phila * Elected Active Members on these dates. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB CORRESPONDING MEMBERS Chables C. Bachman, Slatington, Pa Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, N. Y. Botanical Garden, New York City Dr. Nathaniel Lord Britton, N. Y. Botanical Garden, New York City Otway H. Brown, Cape May, N. J Stewart H. Burnham, Dept. Bot., Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Prof. M. L. Fernald, Gray Herb. Harvard University, Cambridge, Dr. A. Arthur Heller, Chico, Calif Dr. Harold St. John, University of Honolulu, Honolulu, Hawaiian Charles F. Saunders, Pasadena, Calif Dr. John K. Small, New York Botanical Garden, New York City... Dr. Campbell E. Waters, Washington, D. C Dr. H. W. Youngken, Mass. College of Pharmacy, Boston, Mass RECENTLY DECEASED MEMBERS Jacob H. Grove, Active Feb. 18 Dr. John W. Harshberger, Active - Apr. 27. Henry A. Lang, Active May 27 Dr. Henry Leffmann, Honorary Dec. 25 Dr. Hugh B. Meredith, Active Aug. 1, Edwin I. Simpson, Active Oct. 31, Willard A. Stowell, Active Jan. 19, John J. Tyler, Honorary Oct. 29, INDEX TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES (New names in bold-face type; synonyms in italic type) Aster Campanula rotundifolia, 3 Cerastium arvense, 4-12; a., f. oblongifolia, 10; a. oblongi- folium, 6, 8, 9; a. velutinum, 7, 11; villi villosum, 6, 7, 10 a. villosum, 7-12; lanatum, oblongifolium, 6, 10; perm- >anicttm, 9; tenuifolium, 4-6, :-:.- Lactuea angulata, densis, 3, 22, 23; 23; elongata, 23 Phlox amoena, 24, 4 hipei, 50, 53; a 53; amplexicaulis, 25, 37, 47; arendsii, 35; argillacea, 38, 47; 47; o. i;irens, 36, 47; aspera, 46; canadensis, 25, 32, 34; caro- lina, 48; cuspidata, 38; detonsa, 38, 47; divaricata, 24-46; d., f. albiflora, 26, 34; d. canadensis, 34, 35, 47, 53; d. laphami, 26, 34, 35, 47; floridana, 24, 48; glaberrima, 26, 31; glomerata, 26, 28; glutinosa, 25, 37, 47; involucrata, 49, 53; laphami, 26, 34; Ughtipei, 49, 52, 53; maeulata, 48; nuttallii, 48; nuttalliana, 48; paniculata, 35; pilosa, 24, 36-49, 53 ; p., f. albi- flora, 38, 47; p. amoena, 49, 53; p. amplexicaulis, 47 ; p. detonsa, 38, 40, 47; p. fulgida, 40, 47; p. virens, 40, 47; p. walteri, 49, 53; procumbens, 49, 53; rigida, 48; rugelii, 53; stolon- ifera, 53; subulata, 53; verna, 53; vernalis, 25; walteri, 49, 53 fiola dentata, 17, 18; 17, 18, 20; fimbriatula, 13-19; f\, f. glabrata, 19; ovata, 14, 15, 18; primulifolia, 15, 18; sagittae- folia, 19; sagittate, 13-20; s. dentata, 18; s. emarginata, 17; s. glabra, 18, 19; s. ovata, 18; subsagittata, 13, 19 BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB CONTENTS The Subway Tree— a Record of a Pleistocene Cypress Swamp in Philadelphia Horace G. Richards 1 "Polygala verticillata" in Eastern North America. Francis W. Penneld 7 The Eastern Long-styled Phloxes, Part I Edgar T. Wherry 18 Notes on the Marine Algae of New Jersey Horace G. Richards 38 Kyllinga pumila in Philadelphia Rodney H. True 47 Notes on a Few Introduced Species in the Philadelphia Local Area Johx M. Fogg, Jr. 48 Gift of Schweinitz Record-Books F. W. P. 50 The Botanical Interest of Dr. Henry Leffmann 53 General Notes Program of Meetings During 1930 58 List of Officers and Members Index to Species and Varieties 62 Academy op Natural £ BARTONIA Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Chib. A journal devoted to the Mora of the mid-eastern and s< United States, especially of eastern Pennsylvania, New Delaware. Subscription Price, $1.00. Numbers 1-10, 50 cents < DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL, Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences, Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pa. Handbook of the Flora of Philadelphia and Vicinity. By Ida A. Keller and Stewabdson Bbowk. Pp. 366, with keys to the Families and Species. Two dollars (Postpaid, |2.10). Address DR. IDA A. KELLER, 4424 Osage Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. Baktoxia, No BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB PHILADELPHIA, PA. The Subway Tree — A Record of a Pleistocene Cypress Swamp in Philadelphia1 Horace G. Kichards Considerable interest was aroused recently over the finding of tree stumps in the excavations for the subway at 8th and Locust Streets, Philadelphia. Early in the spring of 1931 some pieces of partially carbonized wood were found, but it was not until July that the striking finds were made. Early in that month workmen encountered some 2,800 cubic yards of swamp sod ; imbedded in this at various intervals were the well preserved stumps of trees. All the stumps were in an upright position, suggesting that they had been found in place. The locality was 38 feet below the surface of the street and 10 feet below sea-level. Henry H. Quimby, consulting engineer of the Golder Com- pany, immediately notified the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, whereupon Samuel G. Gordon and Horace J. Hallowell, of the Department of Mineralogy, visited the locality and took a little of the material to the Academy for study. The next day they returned accompanied by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Arthur N. Leeds. Mr. Leeds recognized the tree as bald cypress (Taxodium distichum).2 "Well preserved pneumato- 1 Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2 Certain newspaper accounts quoted Professor S. J. Becord, of Yale University, as saying that the wood was Sequoia. Professor Record writes that he is convinced that it is Taxodium and not Sequoia. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE phores or "knees" were observed surrounding the great stump, and a large collection of them was taken to the Academy and placed on exhibition where they have attracted much at- tention. There was some question as to whether the trees were of historical or geological age, it having been suggested that a cypress swamp may have existed in the Philadelphia region prior to the leveling of the city. However, a brief research into early accounts and maps of the region has failed to indi- cate such a possibility. Watson describes the original site of the Philadelphia region in detail, mentioning numerous ra- vines and swamps, but none in the vicinity of 8th and Locust Streets. Both Watson3 and Peter Kalm mention numerous buried stumps in the Philadelphia area found at about the same depth as the "Subway Tree," many of these stumps being described as petrified. If the term "petrified" is used cor- rectly, a geological rather than an historical age is certainly suggested. Again, the fact that the cypress stumps were found 10 feet below sea-level seems to preclude the suggestion that the trees are only of historical age. It seems probable that the trees grew prior to the last (Wisconsin) glaciation, when the Delaware Eiver was an arm of the sea and the Philadelphia area was a low swampy region not unlike the Dismal Swamp of Virginia and North Carolina to-day. The melting of the ice sheet, of which the terminal moraine was only 50 miles north of Philadelphia, undoubtedly caused an immense flow of water carrying with it sand, gravel, and mud, which would have completely buried the swamp. In the excavation at about the same depth as the tree was observed the blue clay frequently called the Philadelphia Blue Clay. Mr. Frank J. Keeley examined it for diatoms, but found none. There was also blue clay below the tree. This clay is usually associated with the Pensauken Formation (see Strock, 1929), but there are also clay lenses in the Cape May Formation which overlies the Pensauken. The Cape May 3 See Hazard edition (1909) 1: 441-443; 2: 422-427. PHILADELPHIA Formation is present along the coast of New Jersey and ex- tends up Delaware Bay and River. Because of the shallow- ness of the excavations, it is suggested that the trees came from the Cape May Formation. Even if the clay proves to be of Pensauken age, roots of trees of a later age might possibly be found in the formation. According to the New Jersey Geological Survey (Salisbury and Knapp, 1917) and the Philadelphia Folio (1909), the formation dates from the climax of the Wisconsin glaciation. Antevs (1928, 1929) points out that such a dating is impos- sible; at least part of the formation is of marine origin (the part adjoining the Atlantic Ocean) and at the climax of the Wisconsin glaciation sea-level was lowered some 300 feet due to the removal of the water to form the land ice • consequently the shore-line must have been some 80 miles farther east than it is to-day; therefore the Cape May Formation can not date from this stage, but rather from the interglacial stage prior to the Wisconsin when the sea covered the margins of the present shore-line. Recently the writer (Richards, 1930, 1931 and MS.) has round a large fauna of warm water forms in the Cape May Formation near the present shore-line, thus adding weight to the view of Antevs that the formation dates from the warm interglacial stage prior to the Wisconsin glaciation. The glacial dating of the formation was based on the seem- ing continuity of the lower Cape May terraces with terraces along the Delaware River made up of the "Trenton gravel," definitely of glacial age. This seeming continuity may not be real. There might be an imperceptible mingling of the older Cape May terraces and the glacial terraces near the level of the zero isobase, somewhere in the vicinity of Philadelphia. The finding of a grove of cypress, which now ranges only from southern Delaware southwards,4 lends further support to the view that the Cape May Formation is of interglacial * Taxodium has been reported from Cape May County, N. J. (Stone, 1911); Hackensack Meadows, N. J. (Torrey, personal conn: and Manitou, N. Y. (Torrey, 1931), but these stations are usually re- rather than glacial age. The swamp probably existed near the margin of the marine invasion. That marine conditions existed in the Philadelphia region at the time of the deposi- tion of the Cape May Formation is suggested by the presence of salt-water diatoms in excavations in the eastern part of Philadelphia adjoining the Delaware River, reported by Woolman (1890). Peter Kalm (1753)5 repeatedly mentions the occurrence of oyster shells and other remains of marine life in excavations at Raccoon (now Swedesboro), New Jersey, on the Delaware, some 15 miles below Philadelphia. At Fish House, Camden County, N. J., a flora and fauna (freshwater bivalves) suggesting a climate somewhat warmer than the present, were found in clay pits (Berry, 1910; Baker, 1920) . These deposits have never been definitely dated, but it seems possible that the material was deposited by the Dela- ware River during the same warm interglacial stage, when the course of the river was somewhat different from the present. Although Taxodium is to-day confined essentially to the warmer portions of the eastern United States, ranging from Florida and the Gulf States north to southern Delaware, its presence in the Philadelphia local areas previous to the late glacial period need not necessarily be taken as evidence of a warmer climate at that time. Many plants formerly at home in this part of the country (as is shown by fossil evidence) but "forced southward" by the ice, have failed completely to regain their northerly ranges since "Wisconsin times, but have remained restricted to regions far to the south of the terminal moraine. That these plants are potential constituents of our modern flora, is shown by the success in cultivation of such genera as Magnolia and Robinia, which formely enjoyed a wide-spread northern distribution, but whose natural ranges to-day center about the southern Appalachians. Indeed, the bald cypress itself is a tree easy of cultivation as far north as New York. s See especially 1: 357-359; 2: 120, 133-137 of English edition of PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 5 A find quite similar to that of the "Subway Tree' was made in Washington, D. C. in August, 1922, in the excavations for the Walker Hotel (now the Mayflower) at Connecticut Avenue and De Sales Street, N. W. (See Wentworth, et al., 1924). Excavations made to the depth of 35 to 40 feet (10 to 15 feet above sea-level) disclosed a cypress swamp deposit. Here, as in the ease of the Philadelphia swamp, an historical age was suggested, but the weight of the argument was de- cidedly against it. The diatoms studied by Dr. Albert Mann suggested great antiquity and the study of the flora made by Dr. Edward Berry also favored a geological age and suggested a climate slightly warmer than the present in Washington. Dr. Wentworth in discussing the age of this deposit refers it to the Wicomico stage of the Pleistocene, and suggests that it may have been formed in the last (Peorian) interglacial stage or before. The Wicomico (= Pensauken of New Jersey) has recently been referred to the interglacial stage prior to the Peorian. It may be that the two swamp deposits are of the same age, it sometimes being rather difficult to distinguish between the boundaries of formations in excavations such as the ones in question. Another example of buried wood, although probably con- siderably younger than the "Subway Tree/' is the cedar swamps of Cape May County, N. J. Here white cedar logs (Chamaecy parts thyoides), at least several thousand years old, have been ' ' mined. " (See Cook, 1857 pp. 57-65 ) . This wood was perfectly preserved and was formerly used for shingles (Cook, pp. 76-83). BIBLIOGEAPHY Antevs, Ernst 1928. "The Last Glaciation"; Amer. Geog. Soc. Research Series, no. 17. 1929. "Quaternary Marine Terraces in Non-glaciated Regions and Changes of Level of Sea and Land"; Amer. Journ. Sci. 17: 35-49. Baker, F. C. 1920. "Life of the Pleistocene"; Bull. Univ. 111., vol. 17. Berry, E. W. 1910. "Additions to the Pleistocene Flora of New Jersey"; Tor- reya 10: 261-267. PROCEEDINGS ( Balm, Peter vels Into North America. ' ' Philadelphia Folio 162. Geol. Atlas United States. Richards, Horace G. 'Fossils from New Jersey Indicating a Warm Interglacial Period" (abstract); Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 41: 207-8. 'Further Evidence of a Warm Interglacial Period on the Atlantic Coast" (abstract); Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 42: "Fossils from the Pleistocene of New Jersey Indicating a Warm Interglacial Stage" (in preparation). R. D. and G. N. Knapp .7. "The Quaternary Formations of Southern New Jersey"; Geol. Surv. New Jersey, vol. 8. Witmer 911. "The Plants of Southern New Jersey"; Report N J. State 'A Study of the Pensauken Formation"; Bull. Wagner Instit. Sci. 4: 3-10. Note on Field Trip. Torreya 31: 88-89. )HN F. ±oou. "Annals of Philadelphia. " Wentworth, C. K., E. W. Berry, Albert Mann, and Laurence 'The Fossil Swamp Deposi Woolman, Lewis "Marine and necticut Avenue Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 14: 1-41. "Polygala verticillata" in Eastern North America Francis W. Pennell The genus Polygala includes a goodly number of species in the eastern United States, and all of these have been long recognized as sharply marked and taxonomically satisfactory entities with the sole exceptions of P. verticillata L. and P. ambigua Nutt. Between these two, height of plant and color of flowers have in one manual been considered as of specific, in another as of only varietal value. Yet as I have long known these plants near Philadelphia they seemed excellently separated both in structure and in occurrence, but it would have been impossible to have satisfactorily divided any exten- sive series of herbarium specimens by the criteria that I should have wished to use. P. ambigua might have been dis- tinguished, but P. verticillata, in spite of its uniform growth on the Serpentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania and along the New Jersey coast, would have remained an unsatis- factory mixture of delicate lax plants with larger stiffer ones. It was this difference in branching and in the size of flowers that arrested my attention when comparing recently my col- lections of supposed Polygala verticillata from the Piedmont Plateau district of eastern Pennsylvania and the Hudson Val- ley of New York with those from the areas just mentioned. No flowering plant could be less conspicuous than P. verticil- lata as I had known it on the Serpentine and along the coast, yet I found myself asked to view it as identical with a fine upstanding white- or purplish-flowering plant of the base of the mountains. A solution of the problem that others had long made was to account the inland plant as P. ambigua, but fortunately, or unfortunately for a rapid conclusion of the matter, I knew that that species was very different. Putting ambigua aside, and seeking for characters of contrast between inland and coastal plants passing as "verticillata" I found no lack of correlated characters, involving capsule and seeds as (7) O PROCEEDINGS OF THE well as the habit. There were clearly two species in what has been called recently by that name, and therefore actually three species of this little group in the eastern United States : P. ver- ticillata L., P. ambigua Nutt., and the plant described below as P. pretzii. "While not wishing to undertake any detailed study in the Polygalaceae, it has seemed desirable to follow the matter suffi- ciently to cheek the constancy of characters over a large area as well as to discover approximately the range of each species. Accordingly specimens have been reviewed, kindly loaned from the United States National Museum, the New York Botanical Garden, the Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univer- sity, and from Mr. Charles C. Deam, of Bluffton, Indiana, as well as those preserved in Philadelphia, at this Academy and at the University of Pennsylvania. With nearly perfect con- stancy characters have held true, so that we may now consider that this supposedly puzzling alliance divides into species as sharply marked as are usual in Polygala. The geographic in- formation gathered from the specimens studied will appear under each species, where the distribution is summarized by listing counties under states. Lack of space prevents the cita- tion of specimens, although for those of my own collecting the numbers are given. The only exceptions to the constancy of characters separat- ing Polygala verticillata and P. pretzii lie in the central Mis- sissippi Valley, where occurs a plant resembling the former in leaves verticillate throughout, in short peduncles and tight flower-clusters (due to short pedicels), and usually also in the finely pubescent seeds ; but is like the latter in size of plant and of flowers and fruits. Lying quite without the range of P. pretzii, which it resembles only in points of size, the funda- mental kinship to P. verticillata must be recognized. It is accordingly described below as a variety of that species. For the habit sketches reproduced on the accompanying plates I am indebted to the pen of Mr. Hugh E. Stone, and for the detailed drawings of the inflorescence and seed to the Academy's artist, Miss Helen E. Winchester. i'.Al.To.VIA. XO. 18 PHILADELPHIA Seed finely pubescent; capsule on a pedicel J to § its length; raceme narrow, dense, the sepals greenish-white; plant wil spreading branches and the racemes on peduncles 0.5-4.0 cm. long. Capsule about 1 mm. long; plant usually 1-2 dm. tall. P. verticillata Capsule about 1.5 mm. long; plant usually 1.5-3 dm. tall. P. v. sphenostachya Seed hirsute; capsule about 1.5 mm. long, on a pedicel J to i its length ; raceme wider and looser, the sepals often purplish ; plant usually 2-3 dm. tall, with ascending branches and the racemes on peduncles 2-7 cm. long P. pretzii Raceme long-cylindric, slender, the fruits more persistent so that the flowers and fruits present are scattered (the lower remote) in a slender raceme 1-5 cm. long; "wings" about equaling the capsule; seed mostly t" ' half its length; leaves and virgate branches P. ami Polygala verticillata Linne. Plate 2. Polygala verticillata L., Spec. Plant. 706. 1753. "Habitat in ginia." The association of synonyms under this species date 1749, when in the thesis of Linne 's pupil, Jonas Kiernandei "Radix Senega" various species of Polygala were considered; 1751. Kiernander cited from Plukenet and from Ray two ] nomial names describing a small species with leaves whorled in i and with small whitish spikes of flowers; both of these were dently the first species ( whorled in fives as well as fou: , i parva albi- ' Mantissa ' ' . 1700 and illustrated on tabula 438, fig. 4. But along with these Kiernander also cited a plant of Gronovius' "Flora Virginica" 172, 1743, described as having filiform stems and alternate leaves and based upon Clayton 's number 563 from Virginia ; this specimen, preserved at the British Museum of Natural History, is the plant considered last on the above key, P. ambigua Nutt. Kiernander 's diagnosis would be inadequate to decide between these two, but Linne, who quoted all these citations, introduced into his diagnosis in 1753 the description of the leaves as verticillate and from this named his species, thus seeming to select the f Linne had acquired for his h him under this name ; this came from Kalm, who collected in Penn- sylvania and northward, and it was the second species of the key, named above P. pretzii. A plea might be made that it should be accounted the basis of Polygala verticillata, but against this is the fact that Kami's plants were received so late as often to have had Linne 's cfo the further fact does not so well fit t PROCEEDINGS OF THE er shows more perfectly the i the remote disposition of th may consider that Linne's selection < Plant annual, glabrous throughout. Stem 1-3 dm. tall, erect, with few to many widely spreading-ascending branches, ' Polygala verticillata. (Asterisks denote P. v. sphenostachya ; cross-barred line marks the inner boundary of the Coastal Plain.) striate-angled. Leaves all in whorls of 3 to 7, only the upper- most occasionally opposite or scattered, the sessile blades 1-2.5 cm. long, linear-lanceolate, narrowed at base and to the acute tip, entire. Racemes actually 15-40 mm. long, although by dropping of ripened fruits apparently only 5-12 mm. long PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 11 and conic. Fruiting pedicels very short, 0.1-0.3 mm. long. Sepals persisting, white or greenish-white : 3 narrowly ovate, 0.3-0.6 mm. long; 2 "wings" 0.9-1.2 mm. long, short-clawed, oval, somewhat shorter than the capsule. Petals deciduous, united: "keels" yellowish or yellow, distally crested with slender horn-like processes. Capsule1 0.9-1.2 mm. long, flat- tened, emarginate. Seeds 1.0-1.3 mm. long, black, with appressed very short brown hairs ; with white bifid aril usually i to | the length of the seed. Moist sandy soil, edges of salt marshes, grassy flats over serpentine rock, etc., Massachusetts to Manitoba and Colorado, south to Florida and Texas. Flowering near Philadelphia from early July to October. Seen from the following states and counties: Manitoba — Lansdowne ; Vermont — Windham ; Massachusetts — Barn- stable, Bristol, Essex, Franklin, Hampden, Hampshire, Mid- dlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth, Suffolk, and Worcester; Rhode Island — Kent, Newport, Providence, and Washington; Con- necticut— Hartford, Litchfield, New Haven, New London, and Tolland; New York— Chemung, Kings, Nassau (8313), Richmond, and Suffolk ; New Jersey — Atlantic, Bergen, Cam- den, Cape May (4024), Gloucester, and Ocean; Pennsylvania —Bucks, Chester (307), Delaware (20), Lehigh, Montgomery, Northampton, and Philadelphia; Delaware — Newcastle (7806), and Sussex; Maryland — Cecil, Montgomery, Prince Georges, Wicomico, and Worcester; District of Columbia; Virginia — Arlington, Campbell, James City, Nansemond, and Wythe; North Carolina — Buncombe, Carteret, Cherokee, Haywood, Jackson, Polk, and Rowan; South Carolina— Anderson, and York ; Georgia — DeKalb, and Rabun ; Florida — Brevard, Dade, Duval, Levy, and Pinellas ; Alabama — Lee, and Mobile ; Mississippi — Harrison, and Noxubee ; Tennessee —Lauderdale; Kentucky — Muhlenberg; Ohio — Ross; Indi- ana—-Cass, Lake, Marshall, Miami, Porter, St. Joseph, Starke, Tippecanoe, Wabash, Warren, and White; Illinois — Cass, Champaign, Henderson, Jackson, Lasalle, Macon, Mason, Mc- 1 Capsule-n 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Lean, Morgan, Peoria, Stark, and Will ; Michigan — St. Clair, and Washtenaw; Wisconsin — Dane, LaCrosse, and Eacine; Minnesota — Faribault, Mille Lacs, Nicollet, Ottertail, and Winona; North Dakota — Ouster, Fall River, and Meade; Iowa — Dallas, Muscatine, Story, Van Buren, and Woodbury ; Nebraska — Brown, Buffalo, Cass, Kearney, and Knox; Mis- souri— Atchison, Barry, Clark, Greene, Jackson, Polk, St. Louis, Shannon, and Stoddard; Kansas — Miami, and Riley; Arkansas — Sebastian ; Oklahoma — Comanche, Mc Curtain, and Payne; Louisiana — Rapides, St. Landry, and St. Tam- many; Texas — Bowie, Nueces, Tom Green, and Waller; Colorado — Denver. Polygala verticillata sphenostachya Pennell, var. nov. Structurally like the species, differing only in larger size of plant and especially of flowers and fruits (Floribus et fructu- bus majoribus diversa). Type, barrens, Swope Park, Missouri, collected in flower and fruit July 21, 1915, by B. F. Bush 7692 ; in the United States National Herbarium. Perhaps rather to be considered as an unusual large form. Occasional through the western part of the range of Poly- gala verticillata L., from Indiana to Nebraska and Kansas. Seen from the following states and counties : Indiana — New- ton (Deam 21512) ; Illinois — Jo Daviess (Umbach) ; Ne- braska—Franklin (T. A. Williams) and Kearney (Hape- man) ; Missouri— Jackson (Bush 7692) ; Kansas— Barber (Rydberg & Imler 658). Polygala pretzii Pennell, sp. nov. Plate 3, fig. 1. Plant annual, glabrous throughout. Stem 1.5-4 dm. tall, erect with many rather virgately ascending branches, striate- angled. Leaves in whorls of 3 to 5, the upper or sometimes mostly scattered, the sessile blades 2-3 cm. long, narrowly lanceolate, narrowed at base and to the attenuate tip, entire. Racemes actually 20-30 mm. long, although by dropping of ripened fruits apparently only 10-15 mm. long and conic. Fruiting pedicels usually 0.5-1.0 mm. long. Sepals persist- ing, white or somewhat pinkish: 3 ovate, acute, 0.5-0.7 mm. and seed from PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 13 long; 2 "wings" 1.2-1.5 mm. long, short-clawed, oval, some- what shorter than the capsule. Petals deciduous, united: "keels" yellow (or proximally pinkish), distally crested with slender horn-like processes. Capsule about 1.5 mm. long, flat- tened, emarginate. Seed 1.5-1.8 mm. long, black, with ap- pressed or slightly spreading relatively long brown hairs; with white aril usually I to f the length of the seed. (Planta annua, glabra, ramosa, 1.5-4 dm. alta. Folia verti- cillata, anguste lanceolata, integra, 2-3 cm. longa. Racemi 20- 30 mm. longi, sed ut videtur 10-15 mm. longi et conieiformes. Pedicelli 0.5-1.0 mm. longi. Calyx persistens, laciniis tribus ovatis, acutis, 0.5-0.7 mm. longis, et laciniis duobus ("alis") 1.2-1.5 mm. longis, ovalibus, albis purpuratisve, quam capsu- lam brevioribus. Petala juneta ; carina f ulva, cristata. Cap- sula 1.5 mm. longa, emarginata. Semina 1.5-1.8 mm. longa, hirsuta, arillo bifido | vel f longitudine seminis.) Type, old field slope near road about 3f miles east by south- east of Centre Square, Allentown, Lehigh Co., Pennsylvania, collected in flower and fruit August 22, 1920, by Harold W. Pretz 10381 ; in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia. It gives me especial pleasure to dedicate this species to Mr. Pretz in recognition of his careful study of the flora of Lehigh County, Pennsylvania. Just how thorough that study has been (as well as the appropriateness of this plant bearing his name) may be seen from his having gathered Poly gala pretzii at sixteen places in that county, as represented by specimens deposited at the Academy of Natural Sciences. P. verticillata and P. ambigua have also been gathered by him in Lehigh County, but only at four localities each. Meadows and sandy slopes, Maine to southern Michigan and eastern Tennessee. Flowering in Pennsylvania from July to October. Seen from the following states and counties: Ontario — Lincoln, Welland, and York ; Maine— Cumberland, Hancock, Oxford, Penobscot, and York; New Hampshire — Cheshire, Rockingham, and Strafford; Vermont — Bennington and Windham ; Massachusetts — Berkshire, Bristol, Essex, Frank- 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE lin, Hampden, and Worcester; Connecticut — Fairfield (8586), Hartford, Litchfield, Middlesex, New Haven, New London, and Windham; New York — Bronx (7501), Broome, Cayuga, Columbia, Dutchess (8444), Essex, Monroe, New York, Orange, Putnam (8673), Richmond, Rockland (9200), Fig. 2. Distribution of Polygala pretzii. Schuyler, Tioga, Tompkins, Westchester, and Yates; New Jersey — Bergen, Camden, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Morris, and Sussex; Pennsylvania — Allegheny, Berks (8751), Blair, Bucks, Chester, Dauphin, Delaware (5068), Fayette, PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 15 Greene, Lancaster, Lehigh, Monroe, Montgomery, Northamp- ton, Philadelphia, Westmoreland, and York; Maryland — Allegheny and Garrett; Virginia — Craig and Rockingham; West Virginia — Greenbrier, Morgan, Pocahontas, Preston, Randolph, Summers, Tucker, and Upshur; Tennessee — Blount; Ohk) — Fairfield, Lorain, Lucas, Portage, and Stark; Indiana — Allen, DeKalb, Lagrange, Noble, Steuben, and Whitley; Michigan — Genesee, Ingham, and St. Clair. Polygala ambigua Nuttall. Plate 3, fig. 2. Poly gala ambigua Nutt., Gen. N. Amer. Plant. 2: 89. 1818. "In New Jersey and Virginia; in forests and on roadsides near ditches, abundant." Type seen in Herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Plant annual, glabrous throughout. Stem 1.5-4 dm. tall, erect, with few to many virgately ascending branches, striate- angled. Leaves, the lower often in whorls of 2 to 5, the upper or sometimes all the leaves scattered, the sessile blades 0.5-2.0 (-3.0) cm. long, linear, narrowed at base and to the acuminate tip, entire. Racemes actually 30-100 mm. long, although by dropping of ripened fruits apparently 10-50 mm. long and very slender. Fruiting pedicels 0.4-0.7 mm. long. Sepals persisting, white or somewhat purplish: 3 ovate, obtuse, 0.6- 0.8 mm. long; 2 ''wings" 1.3-1.5 mm. long, short-clawed, widely oval or circular, about as long as the capsule. Petals deciduous, united: "keels" yellow, distally crested with slender horn-like processes. Capsule 1-1.3 mm. long, flat- tened, emarginate. Seed 1.3-1.5 mm. long, black, with ap- pressed brown hairs ; with white bifid aril usually i to i the length of the seed. Open sandy soil, barrens and mountain ridges, Maine to Alabama, west to Missouri and Oklahoma. Flowering in Pennsylvania from late June to October. Seen from the following states and counties : Maine — Cum- berland and Franklin ; New Hampshire— Hillsborough ; Mas- sachusetts—Hampden ; Rhode Island— Kent; Connecticut —Tolland ; New York— St. Lawrence and Tioga ; New Jersey — Atlantic, Camden, Cape May, Mercer, and Morris; Penn- sylvania—Adams, Allegheny, Berks, Bucks, Chester (1848), lb PROCEEDINGS OF THE Dauphin, Delaware, Franklin, Fulton, Lancaster, Lehigh, Montgomery, Northampton, and Philadelphia; Delaware — Newcastle ; Maryland — Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Cecil, Gar- rett, Montgomery, and Prince Georges; District of Colum- bia; Virginia— Arlington (2469), Bedford, Campbell, Craig, Fig. 3. Distribution of Pohjgala ambigua. Greene, Hanover, Montgomery, Page, Pulaski, Eoekland, and Wythe; West Virginia — Cabell, Mercer, and Wood; North Carolina — Buncombe, Chatham, Clay, Cleveland, Henderson, Orange, Polk, Swain, and Union; South Carolina — Abbe- ville, Anderson, Cherokee, Oconee, and Pickens; Georgia — Dade, Gilmer, Pickens, Walker, and Whitfield; Alabama— PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 17 Blount, Calhoun, Clay, Cullman, Etowah, Jackson, and Talla- poosa; Tennessee — Blount, Chester, Grainger, and Knox; Kentucky — Edmonson, Lincoln, Lyon, Monroe, and Muhlen- berg ; Ohio — Ross ; Indiana — Clark, Crawford, Floyd, Greene, Harrison, Perry, Posey, and Spencer; Illinois — Cass, Jack- son, and Richland; Missouri — Barry, Greene, McDonald, Shannon, and Stoddard; Arkansas — Benton, Craighead, Ne- vada, Pulaski, and Sebastian; Oklahoma — Latimer and Leflore. The Eastern Long-styled Phloxes, part i1 Edgar T. Wherry Continuing the discussion of the eastern species of Phlox, the section now to be taken up differs from the one next pre- ceding in that the sepals are usually united to half their length or more, and the stamens and styles are nearly or quite as long as the corolla-tube. Peter2 termed this section the Reptantes, but as the species name reptans has been super- seded, another section name seems preferable, and Ovatae is here proposed. In the order believed to represent evolution- ary progress in the group — that of gradual loss of prostrate stems, decrease in persistence of leaves and increase in com- plexity of inflorescence, — the species are: PHLOX, SECTION OVATAE: KEY TO SPECIES Prostrate stems well developed, rooting and bearing flowering shoots at nodes; lower leaves spatulate, evergreen 8. P. stolonifera Prostrate stems poorly developed or lacking, exceptionally rooting at nodes; lower leaves never typically spatulate. Flowering shoots mostly arising from clusters of leaves terminating " few; calyx averaging 10 mm. long, leaves ensiform, evergreen; upper lanceolate; inflores- :e conspicuously glandular 9. P. leaves elliptic, marcescent; upper elliptic to ovate; in- panicle with more or less elongate branches. Upper leaves lanceolate to ovate; calyx 6-11 mm. long; range centering in the mountains, locally extending into lowland provinces 11. P. Carolina Upper leaves linear to lanceolate; calyx 6-8 mm. long; range centering in the lowlands, locally extending to moderate elevations 12. P. glaberrima Eootstock elongated, curving upward into a strongly red- mottled or exceptionally green stem; cymes in a narrow con- ical or cylindrical panicle 13. P. maculata i Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Previous articles in the series have appeared in Bartonia 11: 5. 1929 and 12: 24. 1931. 2 In Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilien 43a . 46. 1891. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 19 The first two species listed in the synopsis on the opposite page are readily distinguishable, but the others exhibit more or less intergradation. As the treatment of these adopted here differs in some respects from that followed in current manuals and floras, a brief discussion of the method used in deciding what species should be recognized may well be pre- sented. Each of the commonly accepted species was studied in the field at ten or more localities. Within any one colony of Phlox ovata the individual plants proved to be constant in having a small number of nodes on the stem below the in- florescence and a relatively long calyx. Marked variation was shown, on the other hand, in leaf -shape, many plants having much narrower leaves than the species name would imply. All specimens with numerous nodes and short calyx were accordingly withdrawn from the Phlox ovata covers in the herbaria being consulted. In P. glaberrima constancy was found in the essentially lanceolate leaf outline, and short calyx, so material with more elliptic leaves and longer calyx was similarly withdrawn. Again the species name turned out to be rather inappropriate, for the majority of the plants showed at least a small amount of pubescence. Colonies of P. maculata showed a strikingly constant ten- dency to cylindrical or at most narrowly conical inflorescence, and from its covers were accordingly taken plants exhibiting a broader cone or a corymb of flowers. Here the character to which the species name refers could not be safely used in diagnosis, since several other Phloxes have the stem more or less maculate. When the aberrant specimens from these sources were brought together, they proved to resemble one another in many respects, and individuals could readily be found among them which corresponded closely to the type specimen of Linne's P. Carolina. As the withdrawal of this from the accepted list of species had been due to Gray, who had no adequate field acquaintance with the plants, its reinstatement seemed fully justified. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 8. Phlox stolonifera Sims. Creeping Phlox. Plate 4. History. — So far as recorded this Phlox was first observed, in Georgia, by the horticultural collector John Fraser in 1786, and living material sent by him to England in 1801 formed the basis of the specific description by Sims.1 It was also found about the same time by Michaux2 and named P. reptans; this has been widely used, but since Sims's name has a year's priority, Michaux 's must be relegated to synonymy. Subse- quent names for the same species were P. obovata Muhlenberg ex Willdenow,3 P. prostrata Aiton,4 and P. crassifolia Lod- diges.5 The last, as well as the combination P. stolonifera crassifolia Don,6 represented the purple color-form, which is the more frequent and wide-spread ; the original collection by Fraser, however, was of a form with violet corolla which occurs locally in the Blue Ridge, and the name P. stolonifera forma violacea has recently been applied to this by Peattie.7 As pointed out under P. amoena in the preceding article in this series,8 a showy-flowered Phlox which has long been in cultivation combines the characters of P. subulata and P. stolonifera in such a striking way as to clearly indicate its origin as a hybrid between these species. This has been named successively P. procumbens Lehmann,9 P. subulata |3 lati folia Bentham,10 "P. verna" Hort. ex Vilmorin11 and "P. amoena" Hort, not Sims; and these names, either alone or in various combinations, are sometimes mistakenly applied to P. stolon- ifera itself. As an example of the latter procedure, there may be cited the naming of what appears to be a color-form of the species "P. procumbens coerulea" Hort. ex Crockett.12 •Index Sera. Hamburg 1828: 17; Linnae oln DeCandolle's Prodromus 9: 306. 1* u Fleurs Pleine Terre, ed. 2. 682. 1866. L2 Amer. Botanist 30: 159. 1924. Jartonia, No. 13 PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 21 Geography. — Phlox stolonifera ranges from Georgia to Ohio and Pennsylvania, chiefly at high altitudes, though not on mountain summits. It no doubt survived glaciation in some portion of this area, but in its subsequent migration has not quite reached the Wisconsin terminal moraine, which is shown on the accompanying map by a dotted line. The moun- tain front, marked by a row of A 's, has been a barrier to its eastern spread (except in the south), but westward it has de- scended from the mountains to the ravines of southern Ohio. Fig. 1. Distribution of Phlox stolonifera. [Alabama : Reported by Mohr1 from Cullman County, but the specimens so labelled, preserved in the U. S. National Herbarium, represent P. Carolina.] [Arkansas: NuttalP and Rafinesque, according to Brand,3 listed this species as present in Arkansas, but in the lack of specimens collected by them or by subsequent botanists, a mis- identification is believed to have occurred.] [Florida: In the Short herbarium, now at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, there is a specimen which undeniably represents this species labelled: "Phlox — near reptans. Cliffs of Aspalaga. (an P. divaricata ? S.) Florida. Dr. A. W. Chapman." As, however, Chapman4 did not in- i Plant Life of Ala. 686. 1901 (as P. reptans). 2 Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 5: 196. 1837. 3 In Engler's Pflanzenreieh IV. 250: 63. 1907. * Flora Southern States 338. 1860. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE elude Florida within the range of the species, and it has not been collected there by any one else, the specimen may really have come from the cliffs of some mountain stream, and the locality names have got confused in making out the label to send to Short.] Georgia: As noted under History, this plant was first dis- covered by Fraser in Georgia, although the exact locality is not recorded. It must be rare there, as herbaria contain speci- mens from but two counties, Fannin and Wilkes. [Illinois: Brand1 included this state in the range of P. stolonifera, and even added an exclamation point (!) to indi- cate certainty, but in the absence of specimens the report is not here credited.] Kentucky: Limited to the eastern end, specimens being preserved from Licking Eiver, Morgan County. Maryland : Not listed in the report on the plant life of the state, but frequent in Garrett/ County. [Mississippi : Included by Lowe,2 but specimens so labelled, seen in the State University Herbarium, proved to be P. di- varicata with the stolons particularly well developed.] [Missouri: Another unsubstantiated report by Brand.] North Carolina : Fairly common in mountain woods, there being 7 county records : Avery/ Buncombe, Madison, Mecklen- burg, Polk/ Swain/ and Watauga. Ohio : Occasional in the cool ravines of the southern part of the state, notably in Hocking and Jackson; counties. Pennsylvania: Locally abundant in the Appalachians, in the counties: Armstrong, Blair, Cambria, Center' (northeast- ern limit for the species), Clearfield, Fayette, Huntingdon, Somerset, and Westmoreland. South Carolina : Rare, and reported only from Greenville County, by Peattie.3 Tennessee: Known to have been collected in 3 counties toward the eastern end : Cocke, Polk, and Sevier. [Vermont: Escaped in Lamoille and Rutland counties.] iln Engler's Pflanzenreich IV. 250: 63. 1907. 2 Plants of Mississippi 233. 1921 (as P. reptans). s Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 45 : 266. 1930. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 23 Virginia : Present in five Appalachian counties, Bath/ Car- roll, Grayson, Smyth, and Wythe. West Virginia : Apparently reaches maximum development here, the county list being: Cabell, Fayette, Gilmer, Grant/ Greenbrier/ Mason, Mercer, Monongalia, Monroe, Pendleton/ Pocahontas/ Preston, Taylor, Tucker, and Upshur. Ecology. — Phlox stolonifera is typically an occupant of rich woods in non-calcareous regions, where its stems creep through the subacid leaf-litter. It also occasionally pushes out onto alluvial flats along streams, or rarely occupies rock ledges. On the whole, however, it is to be classed as a mesophytic forest herb. Its flowering season is vernal, beginning in late April, before the leaves of the deciduous trees are fully de- veloped, and extending through May into early June. The long style brings the stigmas into the midst of the anthers, but protandry prevents self-pollination, and the long-tubed bright purple flowers attract butterflies which transfer pollen from one clump to another. The development of ability to propagate vegetatively has apparently been accompanied by lessened tendency to reproduce through seeds, and few of its ovules seem to mature. Variation. — The variations shown by this species are less marked than in most Phloxes, and it does not grade toward other members of the section. Individual clumps differ in vigor, and correspondingly in size of leaves and floral parts, but the range is only moderate. As already stated under History, there are two distinct types of corolla-color, phlox- purple (Ridgway 65 b), which is the more wide-spread, and light violet (59 b), which appears locally in southern North Carolina and adjacent portions of other states. Few pallid phases of either of these have been noted, and albinos are practically unknown. As in previous papers of this series, color-forms will not be given technical names. Cultivation. — The early references to this species noted under History concerned cultivated material, but most gar- dens are not sufficiently shady or rich in acid humus to suit it, and it is rarely grown. The beauty of its flowers should lead, however, to its more extensive use. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9. Phlox buckleyi Wherry. Sword-leaf Phlox. Plate 5. History. — This highly distinct species was collected by S. B. Buckley at White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia, in June, 1838, but lay unnoticed in his herbarium for 80 years. It was rediscovered at the same place by Miss Marian S. Franklin of Lewisburg about 1919, and several new stations were located in 1929, encouraging its description and naming.1 Geography. — At the time the species was described six lo- calities were known, equally divided between Virginia and West Virginia. An additional one has since been found, ,^^ , „, ^ v« but the plant remains the most ~¥~f J M---^^^^ restricted endemic of all our J """^fvl^^ eastern Phloxes, as brought "V^'/^ \ - ^fy Offl out in the map herewith. j---*il!jl^L Oa Virginia : Now known in jLr'~i£^ aL^ *$SL_»«L-two counties, Alleghany' and Fig. 2. Distribution of _ -. _. , ,, Phlox oucTcleyi. WEST VIRGINIA : Found thus far only in Greenbrier7 Co. Ecology. — The chief reason for the geographic restriction of this species is seemingly its requirement for a special type of habitat, for in all seven known localities it grows in a gravelly soil derived from a particularly slabby Devonian shale. It is, however, not a pioneer on shale-slopes, being unable to come in until after a thin woodland cover has de- veloped and the soil has become rich in subacid humus. The denser shade of climax forests is also unfavorable to it, and it dies out as they mature. Its thick narrow persistent leaves lead to its classification as moderately xerophytic. The bloom- ing period extends from mid-May to mid-June, the bright phlox-purple flowers attracting insects as do those of the preceding species. Variation. — Only minor variations, of nutritional origin, have been observed. Cultivation. — The difficulty of matching the native habitat conditions of this plant is likely to prevent its ever being much cultivated. i Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 20 : 25. 1930. Bartonia, No. 13 Baktonia, No. 13 %&$&** PHILADELPHIA 10. Phlox ovata Linne. Mountain Phlox. Plate 6. History. — In PlukenetV Mantissa of 1700 there was in- cluded a plant characterized as "Lychnidea fistulosa Mari- landica, Clinopodii vulgaris folio, flore amplo singulari." The figure shows this as a Phlox with remote, ovate, petioled leaves and a single flower subtended by a large bract Linne2 named it Phlox ovata, basing his diagnosis on the Plukenet figure, although Jackson3 records that the specimen in his herbarium (which has several flowers in a corymb) was already there in 1753. Sir Joseph Banks, according to Sims,* recognized that Plukenet 's figure and Linne 's diagnosis referred to an ab- normal individual, and extended the name P. ovata to cover plants with corymbose flowers. Michaux,5 on the other hand, proposed P. latifolia for the many-flowered plants he collected in North Carolina. Pursh6 listed both ovata and latifolia, not realizing that they are identical. In the second edition of his Species Plantarum, Linne7 described another Phlox with broad leaves as P. Carolina. Bentham8 considered this to be conspecific with P. ovata, but separated three varieties, applying to one of them the com- bination P. Carolina a ovata. In 1870 Gray9 pointed out objections to this procedure, proposing instead P. ovata elatior; and later10 discarded the name Carolina entirely, as a synonym of P. ovata. In this he has been followed by most botanists, but a study of photographs" of the Linnean speci- mens of the two shows that they actually represent distinct species, and P. Carolina will be discussed at length on a sub- i Mantissa 122, pi. 348, fig. 122-pl. 4. 1700. 2 Species Plantarum (1): 152. 1753. 'Suppl. Proe. Linn. Sor. 124: 116. 1912. * Curtis 's Botanical Magazine 15 : pi. 528. 1801. s Flora Boreali-Americana 1: 143. 1803. 8 Flora Americae Septentrionalis 1: 148 & 150. 1814. :• antarum, ed. 2. 1: 216. 1762. 8 In De Candolle's Prodromus 9: 304. 1845. viiid-.y 26 Geography. — Like Phlox stolonifera, P. ovata is essentially a southern Appalachian plant, but the ranges of the two differ in details, as comparison of their distribution maps will show. The most remarkable feature of the present species consists in its occurrence in an outlying area largely within the glaci- ated territory of Indiana and Ohio. The route by which migration to this area took place is uncertain, but it probably traversed eastern Kentucky. [Alabama: The record for Monroe County published by Mohr1 is shown by his material in the National Herbarium to have been based on occurrences of P. Carolina.] [Florida-. Brand2 included this state in the range of P. ovata, citing a specimen "Rafmesque n. 12." As there is no other report from anywhere near its boundaries, however, an error in identification or labelling is believed to have oc- curred.] Georgia : Exceptional this far south, specimens having been seen only from Dade County, at the northwest corner of the state. i Plant Life of Alabama 685. 1901. 2 In Engler 's Pfianzenreich IV. 250 : 63. 1907. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 27 Indiana: Found locally toward the east side, in Allen, Clark, Jay, Jefferson, and Whitley counties. [Kentucky: Although no specimens have been seen, this species no doubt occurs in the eastern uplands, over which it presumably migrated in reaching the Ohio-Indiana area.] Maryland : Recorded by Shreve1 from Allegany County. [Massachusetts: Escaped in Berkshire County.] North Carolina: Abundant in the Blue Ridge province, and extending, as do many other mountain plants here, well out into the Piedmont. The county list is: Ashe/ Avery/ Buncombe/ Burke, Caldwell/ Forsyth/ Franklin/ Jackson, Madison/ Orange/ Polk, Rockingham/ Stokes/ Surry/ Wake/ and Yancey/ Ohio: Specimens have been seen from Fulton, Highland, and Lucas counties, the last being the northernmost point the species is known to reach. Pennsylvania.- Occasional in the Appalachians and inner Piedmont, there being six county records: Berks, Center, Franklin, Huntingdon, Mifflin, and York. The first of these represents the eastern limit for the species. [South Carolina: Probably present along the northwest side, although no specimens or dependable records have been seen.] Tennessee: Scattered through the eastern uplands, and known from Cocke, Hamilton, Hawkins/ Knox, and Roane counties. Virginia : Frequent in the Appalachians and southern Blue Ridge, herbaria containing specimens from 15 counties: Alle- ghany/ Bath/ Bedford, Botetourt, Floyd/ Giles, Highland/ Montgomery/ Pittsylvania, Pulaski/ Roanoke/ Rockbridge, Shenandoah, Smyth, and Wythe. West Virginia: Overlooked by Millspaugh2 in listing the plants of the state, but actually not uncommon toward the southeastern side, as the following county list shows: Green- brier/ Hampshire/ Hardy, Mercer/ Monroe/ Morgan, and Pendleton/ 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Ecology. — Phlox ovata grows chiefly in open woods or thickets, but occasionally enters alluvial meadows and rarely tracts underlain by calcareous rocks. Its soils may be either high or low in humus, but are almost always subacid in re- action. In successions it comes in fairly early, reaches its best development at an intermediate stage, and dies out as climax forest conditions are approached. It begins to bloom about the first of May, and continues through June or even early July at higher elevations. The relations of its flowers to insects are similar to those of the preceding members of the section. Variation. — Unlike the two species just considered, the present one is markedly variable, especially in foliage char- acters, and unless herbarium specimens are fairly complete it is difficult to distinguish with certainty from the one which follows. The flowering shoots average 40 cm. in height, and are notably few-leaved, there being usually only three or four nodes below the inflorescence proper. Their lowest leaves have long petioles and linear blades, and higher ones exhibit progressive shortening of petioles and widening of blades, until the pair below the bracts may be cordate-clasping and orbicular-ovate. The degree of blade-enlargement varies markedly from one plant to another, however, and is some- times so slight that even the uppermost leaves are still petioled with the blades scarcely wider than linear-elliptic. Stating the situation in another way, measurements of the largest leaf -blades (made on 50 plants) show them to range in length from 50 to 100 mm. and in width from 10 to 30 mm. The first bracts are often smaller than the leaves, but may be larger. On sterile shoots, one or more of which are usually conspicu- ous around the crown of the plant, the leaf -blades show similar variation in width, but petioles are always well-developed. Under such circumstances it is manifestly impossible to draw up any simple description of the leaf -characters of this species, or to depend primarily upon the leaves for constructing a key to the section, as attempted in some manuals. The use of a combination of characters for diagnostic purposes seems un- avoidable. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 29 The calyx of Phlox ovata averages longer than that of any other eastern species, and this feature can often be used to recognize it when the specimens lack sterile shoots, although it must be borne in mind that occasional individuals normal in other respects may have an exceptionally short calyx. The usual range in sepal-length is from 8.5 to 12 mm., with 10 mm. most frequent. The sepals are often united to half, but some- times only to 0.4, and again to 0.6 or even 0.8 their length. Although the calyx is normally glabrous, the pedicels vary from glabrous to densely short-pubescent with the hairs acute or at times minutely gland-tipped. A large corolla is also rather characteristic, the tube averag- ing 20 mm. long (range 17 to 23 mm.), and the broadly to narrowly obovate lobes somewhat over half as long. Its color is almost always a brilliant phlox-purple, and pallid or albino forms are decidedly rare. The styles range in length from 12 to 20 mm., bringing the stigmas either into the midst of the anthers, or slightly exserted beyond them. Cultivation. — A Phlox with showy flowers such as charac- terize this species could not fail to early attract the attention of horticulturalists, and according to Sims1 it was introduced into English gardens before 1801. In subsequent years it has been occasionally offered by dealers, though not always under the same name. The confusion of the two species, P. ovata and P. Carolina, already mentioned under History, has resulted in the same material being listed under both these names, or sometimes a combination of the two. Still others have also been applied to strains of this Phlox, such as P. listoniana Sweet2 or P. ovata |3 listoniana Don,3 but the characters are not sufficiently distinctive to justify this. In rich garden soils this species is not very long lived, but it is well suited for wild areas where the soil is sterile and acid, there yielding a bril- liant display. 1 Curtis 's Botanical Magazine 15: pi. 528. 1801. 2 Hortus Brittanicus, ed. 2. 368. 1830. 3 Gen. Hist. Dichl. Plants 4 : 241. 1838. 30 PROCEEDINGS OP THE 11. Phlox Carolina Linne. Thick-leaf Phlox. Plate 7. History. — Of all our eastern species of Phlox, the present one has proved the most difficult to interpret. Few current manuals or floras so much as mention it, and those which do combine it with either the next-preceding or the next-following species. That it deserves independent recognition, however, seems evident from the data here assembled. The first known account of this Phlox was that published, accompanied by a colored plate, by Martyn1 in 1728 ; he termed it "Lychnidea Caroliniana, Floribus quasi umbellatim dispositis; foliis lucidis, crassis, acutis." Four years later it was figured by Dillenius2 as "Lychnidea folio salieino." Linne overlooked these articles in preparing the first edition of his Species Plantarum, but evidently obtained a specimen shortly thereafter, for he included it in the second edition,3 with a discussion of its differences from P. glaberrima. During the following fifty years a number of other names were proposed for this same Phlox. In the eighth volume of his Vegetable System, dated 1773, Hill4 included it as the "Rugged-stalked Brightweed, P. caroliniana/1' this form of the name apparently representing a misprint for Carolina, as it had been spelled by Linne. In 1794 P. altissima was sug- gested by Moench5 as a substitute name. Nine years later Michaux6 described a P. tri flora from the uplands of Carolina, and a photograph7 of his specimen shows that he had the same species. Plants collected by Fraser had meanwhile been suc- cessfully cultivated at Malmaison, and in 1804 Ventenat,8 unaware of the existence of all these prior names, added still another, P. suffruticosa; and this has been extensively used in horticultural writings, both for the present species and for apparent hybrids between it and P. maculata. i Hist. PI. Ear. 10, pi. 10. 1728; ed. 2. 4, pi. 9. 1752. 2 Hortus Eltharaensis 1 : 205, pi. 166, f . 203. 1732. 3 Species Plantarum, ed. 2. 1: 216. 1762. * Vegetable System 8: 32, pi. 31, fig. 4. 1773. s Methodus Plantas Hort. Marburg. 454. 1794. e Flora Boreali-Americana 1 : 143. 1803. t Obtained through the kindness of Mr. Ivar Tidestrom. s Jardin Malmaison 2 : no. 107, note. 1804. My inn \i a, Xo. 13 •■■'■# :,*«! p is | : *;->-v' %! PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 31 In the first volume of his Flora, Pursh1 included P. Carolina, with P. triflora as a doubtful synonym; then in the supple- ment at the end of the second volume1" he added a P. nitida, noting that it "approaches near to P. Carolina," but flowers later and longer. Elliott2 followed Pursh in listing both names, remarking under P. nitida that "this has generally been considered in this country as the P. Carolina. . . . Lin- naeus however may have united two species under his P. Caro- lina." P. carnea Sims,3 supposedly related to P. suaveolens, and P. revoluta Aikin4 also differ from P. Carolina Linne in only minor particulars. When Bentham5 came to monograph the Phloxes, he recog- nized that several of the names above cited referred to the same species, but he considered partial separation possible, and accordingly listed under P. Carolina three varieties; a ovata, (3 nitida, (including P. suffruticosa and approaching P. glaber- rima), and Y pubcrula (replacing P. triflora). The first of these may be withdrawn from consideration here because it represented a distinct species, already discussed ; how the other two should be treated can best be decided after the variability of P. Carolina has been described. Recognizing that the Linnean name ovata had priority over Carolina, Gray6 preferred the former as a species designation, and made the original P. Carolina a variety, P. ovata elatior. Later,7 however, he reduced it to complete synonymy with P. ovata, considering it distinguishable only as "a taller form, with narrower more tapering leaves and pointed calyx-teeth, approaching the next species [P. glaberrima]." At the same time he classed the Ventenat plant as P. glaberrima var. suffru- ticosa, with several of the names above listed as synonyms of it. One additional name, P. heterophylla Beauvais, was pub- lished by Brand.8 5 In De Candolle's Prodromus i 6 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 8 7 Syn. Flora N. A. 2, pt. 1 : 130 BIn Engler's Pflanzenreieh 4. 1 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Geography. — Accepting Phlox Carolina as comprising the plant so named by Linne and the various intermediates be- tween P. ovata, P. glaberrima, and P. maculata to which so many other names have been given, its range is as follows: Chiefly in the Blue Ridge and Appalachians, from Georgia and Alabama to Maryland, with local extensions into the Piedmont, Central Lowland, and Coastal Plain. Fig. 4. Distribution of Phlox Carolina. Alabama : "Wide-spread in this state, having been collected in 20 counties : Barbour, Choctaw, Cullman, Dallas, De Kalb, Elmore, Etowah', Jefferson', Lawrence, Lee, Lowndes7, Macon, Marengo, Monroe, Montgomery, St. Clair', Sumter', Tusca- loosa, Walker', and Wilcox'. Both unusually large and un- usually small-leaved forms occur. Florida : Specimens in herbaria from several places in Gads- den and Washington Counties appear to represent this species. Georgia: Occasional in the Blue Ridge and Piedmont, in Catoosa, Cobb, Dade, De Kalb, Fannin, Floyd, Gwinnett, Haralson, Macon, Pickens, Rabun', Richmond, and Spalding Indiana: The northern variety enters this state, as shown by collections made in Crawford, Perry, and Posey counties by Mr. C. C. Deam. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 33 Kentucky: Scattered through the eastern uplands, speci- mens having been seen from Bath, Breathitt, Estill, Lyon, Marshall, and Powell counties. Maryland : In 1837 Aikin1 recorded from this state a Phlox revoluta, his description of it corresponding closely to the variety of P. Carolina which ranges farthest northeastward. He apparently obtained it in Frederick County, although it has not subsequently been collected there. Mississippi: Material supposed to represent P. glaberrima, from Jackson, Noxubee, and Scott counties, shows such long sepals that it is here regarded as P. Carolina instead. North Carolina: The specific name of this Phlox is very- appropriate, for at least two varieties are wide-spread and fre- quent in the Blue Ridge and Piedmont of this state, the county list being: Alleghany', Buncombe, Burke, Caldwell, Forsyth, Haywood, Henderson', Iredell, Jackson', Lincoln, McDowell', Macon', Madison, Mitchell, Polk', Rowan, Swain, and Tran- sylvania'. Ohio : In the Lea Herbarium, preserved at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, there is a specimen of the northern variety collected in 1839 in the vicinity of Cincin- nati, Hamilton County. It has subsequently vanished there, but has recently been discovered in Adams County by Miss E. Lucy Braun [too late to enter on map]. South Carolina: Not infrequent in the Blue Ridge and Piedmont, in the counties : Abbeville, Aiken', Anderson, Green- ville', Oconee, Pickens, and Richland. The name Phlox nitida was applied by Elliott2 to material from the last. Tennessee : Occasional in the eastern part, specimens hav- ing been seen from Anderson', Claiborne, Cocke, Franklin, Grainger', Hamilton, Haywood, Knox, Madison, Monroe, Polk', Roane, and Robertson counties. Most of these represent the northern variety. Virginia : Known at present only southwestward, the county list being: Alleghany', Bath', Bedford, Carroll', Pittsylvania, Rockbridge, and Wythe. 64: PROCEEDINGS OF THE Ecology. — The habitat relations of this species are essen- tially the same as those of the next preceding one, P. ovata, the best development of both occurring in subacid soil in open woodlands of intermediate successional stages. When all its varieties are taken into consideration, however, the blooming period of P. Carolina is much longer, extending from early- May to late September. Some colonies produce flowers prac- tically throughout the season, others only during one or two of these months. Variation. — The chief reason for the confusion existing as to the status of Phlox Carolina lies is its extraordinary varia- bility in habit and foliage, with seeming gradations toward three or four other species. The existence of numerous inter- mediates between its extreme forms, however, favors its treat- ment as a single species with several varieties. Both flowering and sterile shoots are usually erect, attaining a height of 40 to 150 cm. Occasionally a sterile stem will become decumbent, but the prostrate portion is then much longer, and the leaves on the ascending portion are smaller, than in the corresponding shoots of P. ovata. The number of nodes below the inflorescence is rarely as few as 5, frequently 7 to 11, and occasionally as many as 15 or even 25. The stems are often red-mottled, especially in fall-blooming forms, and the red pigment may extend into the leaves and calyces, making them bronzy green when fresh, and dull brownish when dried. Pubescence is better developed than on any of the related species, the stem being covered with short stiff hairs, or sometimes with long soft ones; these usually ascend well up the petioles and pedicels, but stop abruptly at the leaf- blades and sepals, rarely spreading also over these. The lowest leaves always have broad petioles which widen gradually into linear or narrowly elliptic blades, and succes- sively higher ones normally lose the petioles and attain greater blade-width. In some colonies occasional individuals, and in others the majority of the plants, may have the uppermost leaves little broader than linear-elliptic, the aspect being then much like that of P. glaberrima. Usually, however, the blades of the upper leaves become elliptic- or oblong-lanceolate to PHILADELPHIA ovate. Locally, especially southwestward, the uppermost leaves may be even more broadly ovate and large-sized than those of P. ovata itself. Phlox Carolina, in most of its occurrences, tends to develop a corymbose inflorescence, the outer branches rapidly elon- gating until they much exceed their subtending bracts. On individual plants, or sometimes in whole colonies, however, these branches remain short, resulting in a broadly or even narrowly conical panicle. Here the gradation is toward P. maculata, in which the inflorescence is normally cylindric, though occasionally it becomes conical instead. In the section key the length of the calyx of P. Carolina was given as 6 to 11 mm., but this whole range is not met with in any one colony or even within one variety. A separation can be made, in fact, into three length-classes : the calices of north- ern spring-blooming plants are longest, 8 to 11 mm. ; those of southwestern spring-blooming ones intermediate, 7.5 to 9.5 mm. ; and those of southeastern fall-bloomers shortest, 6 to 9 mm. The first of these classes resembles in this respect P. ovata, the second P. glaberrima, and the third P. maculata. Other calyx characters, such as extent of union of sepals (relative length of tube and lobes), width of membranous intercostae, etc., seem to vary erratically. Less variability is shown in corolla-characters. The bril- liant phlox-purple color gives way to pale or albino phases somewhat more frequently than in P. ovata. The tube and lobes average a little smaller than in the latter, but the range in size is proportionately about the same. The style is usually nearly as long as the corolla-tube, with the anthers lying close to the stigmas, and shows only negligible variation. Although extreme variants often look like distinct species, so many intergradations occur between them that no key can be drawn up for the identification of isolated specimens, and the species is accordingly here divided into varieties as has been done with several members of sections previously dis- cussed. AND FORMS OF PHLOX CAROLINA Phlox Carolina triflora (Miehaux) Wherry, status novus. P. triflora Michaux. P. earnea Sims. P. revoluta Aikin. P. Carolina y puberula Bentham. P. ovata elatior Gray. N. C. to Ind. and Md. Pubescent. Stem and leaves bearing long soft hairs. Typified by speci- men in Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from Biltmore, Buncombe Co., N. C, Biltmore Herbarium 706a, June 21, 1897. Bare. Narrow-leaved. Even uppermost leaves linear-lanceolate. "" Nodes about 8; upper leaves Nodes j OFTEN BROAD-ELLIPTIC TO OVATE; PER LI CALYX 7.5-9.5, Phlox Carolina heterophylla (Beau vais) Wherry, status novus. P heterophylla Beauvais ex Brand. liniana Hill. P. altissima P. cornea Brand, not Sims. Moench. P. suffruticosa Vent. Wide-spread in Ala. and occa- P. nitida Pursh. P. Carolina 0 sional in adjacent portions of nitida Benth. P. maculata ni- Fla., Ga., and Miss. tida Chapm. P. gin'- Tenn., and N. C. [Though decidedly variable riety is not readily separable 7. Occasional. into definite forms]. 11a pink. Typified The type specimen of P. Carolina from open t May 8, 1929. Rather rare. The morphology and distribution of the above listed varie- ties suggest their evolutionary relations to have been somewhat as follows : P. c. heterophylla first developed in the mountains of Alabama, and its offspring spread in various directions. One descendant proved adapted to conditions farther north, and gave rise to the variety P. c. triflora; it evidently arose from a colony showing tendencies toward moderately narrow leaves and unusually long sepals. Another was more success- ful at higher elevations, developing into P. c. altissima with PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 37 increased stature, shorter calyx, and later blooming season. Still others became so much further differentiated from the parent stock that they are now considered distinct species. Cultivation. — Phlox Carolina had been introduced into hor- ticulture before 1728, for in that year Martyn1 recorded its being grown in Cowell's nursery at Hoxton. It was also listed by Dillenius2 in 1732 among the plants in the Eltham garden. The original stock seems to have died out, however, for the material cultivated at Malmaison in 1804, named by Ventenat3 P. suffruticosa, represented a re-introduction by Fraser; and the figures of P. Carolina published by Sims* in 1810, and of P. carnea which he5 proposed as a new species ten years later, were also stated to be based on Fraser plants. Two of the supposedly distinct species pictured by Maund6 and Sweet7 shortly afterwards, P. triflora and P. penduliflora, appear to be merely cultivated forms of the original native P. Carolina. For some obscure reason the term suffruticosa came to be preferred over any of the others, and is today generally applied in horticultural writings to the species under discus- sion. In "Standardized Plant Names" Olmsted, Coville, and Kelsey8 listed nine named forms of this in the American trade ; the most widely known of these is "Miss Lingard," a sterile clone which probably originated from a crossing of two of the native varieties. Should horticulturalists come to follow the same code of nomenclature as botanists, however, the earliest name, Carolina, will have to be used as the specific designation. The remaining two species of the section Ovatae, together with those of the section Paniculatae, will be discussed in a future number of Bartonia. 10, pi. 10. 1728; , 2. 4, pi. 9. 1 ;!mensis 1: 205, pi. 166, f. 203. 1732, 3 Jardin Malmaison 2 : no. 107, note. 1804. * Curtis 'a Botanical Magazine 33: pi. 1344. 1810. « Curtis 's Botanical Magazine 47 : pi. 2155. 1820. 6 Botanic Garden 1 : no. 6. 1825. 7 British Flower Garden 1: no. 29. 1823; ser. 2. 1 s Standardized Plant Names 365. 1923. Notes on the Marine Algae of New Jersey1 Horace G. Kichards During the past few years the writer has been engaged in a survey of the marine invertebrate animals of the coast of New Jersey, with especial reference to the Cape May region (Richards, 1929). During the course of the collecting some attention has been given to the Algae, and it is here intended to record the most conspicuous marine plants of the region. The Algae of the state have been collected and listed by numerous workers, but nothing about them has appeared in the past twenty years. One who compares the present list with that of Martindale or Collins cannot fail to note that it is much smaller. This is undoubtedly due in part to insufficient collecting, but it is also thought that various fac- tors such as the pollution of the water by oil, sewage, dye- wastes, etc., the draining of the marshes, the development of the land, and marine erosion, have played some part in the depletion of the Algae of the region. Within the memory of the writer a great many more species could have been collected at Longport, N. J., than may be found there at the present time. As a more specific example in the reduction of the marine flora of the region, we could mention the case of upper Cape May Harbor near Schelen- gers Landing. During the fall of 1928 a new bridge was built at this point. In the progress of the construction considerable oil was poured into the water. The Algae and many of the marine invertebrates on the dock near-by were soon killed, and even by the following summer when the work had been com- pleted, they had not entirely regained their foothold. Description of the region. The shore-line of New Jersey from Bay Head to Cape May is made up of coastal islands, separated from each other and from the mainland by bays and Smithsonian Institution. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 39 inlets. These islands vary in width from a few hundred yards to more than a mile. Above Bay Head there are numerous inlets but the mainland extends down to the ocean. On the bay side of these islands is the salt marsh. The extent of this has been greatly diminished by the very commendable work of the state of New Jersey in attempting to exterminate the mosquito. Eel grass (Zostera marina L.) is present in patches in Cape May Harbor and the other inlets of Cape May County, but is not as abundant as it is in Barnegat Bay and the sounds north of Atlantic City. A rock jetty, a mile long, has been built at the entrance of Cape May Harbor (Cold Spring Inlet). This affords a foot- hold for animals and plants which might not otherwise be found in the region. Previous work on New Jersey Algae. The first important work on the marine Algae of the eastern coast of North Amer- ica is the classical work of Harvey (1852). He divided the flora of this region into four zones, of which one was "Long Island Sound, including under this head New York Harbor and the sands of New Jersey." Shortly afterwards Mr. Samuel Ashmead (1857) published a catalogue of the marine Algae discovered at Beesleys Point, Cape May County, during the summer of 1855. He recorded five browns, nineteen reds and five greens. Farlow (1881) in his work on the Algae of New England states that little had been recorded from the shores of New Jersey, and expresses the belief that the sandy shores of the region would support a very poor flora of marine Algae. Collins (1888) recorded one hundred and seven species of Algae collected by Mr. S. R. Morse at Atlantic City, a number much greater than could possibly be found at this place at the present time. In 1889 Dr. N. L. Britton edited a catalogue of the plants found in New Jersey. The list of marine forms was contrib- uted by Isaac C. Martindale and includes records from all sections of the coast. This is the most complete list of the marine Algae of New Jersey that has ever appeared. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE A brief description of some marine Algae found at Long- port, N. J., was given by Mrs. M. S. McCullough in the "Daily Union History of Atlantic City and County" (1900). Methods. During the early part of the investigation (1928-29) the Algae were obtained by shore collecting or from a row boat in the various inlets and thorofares in the region. During the summer of 1929 and the early months of 1930, through the kindness of Dr. A. E. Parr of the Bingham Oceanographic Foundation (New Haven, Conn.) and by ar- rangements with the United States Bureau of Fisheries, the writer was able to make numerous dredgings in Delaware Bay and at a few stations in the ocean off Cape May. In 1931 the work of the Bureau was expanded to include both inshore and offshore waters between Cape May and upper Barnegat Bay. The presence of a shifting sandy bottom off this coast does not favor the growth of Algae, and therefore it is not surpris- ing that very few species were dredged offshore. The inland waterways, however, were found to be rather rich in Algae, although in individuals rather than in species. From the ob- servations of May to August, 1931, the whole inland water- way from Cape May to Barnegat Bay might be termed a sin- gle association with Viva lactuca and Agardhiella tenera the dominant species. The writer is indebted to Dr. William R. Taylor of the Uni- versity of Michigan and to Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania for valuable help in the identification of specimens, and for suggestions and encouragement in the course of the collecting. Sets of specimens are being deposited in the United States National Herbarium and in the herbarium of the University of Pennsylvania. Annotated List op the Marine Algae of New Jersey Myxophyceae (Blue-green Algae) Species of Lyngoya, Phormidium, Spirulina and Oscilla- toria have been found on piles throughout the region. The PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 41 blue-green Algae are usually found near high water mark, or even slightly above. On piles they are frequently above a zone of Enteromorpha. Chlorophyceae (Green Algae) Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Link. Common with E. compressa on rocks and piles throughout the year; usually between tides ; dredged in shallow water in the inland water- ways and occasionally in the open ocean. E. compressa (L.) Grev. Common with the above between tides. E. linza (L.) J. Agardh. On shells, etc., in the inlets; especially in spring and fall. E. plumosa Kiitz. This and other small species of Entero- morpha have been found attached to eel grass in the inlets. E. clathrata (Roth) Grev. Cape May Harbor, Great Egg River, Forked River. Viva lactuca (L.) LeJolis. (Sea Lettuce). Very abundant in all inlets and thorofares in the region, even in very brack- ish water; dredged in Delaware Bay and the ocean several miles off New Jersey. Cladophora spp. Various species are common in the region ; wharves, mud flats, ditches, etc. ; a specimen dredged in Great Sound (Stone Harbor) on August 12, 1931, in 9 feet of water, according to Dr. Taylor "seems to be C. brachyclona Mont, or C. utriculata Kiitz., French rather than Caribbean form." Bhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey. Cape May Har- bor, April 7, 1928. Chaetomorpha linum Farlow. Dredged in Corsons Inlet and Ludlam Bay in summer of 1931. Bryopsis plumosa (Huds.) C. Agardh. Rare; attached to wharf at Cape May in September and October, 1928 ; absent from same locality in 1929 due to oil pollution. Hormiscia penicilliformis (Roth) Fries. On Rock Pile, Cape May, March 11, 1928. Vlothrix flacca (Dillw.) Thur. (sp.?). On rocks between 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Phaeophyceae (Brown Algae) Ectocarpus silicidosus (Dillw.) Lyngb. Occasionally found in inlets, from May to October. E. confervoides (Roth) LeJolis. More common than the above; especially in cold weather (December and January.) Ascocylus orbicularis (J. Agardh.) Magn. (Myrionema orbicularis Agardh.). On floating Zostera, December 2, 1928. Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellm. On wood-work; common in late spring and summer. Elachista fucicola (Veil.) Fries. On Fucus, in late sum- mer and fall. Punctarm plantaginea (Roth) Grev. On beach at Cape May in winter, after storm of January 27, 1929; Beach Haven, February 22, 1931. P. latifolia Grev. Fairly common in harbor in spring and early summer. Arthrocladia villosa Duby. Abundant at various stations off Wildwood and Cape May, especially at Five Fathom Bank, 14 miles off Cape May, during the summer of 1931. Was not found at these localities during the summers of 1929 and 1930. Diciyosiphon foeniculatus Grev. var. americanus Collins. Cape May Harbor, May 20, 1928. Scytosiphon lomentarius (Lyngb.) J. Agardh. Rather abundant in the Harbor in the spring ; taken in considerable numbers on April 7, 1928 ; Beach Haven, February 22, 1931. Laminaria agardhii Kjellm. (Devil's Apron). Occasion- ally found washed on the beach near Cape May; common on the rock jetty at Atlantic Highlands, N. J., on August 1, 1928; Beach Haven, February 22, 1931; dredged, Barne- gat Bay, Forked River, July 7, 1931, in 1 fathom. Fishermen report that on various occasions they have encountered a dense growth of Laminaria at Five Fathom Bank, 14 miles off Cape May (5-9 fathoms). No specimens of this alga were dredged at this locality between 1929 and 1931. Fucus vesictdosus L. (Rock Weed, Crab Grass, Poppers). Very common on rocks and piles near low water mark throughout the year. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 43 Sargassum filipendulum C. Agardh. (Gulf Weed). Washed on the beach September 26, 1929. Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) LeJolis. Beach, Cape May Point, October, 1929; dredged Great Sound (Stone Harbor, July, 1931). Rhodophyceae (Red Algae) Bangia fusco-purpurea (Dillw.) Lyngb. On wharves, piles and rocks at low tide ; most abundant from October to March, although occasionally found in summer. The characteristic winter covering of the rocks. Porphyra laciniata (Lightf.) C. Agardh. Found floating in the inlets or attached to eel grass; especially abundant in the spring, although occasionally found throughout the year ; abundant on the beach at Cape May after a heavy storm on January 27, 1929. Acrochaetium sp. Species of this genus attached to Zostera have been collected in both summer and winter in Cape May Harbor. Oelidium crinale (Turn.) J. Agardh. Rare; Cape May Harbor, July, 1928. Chondrus crispus (L.) Lyngb. Typical form found only near Old Bare Shoal, Delaware Bay, in 5 fathoms from May to August, 1931. An abnormal elongate form of the species was dredged in Townsend Inlet, Little Egg Inlet and Absecon Inlet (summer, 1931). Gracilaria lacinulata (Vahl) Howe. (G. multipartita (Clem.) Harvey). Common in summer cast up on the beach, especially after storms ; below low tide on piles in Cape May Harbor; dredged (summer 1931) in Cold Spring Inlet, Great Egg River, Little Egg Harbor, Barnegat Bay, and Dennis Cove (Delaware Bay) . G-. lacinulata var. angustissima Harvey. Found with the above. Champia parvula (C. Ag.) Harvey. Late summer (1928 and 1929) on eel grass in Harbor; dredged (summer, 1931) Townsend Inlet, off Brigantine (5 fath.) Great Bay, Little Egg Inlet, Barnegat Bay. PROCEEDINGS I Lomentaria uncinata Menegh. On wharves or Zostera in Harbor, August and September, 1929 ; dredged off Brigantine (5 fath.), July 4, 1931; Mulliea River (5 fath.), July 6, 1931; Little Egg Inlet (4 fath.), Aug. 14, 1931 ; Great Bay (5 fath.), July 6, 1931. Grinnellia americana (Ag.) Harvey. Common in inland waterways (summer, 1931) ; rare offshore; off Brigantine In- let (5 fath.) ; Delaware Bay off New England Creek (2 fath.). Dasya pedicellata Agardh. (D. elegans (Mart.) Ag.) Dredged in large quantities in Barnegat Bay near Lavalette and in Toms River in July 1931 (1 fath.). The water here was practically fresh and the alga was growing in association with Zannichellia palustris. No trace of Dasya was found in the same localities in August. The only other record of this species is from Great Egg River near Jeffries Landing (also considerably brackish) on July 3, 1931, in 5 fath. Amphibia rivularis (Harvey) Kuntze. (Bostrychia rivu- laris Harv.). Found on piles below low tide where the water is slightly brackish ; collected on roots of Salicornia sp. in the back channel at Avalon (Aug. 28, 1928) ; present throughout the summer and fall. Also collected at Cape Charles, Va. (June, 1928). Chondria bailey ana (Mont.) Farlow. Dredged in Great Bay and Little Egg Inlet, July 6, 1931. Polysiphonia variegata (C. Ag.) Zanard. Common in the region throughout the summer and early fall; dredged in abundance at practically all inshore stations between Cape May and Barnegat Bay; occasionally dredged in Delaware Bay and in ocean off Barnegat, Atlantic City and Cape May. P. violacea (Roth) Grev. Rare; Little Egg Inlet, July 6, 1931 (5 fath.) P. nigrescens (Dillw.) Grev. Rare; occasionally found on beach after heavy seas; dredged Little Egg Inlet (4 fath.), Aug. 14, 1931 ; Great Sound, Aug. 12, 1931 ; Barnegat Bay, Aug. 15, 1931. P. olneyi Harvey (?). Rare; dredged near McCrie Shoal, 7 miles off Cape May (9£ fath.), July 23, 1931. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 45 P. harveyi Bailey. Rare; Barnegat Bay off Waretown, Aug. 15, 1931. Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harvey. Dredged in Dela- ware Bay off Lewes, Del. in 5 fath, Aug. 21, 1929. Seirospora griffithsiana Harvey (sp. ?). On Zostera near Rock Pile, Cape May, Sept. 19, 1929. Antithamnion cruciatum (C. Ag.) Ag. Nag. On wharves at Cape May in September associated with Callithamnion roseum and Polysiphonia variegata. Gallithamnion byssoideum Arn. Not common; floating in the harbor on July 12, 1928. C. roseum (Roth) Harvey. Rather common on wharves at Cape May and Wildwood in September and October; not present in early summer. C. corymbosum (Eng. Bot.) C. Ag. Attached to Zostera in harbor, December 31, 1928. C. oaileyi Harvey. Rare; found on only one occasion on beach at Cape May Point after a severe northeast storm (August 13, 1928). Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) C. Ag. Very common; found at all seasons of the year attached to eel grass in the inlets or attached to wharves. During the summer of 1931 it was dredged in inland waterways between Cape May and Barne- gat Bay, in Delaware Bay, Great Egg, Mullica and Forked Rivers and in ocean off Barnegat, Beach Haven, Brigantine and Cape May (5 to 7 fathoms). C. strictum (Kiitz) Howe. Quite common attached to Zostera on wharves during summer and early fall; dredged in inland waterways at Cape May, Great Bay, Longport, Little Egg Inlet; off Brigantine (5 fath.), Delaware Bay near New England Creek (2 fath.) C. tenuissimum (Lyngb.) J. Ag. With the above on wharves in summer and early fall ; dredged Great Egg River and Bay, Townsend Inlet, Barnegat Bay and off Brigantine Inlet (5 fath.) Agardhiella tenera (J. Ag.) Schmitz. The most abundant red alga in the inland waterways ; dredged at every station 4b PEOCEEDINGS OF THE between Cape May and Toms River; also collected in Dela- ware Bay and in ocean off Cape May. Present in Cape May Harbor in winter (Dec. 2, 1928, and Jan. 27, 1929). Melobesia lejolisii Rosan. Frequently found on floating Zostera in the harbor in summer and winter. M. pustulata Lamour. Not as common as the above; on floating Zostera in the harbor, Jan. 27, 1928. BIBLIOGRAPHY Ashmead, Samuel 1857. "A Catalogue of Marine Algae discovered at Beesley's Point during the summer of 1855." Geol. County of Cape May. pp. 152-154. Collins, F. S. 1888. "Algae from Atlantic City, N. J." Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 15: 309-314. 1881. "The Marine Algae of New England and adjacent states." Rep. U. S. Fish. Comm. (1881). Harvey, W. H. Contribution to County. ' ' , Horace G. "A Faunistic Survey of th Jersey, with especial r gion." (pp. 1-114.) Kyllinga pumila in Philadelphia Rodney H. True Late in September, Mr. James Lambert, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden of the University of Pennsylvania, brought to my attention a plant that had appeared abundantly on a piece of moist ground in the Garden near the pond. A careful comparison with material in the Herbarium of the University showed that it was Kyllinga pumila Michx. far beyond any range there seen. This determination was con- firmed by my colleague, Dr. John Milton Fogg, Jr. The standard manuals give the northern range as Maryland, Ohio, Illinois, with Virginia and Delaware cited in some cases as the farthest point to the north in the eastern part of the country. An inspection of material in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences showed a speci- men collected in Sussex County, southern Delaware, by Com- mons in 1875. Collections were seen from North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia, and from as far north as Ohio and as far west as Iowa and southward into Kentucky and Tennessee. It seems clear, then, that the abundant growth on an area perhaps 6 ft. by 12 ft. represents an occurrence well outside of its normal range. One asks himself how this may have come about, and the first suggestion, in the light of Darwin's investigations on the muddy feet of migrant water fowl, is that some water bird coming from the south may have alighted in the Garden on the moist soil near the pond and left these seeds of Kyllinga picked up in some similar situation to the southward. Since these plants seeded profusely, it will be a matter of interest to see whether the species reappears next year. Botanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania. Notes on a Few Introduced Species in the Philadelphia Local Area John M. Fogg, Jr. Artemisia biennis. Among the plants frequently collected on ballast ground near Philadelphia 40 or 50 years ago was the biennial wormwood, Artemisia biennis Willd. This spe- cies, the natural range of which is given in Gray's Manual as Ohio to Tennessee, Missouri, and northwestward, was long known as an introduction at Kaighn's Point, Camden County, New Jersey, and at several localities in Philadelphia County on the Pennsylvania side of the Delaware River, notably from below the Old Navy Yard. One of the last collections of this plant from Camden County was made by Albrecht Jahn, who, in 1898, found it still growing at Kaighn's Point. Since that date, however, there appear to be no records of the plant's occurrence on the New Jersey side of the river, although it has been twice collected in Philadelphia County ; having been found by C. S. Williamson at Greenwich Point in 1911 and by Dr. H. B. Meredith at the foot of Wolf Street in 1920. Its recent appearance in a freight yard at Cooper's Point, Cam- den County, is, therefore, a matter of some interest. The plant was here discovered by William H. Witte of Camden, who reports that it was growing with two other species of the genus, A. annua L. and A. vulgaris L. Specimens of all three species have been deposited in the herbaria of the Philadel- phia Club and the University of Pennsylvania. Coronopus didymus. Another plant formerly of frequent occurrence on ballast ground and in waste places, but not well represented by recent collections, is the wart cress, Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm. Material in the herbarium of the Phila- delphia Botanical Club show that within the last 30 years this species has been found at only two localities in the local area. H. L. Fisher collected it at Hatboro, Pa., in 1905, and Harold W. Pretz found it growing as a weed in the pavement at Allentown, Pa., in June, 1930 (Pretz No. 13341). It is en- tirely possible that Coronopus is not so rare as these scattered (48) PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 49 collections seem to indicate, since the plant is by no means a conspicuous one and might readily be overlooked by collectors. Nevertheless, in view of the marked tendency of the species to become a pernicious weed in lawns, it seems worth while to place on record a third locality for its recent occurrence. This interesting little Crucifer made its appearance on the campus of the University of Pennsylvania in 1924 on the lawn in front of Zoological Laboratory. Since that time it has spread rapidly, occupying the ground bordering Hamilton walk for a distance of about two city blocks, and has so far resisted all efforts to eradicate it. Cardamine pratensis. Although very abundant in regions to the northeast, the bitter meadow cress or cuckoo flower, Cardamine pratensis L., is a rare plant within the Philadel- phia local area. Material in the collections of the Philadel- phia Botanical Club show that it was collected as a weed in a lawn in Annandale, Hunterdon County, New Jersey, by H. L. Fisher in 1905. Twenty-one years later Mr. Fisher again collected the plant in Annandale, this time "in an old yard," and his two sheets in the Club Herbarium dated 1926 indi- cate, if they be from the same locality as the 1905 collection, the ability of the species to persist when once established. In the Spring of 1924 Harold W. Pretz collected the plant near Laury's Station in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, where it was found growing in a "wooded, marshy place," a habitat more nearly like that adopted by the species in New England and Nova Scotia. It is now possible to add a third locality to these two, as it was the writer's good fortune to find this at- tractive plant in low-lying wet ground along Little Tacony Creek near City Line, Oak Lane, Philadelphia County, Pa. This station was first discovered in May, 1924, and observa- tions covering several years showed that the plant was spread- ing. The locality appears doomed to extinction, however, for the waters of the creek have been diverted and the ground is rapidly being filled in by artificial means. Specimens from the original collection (Fogg No. 648) have been deposited in the Philadelphia Botanical Club and the University of Penn- sylvania herbaria. University of Pennsylvania. Gift of Schweinitz Record-Books On the afternoon of April 7, 1931, word came from the office of the Academy announcing a visitor who had brought certain old record-books that might be of some interest to the Botanical Department. When he was introduced to our Her- barium, I found that we had the pleasure of welcoming Mr. Eugene A. Rau of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, who nearly half a century ago made many collections of Fungi and other Cryptogamic plants, and whose contributions entered so largely into the historic sets of Fungi distributed by Ellis and Everhart. What had caused his visit was revealed as he carefully opened a package and showed the first of a series of aged brown record-books. The handwriting was unmistakable — I started as I realized that it was certainly that of Lewis David von Schweinitz, the pioneer of American mycology and the assembler of so large a private herbarium of flowering plants that when, after his death in 1834, it came to our institution it was found to far exceed all the Academy's previous collec- tions. The Schweinitz' plants were all labeled or relabeled in his characteristic flourishes, and unfortunately abbreviations were constantly used, many of which have been unintelligible. As the treasures were laid before me, my amazement grew that such records had survived the years. It seemed that many years ago they had been given to Mr. Rau by Rev. Robert de Schweinitz, the son of the botanist. First may be mentioned two booklets that had come to Schweinitz from a still older time: a "Flora Nazarethena spontanea collecta in annis 1787 & 1788 a Sam: Kramsch" to which had been added "Supplement addito anno 1797 a Christ". Denke," being a Latin "Flora of Nazareth" on the Linnean arrangement ; and the second work an index to this, an "Index Florae Nazarethaneae, " following the same sequence but listing only the binomial names of the species. (50) PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 51 In Schweinitz' own handwriting are six books and booklets. The largest of these, clearly the work of many years, is a "Flora Salemitana, ' ' which bears the satisfying subtitle of "Sistens / Plantas et Vegetabiiia omnia / hue usque in agro / Salemitano - Carolinae septentrionalis - / observata ; / Radio triginta millium / ex Carolinae septentrionalis / Comitatibus / Stokes, Surry, Guilford, Rockingham et / Rowan"; then, fol- lowing a dash: "Auctore L. D. v. Schweinitz / 1821. / Aprili fine;" and lastly the supplementary addition: "In margine additas invenies / Plantas quae ex Bethlehem Pensylvania / loco natali observantur. " Our Herbarium has many speci- mens of Schweinitz labeled merely "Salem," a designation that we had learned from experience must include a consider- able portion of North Carolina; and as many more labeled "Beth" or rarely "Bethlehem," which we knew had come from somewhere near Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Now for the first time we have learned that "Salem" covered a radius of thirty miles around that town, and are able to tell the exact location of many an interesting specimen. Schweinitz plan- ned a careful flora; this book includes both the "Phae- nogamia" and " Cryptogamia, " and under the latter the classes of "Filices," "Musci," "Algae aquaticae aquae dul- cis," and " Lichen es," the Fungi being evidently omitted because of his treatise of those of North Carolina that was actually published by the American Philosophical Society. Under the Phaenogamia and all the classes of the Cryp- togamia in the "Flora Salemitana" new species were named and described ; now at last we have obtained the descriptions for the many peculiar names that accompany Schweinitz' specimens in our Herbarium. It is too bad that the "Flora Salemitana" was not published a century ago, so that these names might have acquired technical validity. The other record-books are all small, and are merely lists. There is an "Index / Herbarii Europ. & Americani / April 1822," which lists both flowering and flowerless plants. There is a special "Index Herbarii Europ.," and a "Flora Europaea ex Willdenow," the latter doubtless merely record- 52 ing the plants acquired for Schweinitz' herbarium from the great German botanist. Mycologists will be interested to learn that there is also an undated "List of the American Fungi in my Collection." The last record-book is of another nature. It bears no title, but proves to be concerned with Schweinitz' many correspon- dents. First these are grouped by initial letters from A to Z, but not alphabetically under each letter; for each correspon- dent is given an address. The names so entered require 21 pages, and Schweinitz' handwriting is small. Then follows a 2-page list of "Botanical Correspondents," similarly exe- cuted. This short list promises to be of exceeding value to us as Schweinitz' specimens came from all parts of the world and he had the unfortunate habit of discarding the collector's labels, merely copying the technical name with the country and collector, the latter items often greatly and cryptically abbreviated. As he received plants from the most important of his contemporaries, as Ledebour's specimens from the Al- tai region and Wallich's from India, we are hopeful of recov- ering much important data. Finally the localities at which he had correspondents are listed by themselves, classified un- der "America" and "Europe." F. W. P. The Botanical Interest of Dr. Henry Leffmann Although Dr. Leffmann has left the request, so in keeping ■with his modesty of nature, that there should be no formal obituary telling of his life and work, it seems but due to our members to plaee upon record some statement of his interest in botany and of the many years that he knew the Academy of Natural Sciences. Botany was but a lesser one of his many interests, and he did not undertake in it such original pro- ductive study as marked his career in chemistry and medicine. A minute-book, now preserved in our Botanical Depart- ment, tells of the organization of the Botanical Section of the Academy at a meeting held June 20, 1876. A petition there- for had been made a week earlier, and among the signers, along with John H. Redfield, W. W. Ruschenberger, M.D., Charles E. Smith, M.D., Josiah Hoopes, Charles F. Parker, "William M. Canby and others, occurs the name of Henry Leffmann, M.D. Born in 1847, he was then twenty-nine years of age. The Section was formed with Dr. Ruschenberger, Director; Thomas Meehan, Vice Director; Isaac Burk, Re- corder; Charles F. Parker, Conservator; and Dr. Henry Leffmann, Secretary. Dr. Leffmann keenly enjoyed telling his reminiscences of those stirring days, when C. F. Parker and J. H. Red- field, who soon succeeded to the post of conservator, com- menced the mounting of the historic collections of the Academy. They found the botanical department of the Academy — to quote a contemporary comment of Professor Gray of Harvard — a " dust-heap" of unmounted specimens tied into bundles and scarcely accessible, and Mr. Redfield left it after nineteen years an herbarium of mounted sheets, carefully filed for reference, and stored in convenient cases. But in this labor the young physician and professor could not long bear a part, as his busy life soon called him away from botany and the Academy. (53) 04 PROCEEDINGS OF THE It was so recently as 1922, when his active life-work had been finished and he was seventy-five years old, that Dr. Leff- mann returned to his early interest by joining the Philadel- phia Botanical Club. Soon after that time, at a meeting of the Club the curator of the Botanical Department suggested the desirability of arranging the American specimens in the Main Herbarium of the Academy within each species-cover according to a definite sequence of states and countries. Sev- eral members of the Club volunteered their help in accom- plishing this, among them Dr. Leffmann. The others selected families of moderate size, and I regret to say soon tired of the task, but not so Dr. Leffmann. He asked to arrange the Compositae, the largest family of flowering plants, and for some three years spent portions of several days each week in our herbarium. Eventually he completed the assignment (of 27 cases of crowded specimens), and then sorted the Lobeli- aceae and other families down to Rubiaceae. After 1925 or 1926 we saw him less frequently, although occasionally he still attended or addressed our Club meetings. But increasingly he was confined to his home, or could only reach the Academy by day. Finally on December 25, 1930, occurred his death at the ripe age of nearly eighty-four years. While to those of us who knew him only in these later years Dr. Leffman seemed in body an old man, of no one could it be more truly said that he could never be other than young in spirit. We could have no keener mind at our meetings, nor a more genial and interested friend aiding in the Acad- emy's daily tasks. General Notes Recent Work in the Local Herbarium. The largest recent accessions of specimens have come from Walter M. Benner, Hans Wilkens, Hugh E. Stone, and Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. During the year there has been considerable progress in com- paring, mounting and incorporating the large series of local collections made by the Club's Curator. Both Mr. Long and Dr. Benner have been engaged on these throughout the year. Northwestern Expedition for Scrophulariaceae and Pole- moniaceae. Aided by a grant from the National Research Council, Dr. Edgar T. Wherry and Dr. F. W. Pennell spent over three months, from early June to mid-September, on an automobile journey through the northwestern United States. While the trip was undertaken especially for the study of the Scrophulariaceae, each followed his special interest, and the experience contributed toward the knowledge of two families of flowering plants. After crossing rapidly from Philadel- phia, collecting began in Nebraska and Wyoming, but nearly all the summer's work lay westward, in comparing the flora of the different mountain areas of Idaho, Oregon and Washing- ton. Unfortunately the season was abnormally dry and fol- lowed a winter of light snowfall, so that the alpine flora came early and had passed to fruit by mid-summer. Although this curtailed the results of the expedition, yet some 1,200 collec- tions were made and a wide field-acquaintance secured. Visits were paid to various botanical centers and herbaria were con- sulted both in the northwest and on the return journey. Some Notes from the Main Herbarium. The Main Her- barium of the Academy includes plants from the entire world, outside of the limited area covered intensively by the Local Herbarium.* In telling of Dr. Leffmann's botanical interest we have already mentioned the mounting of the specimens for the Main Herbarium, and his zeal in sorting them geographically. * For a list of the counties included in the area covered by the Acad- emy »8 Local Herbarium see Bartonia 8: 35. 1924. (55) The good work commenced by Dr. Leffmann has been con- tinued by a number of volunteers, aiding members of the Academy's staff, until now nearly all our American specimens of flowering plants have been arranged. Special folders had earlier been provided for species of North, and also of South America, a task to which the late curator Stewardson Brown devoted much time ; our recent problem has been to make the accumulation of sheets within these folders just as accessible as possible by having them sorted into a definite geographic sequence of states and countries. Dr. "Wherry has sorted the Polemoniaceae, Dr. Fogg the Menthaceae, Dr. Pennell the Scrophulariaceae and Solanaceae, Miss Lois M. Otis most of the Leguminosae, Mrs. J. R. Gallagher the Ericaceae, while two assistants from the University of Pennsylvania, Miss Grace M. Tees and Miss Kathryn Smith, have arranged the material of various families while they have been distributing specimens to the cases. The most assiduous of recent workers, however, has been Mr. William R. Keeney, who for two years has given one day each week to the work, thus reviewing the Monocotyledones and many families of Dicotyledones. The Pteridophyta have been arranged both for the New and the Old Worlds by the curator in charge of them, Mr. Arthur Another task actively undertaken this year (1931) has been the cleaning of the old sheets in the Herbarium. When some forty or fifty years ago Mr. Redfield and his associates achieved the mounting of the historic collections of the Academy, they had the plants attached to stiff white papers and then filed in wooden wall cases. In time the cases warped and per- mitted dust to enter, while the Academy's location, between the Pennsylvania Railroad and the Baldwin Locomotive Works, assured an abundant supply of smoke and dust. Stewardson Brown realized the situation, and in 1907 com- menced changing the Main Herbarium to tight metal (tin) cases, a transfer completed by 1924. These new cases prevent the ingress of dust and of voracious insects as well, but they have left us the problem of removing the grime from the PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 57 sheets brought from the wooden cases. This is being solved by the use of a wall-paper cleaner, known as "Climax Cleaner." Years ago one of our zoological colleagues discov- ered its merits, and we have long been making some use of it. But this year we have started the task of cleaning the entire Main Herbarium, and already half of it, the contents of 100 cases, have been worked over. The result is surprisingly suc- cessful, and sheets that were nearly black are so transformed that, if the history were not known, few would suspect that their color had ever seriously departed from their original whiteness. Program of Meetings during 1930 Date Subject Speaker Attendance Jan. 23 Collecting in Potter County, Pennsylvania Lee Sowden. Local species of Andropogon.. Hugh E. Stone 16 Feb. 27 Grasses Dr. E. M. Gress 16 Mar. 27 Botanizing in the Tyrolese and Swiss Alps Dr. John M. Macfarlane. A new specif Francis W. Pennell... 37 Apr. 24 P. . tdes.Dr. Eobert E. Tatnall 25 May 22 Plant life in the Caucasus and the Desert of Kara Kum, Turkestan Dr. William Seifriz. Local species of Antennaria... Bayard Long 19 Sept. 25 Eeports of summer work by various members 17 Oct. 23 Color photographv as applied to the flora of New Jersey. Dr. M. A. Chrysler 25 Nov. 20 General botanical impressions of Europe and the Fifth In- gress Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. Work of the Subsection on revision of International Eules of Botanical Nomen- clature Dr. Francis W. Pennell Dr. Francis Harper. Local species of Polemoni- aceae and Hydrophyl- laceae Dr. Edgar T. Wherry Officers and Members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, 1931 WALTER M. BENNER, President HARRY W. TRUDELL, Vice-President HUGH E. STONE, Secretary ARTHUR N. LEEDS, Treasurer BAYARD LONG, Curator ACTIVE MEMBERS Joseph W. Adams, 108 West Wishart St., Philadelphia, Pa. . Wharton- B. Aucott, 746 Tyson Ave., Ardsley, Pa Edwin B. Barteam, Bushkill, Pa. Elected J. Russell Bebler, 135 E. Phil Ellena St., Germantown, Phila Dr. Walter M. Benner, 5636 Loretta Ave., Frankford, Philadelphia Carl E. Bliss, 65 Randolph Place, South Orange, N. J Carl Boyer, Wagner Institute, 17th St. & Montgomery Ave., Phila. J. Claudius Boyle, 223 Kenmore Rd., Brookline, Pa Dr. Herman- Burgin, 212 High St., Germantown, Philadelphia James J. Burke, Addingham, Pa Milton Campbell, 4401 Pine St., Philadelphia Prop. M. A. Chrysler, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N. J. P. Van Buren Connell, 500 Homewood Ave., Narberth, Pa Joseph Crawford, 16 E. Stewart Ave., Lansdowne, Pa. Foi Dr. Herbert J. Darmstadter, 4617 York Road, Philadelphia Robert R. Dreisbach, Midland, Mich L. J. Duersmith, 572 Walnut St., Columbia, Pa Dr. John W. Eckfeldt, 502 Kathmere Rd., Brookline, Pa Howarb W. Elkinton, 6514 Germantown Ave., Philadelphia Mrs. Harold Evans, Awbury, E. Washington Lane, Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Arthur M. Henry, U. S. Appraisers Stores, 134 S. 2nd St., Phila. P. F. Huber, Pennsburg, Pa William R. Keeney, 318 E. Lancaster Ave., Wayne, Pa Dr. Ida A. Keller, 4424 Osage Ave., Philadelphia Addison D. Kern, 222 West Linton St., Philadelphia Miss Natalie B. Kimber, 538 E. Locust Ave., Germantown, Phila. Rev. William U. Kistler, 118 Main St., Pennsburg, Pa Prof. W. A. Kline, Ursinus College, Collegeville, Pa Charles E. Knopf, 6129 N. Franklin St., Philadelphia (59) 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Dr. Henry A. Laessle, 5900 Market St., Philadelphia Dr. H. Pearce Lakin, 14 E. Main St., Lansdale, Pa Dr. Charles H. LaWall, 636 Eace St., Philadelphia Arthur N. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia. Morris E. Leeds, 5321 Baynton St., Germantown, Philadelphia Founder Dr. Harry A. Lloyd, 200 N. 35th St., Philadelphia Bayard Long, 250 Ashbourne Ed., Elkins Park, Pa Mayne Eeid Longstreth, 1420 Chestnut St., Philadelphia Dr. Donald MacFarlan, Ardmore, Pa Frederick McDowell, 4840 Eoosevelt Blvd., Philadelphia Eogers McVaugh, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa Adolf Muller, Box 66, Norristown, Pa Dr. Samuel C. Palmer, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa T. Chalkley Palmer, Media, Pa Dr. Gideon H. Patton, 61 E. Penn St., Germantown, Philadelphia : Dr. Francis W. Pennell, Moylan, Pa - Edward Pennock, 3609 Woodland Ave., Philadelphia Harold W. Pretz, 123 S. 17th St., Allentown, Pa John W. Prince, 5439 Berks St., Philadelphia Evan Eandolph, Seminole & Chestnut Aves., Chestnut Hill, Phila. : George Eedles, 207 E. Wister St., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. W. H. Eeed, Jeffersonville, Pa Charles C. Egberts, Lansdowne, Pa - Lee Sowden, 3823 Oak Ed., Germantown, Philadelphia Dr. Walter Steckbeck, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Hugh E. Stone, Haverford, Pa Dr. Witmer Stone, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia Founder J. Fletcher Street, 1120 Locust St., Philadelphia Dr. Eobert E. Tatnall, 1100 W. 10th St., Wilmington, Del Arthur H. Thomas, Haverford, Pa Mrs. W. Hersey Thomas, 145 E. Gorgas Lane, Mt. Airy, Phila. Warner E. Thomas, Custom House, Philadelphia Horace E. Thompson, 5016 Schuyler St., Germantown, Philadelphia ] Harry W. Trudell, 2030 E. Madison St., Philadelphia Prof. Eodney H. True, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Clarence E. Varnum, Atco, N. J Eobert F. Welsh, 132 S. 4th St., Philadelphia Dr. Edgar T. Wherry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia ... Dr. Edward E. Wildman, 4331 Osage Ave., Philadelphia Hans Wilkins, 241 S. 11th St., Beading, Pa William H. Witte, 16 York St., Camden, N. J _ Miss Mary F. Wright, Ambler, Pa PHILADELPHIA HONORARY MEMBERS George W. Bassett, Secane, Pa Samuel Newman Baxter, Fernhill Park, Germantown, Phila Dr. Joseph S. Illick, Mont Alto, Pa Eugene A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa Samuel S. Van Pelt, 59 Bethlehem Pike, Chestnut Hill, Phila. . CORRESPONDING MEMBERS Charles C. Bachman, Slatington, Pa [ G. Britton, N.Y. Botanical Garden, New York City 1895 Dr. Nathaniel Lord Britton, N. Y. Botanical Garden, New York City 1892 Otway H. Broun, ( ape May, X. J. 1908 Stewart H. Burnham, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y 1911 Prof. M. L. Fernald, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass 1929 Dr. A. Arthur Heller, Chico, Calif 1893 Dr. Harold St. John, University of Honolulu, Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands 1927 Charles F. Saunders, Pasadena, Calif. 1893 Dr. John K. Small, New York Botanical Garden, New York City 1893 Dr. William Randolph Taylor, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich 1921 Dr. Campbell E. Waters, Washington, D. C 1904 Dr. H. W. Youngken, Mass. College of Pharmacy, Boston, Mass 1918 RECENTLY DECEASED MEMBERS Died Dr. Henry A. Lang, Active May 27, 1930 Dr. Henry Leffmann, Honorary Dec. 25, 1930 Edwin I. Simpson, Active Oct. 31, 1930 John J. Tyler, Honorary Oct. 29, 1930 * Elected Active Members on these dates. INDEX TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES (New names in bold-face type; synonyms in italic type) Acrochaetium sp., 43 Agardhiella tenera, 40 Amphibia r Arthrocladia villosa, 42 Ascocylus orbicularis, 42 Ascophyllum nodosum, 43 Bangia fuseo-purpurea, 43 Bostrychia rivularis, 44 Bryopsis plumosa, 41 Cardamine pratensis, 49 Ceramium rubrum, 45; strictum, 45 ; tenuissimum, 45 Chaetomorpha linum, 41 Champia parvula, 43 Chondria baileyana, 44 Chondrus crispus, 43 Cladophora brachyclona, 41; utri- Coronopus didymus, 48 confervoides, Fucus vesiculosus, 42 Gelidium erinale, 43 Gracilaria lacinulata, 43; 1. gustissima, 43; multipartita, Grinnellia americana, 44 Kyllinga pumila, 47 Laminaria agardhii, 42 Lomentaria uneinata, 44 Lyngbya sp., 40 Melobesia lejolisii, 46; pustulata, Myrionema orbicularis, 42 Oscillatoria sp., 40 Phlox altissima, 30, 36; buckleyi, 18, 24; carnea, 31, 36, 37; Caro- lina, 18, 19, 21, 25, 26, 30-37; c. altissima, 32, 36; c. hetero- phylla, 32, 36; c. nitida, 31, 36; c. ovata, 25, 31; c. puberula, 31, 36; c. triflora, 32, 36; carolini- ana, 30, 36; crassifolia, 20; divaricata, 22; glaberrima, 18, 19, 32, 35; g. suffruticosa, 31, 36; heterophylla, 31, 36; lati- folia, 25; listoniana, 29; macu- lata, 18, 19, 30, 32, 35; m. nitida, 36; nitida, 31, 33, 36; obovata, 20; ovata, 18, 19, 25-29, 31, 32, 35; o. elatior, 25, 31, 36; o. listoniana, 29; p< PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 37; procumbens, 20; prostrate, Punctaria latif olia, 42 ; 20; reptans, 18, 20-22; revoluta, ginea, 42 31, 33, 36; stolonifera, 18, 20- Pylaiella littoralis, 42 23; s. crassifolia, 20; s., f. vio- lacea, 20; subulata, 20; s. lati- Ehizoclonium riparium, 41 folia, 20 ; suffruticosa, 30, 31, 36, Sargassum filipendulum, 43 37; trifiora, 30, 31, 36, 37 Scytosiphon lomentarius, 42 Seirospora griffithsiana, 45 Phormidium sp., 40 Spirulina sp., 40 Polygala ambigua, 7-9, 13, 15-17; Spyridia filamentosa, 45 pretzii, 8, 9, 12-15; verticillata, 7-13; v. sphenostachya, 9, 10, Taxodium distichum, 1-5 12 Ulothrix flacca, 41 Polysiphonia harveyi, 45; nigre- Ulva lactuca, 40, 41 seens, 44; olneyi, 44; variegata, 44, 45; violacea, 44 Zannichellia palustris, 44 Porphyra laciniata, 43 Zostera marina, 39 BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB CONTENTS Dr. William Darlington, Physician and Botanist. The Eastern Long-Styled Phloxes, Part H. Edgar T. Wherry 14 The Grasses of the Muhlenberg Herbarium Albert S. Hitchcock 27 William Trimble F. W. P. 53 HugoBilgram T. Chalkley Palmer 55 George William Bassett F. W. P. 58 Ida Augusta Keller Wxtmer Stone 59 General Notes 61 Program of Meetings during 1931 62 List of Officers and Members 63 BARTONIA Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. ■on Price, $1.00. Numbers 1-10, 50 cents DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL, Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences, Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pa. Bartonia, No. 14 BARTONIA PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB PHILADELPHIA, PA. Dr. William Darlington, Physician and Botanist William T. Sb Prom early colonial days to the middle of the past century a simple and remarkably homogeneous society existed in rural southeastern Pennsylvania. There were few rich or few poor, and distinctions of class were scarcely known. Large families, so frequent then, distributed their members among smaller families to aid in the farm work. When the shoemaker or tailor made his rounds, he remained in each household until its needs had been supplied. The com- munity was generally prosperous, for by intelligent exertion the modest needs of the time could be easily satisfied. The people were nearly all Quakers or of Quaker stock, and, to a large extent, practiced a type of religion simple in form and mystical in character but closely related to conduct and life. Before the advent of public schools there were private schools, of which many were formed by the association of several families to be instructed by one of their own number. There were a few academies of higher learning. The average of intelligence was high, and the letters of that day show a surprising acquaintance with good literature and an ability to use the English language with accuracy and fine expression. It was into this society that William Darlington was born on April 28, 1782, just one hundred and fifty years ago, and its impress he carried throughout life. He was the fourth in descent from Abraham Darlington, who was born in (1) Cheshire, England, in 1690, and as a young man came to Pennsylvania; beside being farmer and saddler, it is said that the immigrant had some skill in treating the physical ailments of his neighbors, and that he practiced bleeding, leeching and bone-setting. Dr. Darlington's other ancestors were Hillborns, Brintons and Townsends — all good. Chester County names and all Quakers from England. Young Darlington grew up on his father's farm near Dil- worthtown, then in Chester but now in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. He attended the school of John Forsythe at Birmingham Meeting House, where under skillful guidance he acquired the rudiments of an English education. His teacher, who in after years was associated with him in various philanthropic and educational projects, was ever proud of his distinguished pupil. William tired of what he considered the drudgery of farm life, and with much difficulty persuaded his father to let him study medicine; accordingly in 1800 he entered the office of Dr. John Vaughan, of Wilmington, Delaware, as a pupil. Here he studied French as well as medicine, and thus com- menced his passion for the learning of languages. Later he studied Latin, Spanish and German, and became proficient in all of them. So strong was his zeal for language study that he acquired his knowledge of Spanish after he was fifty years of age. During his residence in Wilmington the yellow fever vis- ited the town and it is said that the only physicians who remained at their post were Dr. Vaughan and his pupil, William Darlington. The winters of 1802-3 and 1803^ young Darlington attended the medical lectures at the University of Pennsyl- vania, and in June, 1804, he received the degree of Doctor of Medicine at that institution. It is believed that he was the first citizen of Chester County who took that degree at the University. The subject of his thesis was "The Mutual In- fluence of Habits and Disease"— an essay which received the approval of Dr. Benjamin Rush, one of his instructors. Dur- PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 6 ing his medical studies he attended the botanical lectures of Dr. Benjamin Smith Barton, and thus began the study of the science which was to become the chief source of his fame. After graduation he returned to his home near Dilworth- town and engaged in the general practice of medicine, being the first man with a medical degree to practice in Chester County. It was his custom at this time to keep a journal in which he entered an account of his patients — their ailments, his treatment of them, and the results. This journal, cover- ing the period from 1804 to 1813, has been preserved. In it he also records the state of the weather, miscellaneous items of interest, and his reflections on things in general. Illustrating the therapeutic methods in use at that time, under date of November 1, 1804, he records: ''Thomas Wood- ward was attacked yesterday with a very malignant grade of fever — with great determination to the head and pain and oppression at the precordia. His pulse was slow, seldom, laboring and depressed — intellect confused. I drew about ten ounces of blood in a small slow stream — it was black, and liv- ery as soon as it came into contact with the bowl. He soon acquired a chilliness after the bleeding — with a jerking motion of his body and arms — his pulse rather more frequent — great restlessness — his face and neck cold — in about three quarters of an hour when I judged the system to have recov- ered a little from its depressed state, I bled him again to the amount of eleven ounces; while the blood was flowing he became easy, warm, and in fact fell into a gentle sleep — from which he soon wakened, quite composed in his mind and rational. I felt astonishingly relieved. As his pulse con- tinual active I proposed another bleeding — but he fainted at the thought of it, so I gave it over. This morning I gave him antimonial powder. He continued better, he even walked out today! The practice in this case was a complete illustration of the inestimable theory of Professor Rush, respecting the depressed state of the system. To that illustrious teacher I owe my present happy sensations on this occasion — and in all probability, my patient owes his life to my having been in- 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE structed by the enlightened Professor of the practice of Physic in the University of Pennsylvania." Under date of July 24, 1805, he makes this entry: "John Davis's Uxor has been complaining of pain in her head and has been low spirited for 3 or 4 days — yesterday grew worse and this morning was quite raving. I saw her soon after noon. She was more composed but had a high fever and her eyes rolled with all the wildness of a maniac. Sighed deeply and talked strangely. . . . Bled her 16 or 18 ounces ... and ordered quiet. ' ' "Sunday 30th, John Davis's Uxor has got a little better but is not well. I bled her again and reduced her fever but her ideas are still deranged — have discontinued attention as her husband thinks ' Nothing but devilishness ails her. ' ' ' Physicians of the present time sometimes feel like making a similar diagnosis in some of their cases but the description of the symptoms, especially the high fever, seems scarcely to justify her husband's unsympathetic judgment. Inciden- tally, it throws an interesting sidelight on the family life of the Davises. In the year 1805 he received the appointment as surgeon to a regiment of militia — this resulted in his disownment by the Society of Friends. "We may anticipate at this point and say that through the greater part of his life he was not a member of any religious body. In his old age, and shortly after the death of his wife, he became a member of the Epis- copal Church. In 1806 he received an appointment as surgeon to an East India merchantman and made a trip to Calcutta. There is nothing in his journal concerning this trip except an account of his attendance on the members of the ship 's crew, though a few years later some observations made during this voyage were published in the form of familiar letters to the "Analec- tic Magazine" (in volumes 13 and 14). After returning from this voyage, he continued in practice for a short time in Dil- worthtown, but in 1808 he removed to a house he had pur- chased in West Chester, where he resided (when in Pennsyl- PHILADELPHIA vania) during the remainder of his life. In the same year he married Catharine Lacy, a daughter of General John Lacy, who had served as an officer in the Revolutionary War. He continued in the practice of his profession for several years after coming to West Chester, and soon identified himself with the social and business life of the community. Under date of April 22, 1809, he says: "Last evening com- pleted one year since I removed to West Chester. Business has been quite as good and encouragement as flattering as I could have expected. The amount of what I have booked in the time is 543 dollars 50 cts. I have lived comfortably and happily — and all I ask of indulgent heaven is a continuance of the same." This illustrates his contentment with a small income and shows what a doctor in good practice at that time might expect to collect. In 1811 he was one of the founders of the West Chester Academy and for many years was secretary of the board. When the War of 1812 was declared and troops were called to defend Philadelphia against the British, who were then in Chesapeake Bay, he volunteered and was chosen major of the first battalion of his regiment. He did not see active service, however, and on returning home his fellow citizens, appreciat- ing his public spirit, without solicitation on his part elected him to the 14th Congress of the United States. He failed in election to the 15th Congress but was re-elected to the 16th and 17th. He took an active part in the debates concerning slavery and especially the Missouri Question. He was earnestly in favor of the restriction of slavery and was after- ward an ardent abolitionist and transferred his political affiliations from the party of Jefferson, in which he had grown up, to that of Clay and Webster— being a Whig and after- ward a Republican. He was active in the establishment of the Bank of Chester County in 1814 and one of its first board of directors. In 1830 he became president of this bank, and remained in this position until his death thirty-two years later. In 1825 he was appointed to the first board of Canal Commissioners of Pennsylvania, along with Albert Gallatin and others, and was president of the board. He seems to have kept up his interest through these busy- years in the study of the natural sciences, especially botany, although there is no reference to this interest in his journal, and in 1826, with some of his friends, he assisted in organiz- ing the Chester County Cabinet of Natural Sciences, of which he was the first president. This organization encouraged the study of the sciences by giving popular lectures on subjects connected with its work and made a large collection of objects of natural interest, which is now in the custody of the State Teachers' College at West Chester. His ledger from the years 1812 to 1816 has also been pre- served. For the most part it was kept in Latin. It shows that he had a large practice. He kept a careful record of his visits and the service rendered. The charge for "Vsection" (venesection) occurs with surprising frequency. It seems to have been the sheet-anchor of his therapeutics. The charge for this was from fifty cents (50c) to a dollar ($1.00). We frequently meet with the charge "Vict concil et med" which, extended, would mean "Visitas et concilium et medicina." He was paid sometimes in cash, but very often in services or supplies. "One bushel of lime," "Ten bushels of pota- toes," "Hay and oats for my horse," "Shoeing my horse," "An oven peel," were some of the credit entries, and one patient, a negro, adjusted his account in full by "shaving me." Jonathan Gause, a famous educator of that day, re- ceived credit "By tuition of my son from October 1813 to April 1815 @ three dollars ($3.00) per quarter— $14.00. " These items may not seem important now, but it is interesting to find under date of February 9, 1812, that he visited "per noctem" the great-grandfather of the writer of this sketch, who lived four miles from West Chester, and charged two dol- lars ($2.00) for the service. It is also satisfactory to know that the doctor was paid for this service in cash. About 1830, with some other public-spirited citizens of West Chester, he assisted in surveying a route from West Chester to connect with the main line of the Pennsylvania Railroad at Paoli. He superintended the construction of this road and became its first president. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 7 He was active in establishing the Chester County Agricul- tural Society and the Chester County Horticultural Society at about this time. In 1828 he was chiefly instrumental in establishing the Chester County Medical Society, one of the first county medi- cal societies in the state. He was its first president and re- mained in that position until 1852, when he resigned and was made an honorary member. This society is still in active operation, having in 1928 celebrated the 100th anniversary of its founding. It was in this society in 1847 that a resolution was introduced by Dr. Wilmer Worthington, a pupil of Dr. Darlington, which directly led to the establishment of the Medical Society of the State of Pennsylvania, a society that has been of great value to the physicians and the people of the state by extending medical knowledge, by maintaining ethical standards of medical practice, and by promoting use- ful medical legislation. It now has a membership of about eight thousand. Dr. Darlington does not seem to have practiced his profes- sion after he retired from Congress in 1822. At about that time the Secretary of War appointed him one of the visitors at West Point, a position which he held but a short time. We have seen that in 1825 he was appointed a Canal Commis- sioner of Pennsylvania. As the duties of the position were arduous and as there was no salary attached, he gave it up in 1827 and his personal friend, Governor Shulze, appointed him Prothonotary and Clerk of the Courts of Chester County. He held this position until he became president of the Bank of Chester County in 1830. In 1826 Dr. Darlington published his first botanical work, the "Florula Cestriea." It is dedicated to Rev. Lewis D. von Schweinitz, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. This dedication is worth quoting in full : ti conscious that the dedication of a performance of this grade is i equivocal ... at your distinguished attain- ; but I could not forego the opportunity, thus presented, to testify 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE peatedly manifested, in aiding me in my investigations of our more dif- ficult plants. It is but justice to say, that whatever of accuracy there may be, in the determination of those plants, is mainly owing to your obliging revision of that portion of my Herbarium. As for the errors, deficiencies, and temerarious innovations, which may be observed in the work, — it is perhaps needless to add, that they are all my own." It is dated April 28, 1826, which was the forty-fourth birth- day of the author. He calls it a "Catalogue of the Phanog- amous Plants growing in the vicinity of the Borough of West-Chester in Chester County, Pennsylvania, with brief notices of their properties, and uses, in medicine, rural econ- omy, and the arts." "When did Dr. Darlington become seriously interested in the study of botany? This can be rather definitely fixed by a letter dated January 15, 1817, from his fellow botanist, Dr. "William Baldwin, who was also his classmate when both were students of medicine at the University of Pennsylvania in 1802. This letter says: "It gives me great pleasure to learn that you are becoming a devoted lover of Botany." He ap- parently had a casual interest in the science since he attended the botanical lectures of Dr. B. S. Barton while a student of medicine as he states that in 1806 he had found a specimen of bladderwort (Utricularia vulgaris) which he had sent to Dr. Barton for identification, and in February, 1817, Dr. Bald- win writes (while Dr. Darlington was in Congress at Wash- ington) : "It gives me great pleasure to find that in the midst of your political and professional concerns you are willing to devote your leisure hours to the study of the plants." By 1825 his work as a botanist must have been recognized both in this country and abroad as in that year Professor DeCandolle, of Geneva, dedicated a genus of plants to Dr. Darlington. This, however, did not prove to be sufficiently distinct to maintain its place as an independent genus ; sub- sequently (in 1854), Dr. Torrey, of New York, gave Dr. Darlington's name to a genus (Darlingtonia) of California plants of the family Sarraceniaceae or pitcher-plants. As Mr. Townsend, who wrote a sketch of Dr. Darlington soon after his death, says, this "constitutes a worthy and fitting PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 9 compliment to an industrious laborer in the agreeable fields of botanical science. ' ' In the "Florula" he gives a glossary of botanical terms and with each plant a note stating the derivation of its Latin name, its common name, a description of the plant, its uses in medicine and the arts, and often a statement as to its exact habitat, as "near the forks of the Brandywine, ' ' "on the farm of J. Parke," "on the Serpentine Ridge," etc. In 1837 he published the "Flora Cestrica," an enlarged and extended edition of the "Florula" and which he called "an attempt to enumerate and describe the flowering and fili- coid plants of Chester County by Wm. Darlington, M.D., President of the Chester County Cabinet of Natural Science, Member of the American Philosophical Society, Correspon- dent of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, and of the Lyceum of Natural History at New York, etc., etc." He dedicated it to the "Cultivators of Botanical Science in the County of Chester." The description of plants in the "Flora" is more elaborate than in the "Florula." He apologizes for retaining the "Linnaean arrangement when the modern botanical world has so generally abandoned it for the Natural method/' but he says: "I am fully conscious of the old-fashioned garb in which this work is arrayed, and have a thorough conviction of the value and importance of studying plants according to their natural affinities: But, observing that the Natural method is yet kept, as it were, in a continual state of fermen- tation, by the labors and researches of the great Masters in the Science, — and feeling my inability to co-operate, or aid in adjusting its details, — I thought it most advisable, in the present attempt, to adhere mainly to the Linnaean classifica- tion." In 1853, however, when he published the last edition of the "Flora Cestrica," he says that "the whole is arranged accord- ing to the Natural System as illustrated by DeCandolle, Hooker, and Gray. ' ' In the 1853 edition it was his intention to insert a "brief description of all the indigenous species of 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE the vegetable kingdom which had been found in our county. It soon became apparent that the lower orders, especially the fungi, were so multitudinous as well as obscure that it was concluded to omit all below the Lichens." The writer of this article does not feel competent to at- tempt an evaluation of the three editions of the "Flora Cestriea" as contributions to the science of botany. More- over, the article is intended as a sketch of Dr. Darlington's life and not as an appraisal of his standing as a scientist. The writer is familiar, however, with the use that was made of these books amongst the intelligent citizens of Chester County and near-by. It stimulated an interest in botany that has not yet died out, and one or more copies were to be found in many farmers' homes. They were frequently referred to, to iden- tify plants, noxious and otherwise, and have been a highly valuable, educating influence in this community. That Dr. Darlington intended his work to be of general educational value and a part of his interest in the intellectual improvement of the people is shown by the fact that in 1847 he published the "Agricultural Botany, an enumeration and description of the useful plants and weeds which merit the notice or require the attention of the American Agricultur- ist." He dedicates to "the Young Farmers of the United States this humble attempt to aid and persuade them to cul- tivate a department of science essential to an enlightened agriculture and indispensible to an accomplished yeomanry." In a preparatory note he says: "I address myself to the youthful and aspiring Agriculturists of our country, who seek to elevate their noble Profession to its just rank among human pursuits — and who feel that the exercise of intellect, as well as of muscle, is indispensible to the accomplishment of their purpose." He insists on the use of technical botanical terms and says : "By employing names, and phrases, which have an exclusive application, and a definite meaning, the study of plants is really simplified ; and the knowledge acquired, being thereby communicable with more readiness and precision, is greatly PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 11 enhanced in practical value." We wonder what the average farmer would understand by a "semi-baccate, indehiscent carpel. ' ' The "Agricultural Botany" never achieved the popularity of the "Flora." In 1843, as a result of a suggestion made by Dr. Asa Gray while on a visit to Dr. Darlington in West Chester, he pub- lished the "Reliquiae Baldwinianae " and dedicated it to Dr. Gray. Dr. William Baldwin, a native of Chester County and also in youth a Friend, had been a fellow student with Dr. Darlington at the Medical School of the University of Penn- sylvania in 1802, and a close intimacy developed between them. They had grown up under similar conditions and their tastes were congenial, both being physicians and both bota- nists. In a letter to Mrs. Baldwin shortly after the prema- ture death of her husband in 1819, Dr. Darlington says: "I have never yet had the happiness to be acquainted with any man of a more amiable and upright character, more faithful in the discharge of his duties, or more zealously devoted to the interests of science or the welfare of his fellow creatures." Both from the testimony of his friend and from the character of his letters we know that Dr. Baldwin was a zealous bota- nist and a kindly and lovable man. He was a surgeon in the United States Navy for most of his professional life, and was stationed for some years on the coast of Georgia where in the intervals of his work he explored the country and made col- lections of the plants ; thence he wrote letters to his botanical friends in the North which contain, beside accounts of the plants seen, interesting observations on the southern Indians and on many other subjects. He never had robust health, and died while on the way to act as botanist to the expedition of Major Long to the Rocky Mountains. Most of the little volume is made up of letters to or from the venerable bota- nist of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, Rev. Henry Muhlenberg, or else of letters to Dr. Darlington himself. In 1849 Dr. Darlington published the "Memorials of Bartram and Marshall. ' ' The memorial of Bartram he dedi- 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE cated: "To the true lovers of Botany, on either side of the Atlantic, these Memorials of the men who, through perils and privations, so early and so faithfully explored the vegetable treasures of this Continent." And that of Humphry Mar- shall he dedicated: "To the Chester County Cabinet of Nat- ural Sciences these reminiscences of the venerable man, whose scientific labours and attainments reflect honour upon our County, and whose noble example it should be our ceaseless endeavor to emulate." Very little of these "Memorials" was written by Dr. Darlington, only sketches of the authors of various letters. The letters are of great interest, many being written by or addressed to men of renown in their respective fields of labor. Among them were Peter Collinson, Dr. John Fothergill, Dr. John Coakley Lettson, and Sir Hans Sloane of London ; Dr. J. J. Dillenius of the University of Oxford ; Gronovius, the Dutch physician and botanist who wrote the first flora of Virginia ; Linnaeus, the great Swedish botanist, and his pupil, Peter Kalm, who traveled in North America ; Colonel William Byrd and Isham Randolph of Virginia; Dr. Benjamin Franklin, Dr. Thomas Parke, Dr. Caspar Wistar, and Dr. Thomas Bond of Philadelphia ; John Dickinson, the author of the famous "Farmer's Letters"; Sir Joseph Banks, president of the Royal Society of London; Rev. Henry Muhlenberg of Lancaster, and many others. Probably no other American scientists have had more distinguished corre- spondents than these humble Quaker farmers. Nothing that Dr. Darlington ever edited or published has had as much in- terest to the general public as these "Memorials," for, beside discussion of botanical subjects, they contain many comments on persons and events of the time. There is little humor in Dr. Darlington's writings. He was almost never consciously humorous, though Mr. Townsend says he could entertain a room with his wit and humor. How- ever, we are impressed by the quaintness of his style, and by the frequent literary allusions and quotations. The last literary production of the Doctor was his "Notae Cestrienses," being an account of noted men of Chester PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 13 County and their work. These notes were written in collabo- ration with his friend, J. Smith Futhey, and were published in a local newspaper. So far as appears they were never is- sued in book form. In recognition of Dr. Darlington's scientific work Yale College conferred upon him the degree of LL.D., and he was a member of more than forty literary and scientific societies in this country and abroad. He carried on a correspondence with scientists in many countries, which his wide knowledge usually enabled him to do in their own languages. In his later years he took pupils in botany as he had in his earlier life taken pupils in medicine. He regarded this as a part of his work in popular education. His pupils had for him not only great respect but, as one of them has told the writer, they felt for their master a peculiarly affectionate Dr. Darlington died after a paralytic attack April 23, 1863, aged eighty-one years. About twenty years before his death he wrote the epitaph which is inscribed on the stone at the head of his grave in Oakland Cemetery near West Chester. This grave is cared for by a committee of the Chester County Medical Society which sees to it that his modest wish is ful- filled: "Plantae Cestrienses QUAS semper floreant. The Eastern Long-styled Phloxes, part 21 Edgar T. Wherry 12. Phlox glaberrima Linne. Smooth Phlox. Plate 2. History. — The earliest known reference to this Phlox was that published by Plukenet2 in 1705, his description being "Lychnidea Asclepiadis folio Floridana, summo caule flori- bunda." It was first figured by Dillenius,3 with the charac- terization "Lychnidea folio melampyri. " In establishing the genus Phlox in 1737, Linne4 evidently had this species pri- marily in mind, for it is the only one he listed in the catalog of the plants in Clifford's garden.5 Where these cultivated plants came from is unknown, but it may well have been east- ern Virginia, Gronovius6 having recorded a "Phlox foliis lineari-lanceolatis" there in 1739. The name Phlox glaber- rima was applied to it by Linne7 in the Species Plantarum, and has been used by practically all subsequent writers, although Salisbury8 preferred P. melampyrifolia. As already pointed out under P. Carolina, that species has been combined with the present one by many botanists, cer- tain forms of it being indeed classed by Gray9 as P. glaber- rima var. suffruticosa. The reinstatement of P. Carolina, how- ever, calls for a transfer of this variety to it. Finally, in his monograph of the Polemoniaceae, Brand10 described as P. glaberrima subvar. a?igustissima a small-leaved variant from the Gulf Coastal Plain. i Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Part 1 appeared in Bartonia 13: 18. 1932. 2 Amaltheum Botanicum 136. 1705. 3 Hortus Elthamensis 1 : 203, pi. 166, f . 202. 1732. * Genera Plantarum 52. 1737. « Hortus Cliffortianus 63. 1737. e Flora Virginica 21. 1739. ' »m (1): 152. 1753. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 15 Geography.— The range of this species is decidedly differ- ent from that of the relative with which it has so often been confused : while P. Carolina is essentially an upland plant, P. glaberrima occurs chiefly in the lowlands, the ranges of the two overlapping only in the vicinity of longitude 85° west. As brought out in figure 1, the second-named species extends from northern Florida to southeastern Virginia and to east- ern Texas, and thence northward to southeastern Wisconsin and northern Ohio. One of its varieties occurs only above the Fall-line (cross-hatched band), the other chiefly below this line, though locally entering adjacent provinces. Fig. 1. Distribution of Phlox glaberrima. Alabama: Occurs practically throughout, the county list being: Autauga, Bibb, Cherokee', Chilton', Clarke', Coffee', Coosa', Cullman, Dallas, Elmore, Etowah', Fayette', Geneva', Lee, Limestone', Marengo', Marion', Mobile, Montgomery, Rus- sell', St. Clair, Talladega', Tuscaloosa', Walker', and Wash- ington'. Arkansas: Occasional southward and eastward, specimens being preserved from Arkansas, Clark, Craighead, Faulkner, Hot Spring, Jefferson, Nevada, Prairie, and Pulaski counties. Florida: Known from several places in Gadsden' County. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Georgia : Frequent, except toward the northeast and south- east corners, the county list being: Bartow', Bibb1, Bryan, Bulloch, Calhoun', Dade, Early', Emanuel', Floyd, Gilmer', Jefferson', Jenkins', Laurens', Liberty, McDuffie, Montgom- ery', Muscogee, Peach, Randolph', Richmond, Spalding, Tatt- nall', Telfair', Troup', Twiggs', Washington', and Wheeler'. Illinois : The northern variety occurs practically through- out, specimens having been seen from 24 counties: Cass, Champaign, Christian, Cook, Du Page, Jackson, Kankakee, Knox, Lake, La Salle, Lee, Livingston, Macon, Macoupin, Marion', Menard, Peoria, Randolph, Richland, St. Clair, Sangamon, Wabash, Will, and Woodford. Indiana : Known from even more counties than in the next- preceding state, chiefly owing to the collecting activity of Mr. Charles C. Deam: Bartholomew, Benton, Clark, Clay, Craw- ford, Daviess, Dubois, Fulton, Gibson, Harrison, Jasper, Jay, Jefferson, Jennings, Knox', Lake, Laporte, Newton, Owen, Porter, Posey, Pulaski, Putnam, Shelby, Spencer, Starke, Sullivan, Tippecanoe, Vanderburg, Vermilion, Vigo, Warrick, Washington, and White. [Iowa: Included by W. Greene,1 apparently by mistake.] Kentucky: As little collecting has been done, only 8 county records exist: Bell, Daviess, Edmonson, Henderson, Logan, McCracken, Marshall, and Powell. Louisiana: Rare, specimens having been seen only from Bienville and Rapides parishes. [Minnesota: Reported by MaeMillan2 from "Forest dis- trict to New Ulm," but Prof. C. 0. Rosendahl advises me that there are no specimens in the State University herbarium, glabrate forms of P. pilosa having perhaps been taken for it.] Mississippi: Fairly common, the county list being: Clarke, Greene', Grenada, Harrison, Jackson, Jones, Lafayette, Madi- son, Noxubee, Oktibbeha, Scott, Tishomingo, and Wayne'. Subvar. angustissima Brand3 was from Biloxi, which is in Harrison County in this state, and not Missouri, as given. i Plants of Iowa 206. 1907. 2Metasp ■ _. 1892. 3 In Engler's Pflanzenreich IV. 250: 65. 1907. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 17 Missouri: Common southeastward, in the counties: Bol- linger, Butler, Dunklin, Jefferson, Ripley, St. Louis, Scott, and Wayne ; reports further west are unconfirmed. North Carolina : Apparently rare, specimens being in the herbaria studied only from Craven, Randolph, and Rowan counties. Records from the Blue Ridge represent P. Carolina instead. Ohio: Occasional toward the west side, in Butler, High- land, Lucas, and Wood counties; elsewhere other species have been mistaken for it. South Carolina: Frequent southward, the county list being: Aiken', Barnwell', Beaufort', Berkeley, Charleston, Dorchester, Florence7, Hampton, Jasper, and Lexington'. Tennessee : Owing to lack of collecting, specimens are pre- served only from Coffee, Davidson, Dickson, Haywood, and Madison counties. Texas : A vigorous form has been collected at two localities in Smith County. Virginia: In proposing the name P. gldberrima, Linne re- ferred to Gronovius's record of a Clayton plant, and as the latter collected chiefly in Gloucester County, Virginia, the species may be presumed to have formerly grown there. It is not known to have been found in subsequent times, however, having probably been exterminated by agriculture. Wisconsin: Limited to the southeast corner, there being records for Kenosha and Racine counties only. Ecology. — While both varieties of Phlox gldberrima grow in rather moist places, the northern one is usually found in eircumneutral soil in grassy meadows, the southern in decid- edly acid soils in a variety of habitats, including pinelands, pitcher-plant meadows, thickets along brooks, and even rich woods on river flood-plains. In all cases the associations ap- pear to be climax or subclimax ones for the areas. The bloom- ing period begins in late Spring and extends to mid-Summer or occasionally to early Autumn. Insect visitors observed by Robertson1 comprised 7 butterflies and one fly. 1 Ecology 8: 119. 1927; Flowers and Insects 151. 1928. Variation. — Phlox glaoerrima is a markedly variable spe- cies, especially in habit and foliage characters. Differences in the availability of moisture or of nutrient elements, as well as inherited tendencies, have been observed to lead to a range in height from (25-) 50 to 100 (-175) cm. The leaf-outline is normally linear to lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, and only exceptionally approaches the elliptic shape so frequent in P. Carolina; the larger leaves are from (35-) 50 to 150 (-200) mm. long, and (3-) 5 to 15 (-25) mm. wide. Although as the name implies the plants are sometimes wholly glabrous, a certain amount of pubescence is often present. Most fre- quently this appears on the inner surface of the sepals and on the pedicels, but it may extend down over the bracts, stems, and even the leaves. This tendency seems to reach its maximum along the Gulf coast, in the very region where P. pilosa shows diminished pubescence. In the key to the species of section Ovatae in the preceding article in this series, the limits of calyx-length for P. glaber- rima were stated, in round numbers, as " 6 to 8 mm. ' ' Actu- ally the limits are slightly wider than this when extremes are taken into account, and two geographic varieties are recog- nizable on the basis of length and extent of union of the sepals. In the southern one these range from 6.5 to 8 (-8.5) mm. long, and are united to about half their length ; in the northern, from (5.5-) 6 to 7.5 mm., with the union extending well beyond the middle.1 The corolla-color is usually phlox-purple, with occasional gradation toward a slightly bluer or redder hue. Pallid and albino mutants appear in small numbers in most large colo- nies. The pigment may be uniformly distributed over the corolla-face, or may diminish toward the center, forming a pale eye bearing a more or less distinct five-rayed star of deeper shade. In dimensions the corolla varies moderately: the tube-length from (16-) 18 to 23 (-25) mm., the lobes from about 7 x 5 to 10 x 9 mm. The styles range from (11-) 15 to 20 (-22) mm. in length, occasionally becoming exserted. iThe measurements given have been made on dried specimens, in which some shrinkage often occurs, so that fresh material may yield slightly greater values. PHILADELPHIA nov. Sepala 5.5 ad 7.5 mm. Named from the region of its m 2 miles west of Wheatland, . T. W. J 2. Wise, and N. Ohio. Typified by specimen from 7 miles southwest of Boonville, Warrick Co., Ind., collected by C. C. Beam June 5, 1930, in herbarium of E. T. W. Occasional throughout. Pubescent-pedicelled. Typified by specimen in V. - from Jackson Co., 111., collected by G. H. French July 17, 1873. Bare. Light-colored (pink, white, etc.) Typified by specimen in Field Museum herbarium from Bavenswood, Cook Co., 111., collected by B. N. Lloyd Aug. 15, 1887. Infrequent. Sepals 6.5-8.5 mm. long, united to %-% their length; CALYX-LOBES THUS 2.5-4 MM. LONG. Phlox glaberrima melampyrifolia (Salisbury) Wherry, status novus. P. glaberrima Linne\ P. melampyrifolia Salisbury. Eanges from NW. Fla. to E. Tex., SW. Mo., and SE. Va., at low elevations. Small-leaved. P. g. subvar. angustissima Brand. Common in sterile , such as pitcher-plant meadows, emmed. Typified by specimen from 4£ miles north of Samantha, Tuscaloosa Co., Ala., collected by E. T. W. May 8, 1929. Frequent. Pubescent. Typified by specimen froi kson, Clarke Co., Ala., collected by E. T. W. July 12, 1932. Most often observed in Ala. and Miss., but may occur elsewhere. Light-colored (pink, white, etc.) Typified by specimen from 2 miles northwest of Pletcher, Chilton Co., Ala., collected by E. T. W. July 14, 1932. Bather rare. Cultivation. — As noted under History, the early records of this Phlox referred to cultivated material, which was prob- ably sent to Europe from eastern Virginia. When trans- planted from the wild into rich garden soil its leaves become larger and its inflorescence more massive, as shown in the plates published, for example, by St. Hilaire,1 Vietz,2 and Sweet.3 It does not become so attractive, however, as does P. Carolina ("P. suffrutieosa"), and is today rarely seen in gardens. iPlantes France 3: pi. (91). 1809. 2Abbildun£ „ , hse 8: pi. 719. 1818. 3 British Flower Garden (2) 1: pi. 36. 1830. 13. Phlox maculata Linne. Meadow Phlox. Plate 3. History. — Several pre-Linnean references to this species are known. Plukenet1 listed it in 1700 as "Lychnidea Mariana elatior, Alsines aquaticae foliis, floribus in longam spicam dense stipatis," and published a crude but unmistakable fig- ure of it five years later.2 It was termed by Ray3 "Lych- noides Marilandica Jasmini flore quinquepartito, foliis binis oppositis, basi & auriculis caulem utrinque amplexantibus. " In the correspondence between Bartram and Collinson, pub- lished by Darlington,4 two references to it occur — Collinson to Bartram, June 16, 1742: ". . . but I have a Lychnis, from Doctor Witt, different from any yet that I have seen. It seems to be the king of that tribe. ... It is now about two feet high, and yet no flowers appear. The stalk is most finely spotted, — which is very distinguishing from all the rest that I have seen."— Bartram to Collinson, June 11, 1743: "The Doctor's famous Lychnis, which thee has dignified so highly, is, I think, unworthy of that character. Our swamps and low grounds are full of them. I had so contemptible an opinion of it, as not to think it worth sending ..." In the account of his travels in North America, Kalm5 recorded finding it in New Jersey on June 2, 1749, and according to Juel and Harshberger,6 a specimen is preserved in his herbarium at Upsala. Finally, it was included in the 1752 edition of Mil- ler's Gardeners' Dictionary,7 as Phlox No. 4. In assigning the species name, Linne8 noted that he had received the plant from Kalm, but stated its source as Vir- ginia. As a photograph9 of his specimen shows it to represent a variety common only north of that state, and as Kalm did not travel to any extent south of New Jersey, the latter should be regarded as its type locality. i Botanicum pi. 425, fig. 6. 1705. s Supplementum 489. 1704. * Memorials of Bartram and Marshall 156, 164. 1849 s Travels into North America 2 : 222. 1771. 6Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 81: 303. 1929. 7 Gardener 's Dictionary, ed. 6. page PH. 1752. s Species Plantarum (1) : 152. 1753. » Which I owe to the kindness of Dr. Wm. E. Maxon. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 21 Plants which appear to represent varieties or forms of the species, with purple corollas, successively received the names P. maculata var. a purpurea Michaux,1 P. pyramidalis Smith,2 P. odorata Sweet,3 and P. reflexa Sweet.4 Albino forms, with the stem scarcely if at all maculate, such as occa- sionally occur in many of its colonies, have been assigned a still larger number of names, including P. suaveolens Aiton,5 P. alba Moench,6 P. maculata var. (3 Candida Michaux,7 P. tardiflora Penny,8 P. longiflora Sweet,9 P. omniflora Loudon,10 and P. maculata var. suaveolens (Aiton) Brand.11 Several additional names in the literature probably apply to this species, but the descriptions accompanying them are too in- complete for certain identification, and type specimens are lacking. Geography. — On the map (Fig. 2) which appears on the following page, the range of Phlox mactdaia is indicated as fully as available information will permit. Although it has been reported at one time or another from nearly all the southern states, no specimens certainly referable to it have been seen from south of latitude 35°, and P. Carolina or P. glaberrima, both of which at times have maculate stems, ap- pear to have been mistaken for it. Unlike the next-preceding species, its distribution shows no evident relation to any geo- logical or topographic boundaries. The range as a whole extends from central North Carolina to eastern Missouri, southeastern Minnesota, and southern Quebec, with garden escapes eastward into New England. It thus shows the least tendency to push southward of all the eastern species. i Flora Boreali-Americana 1: 143. 1803. 2 Exotic Botany 2: 55, pi. 87. 1806. s British Flower Garden 3: pi. 224. 1827. * British Flower Garden 3 : pi. 232. 1827. 5 Hortus Kewensis 1 : 206. 1789. e Supplementum Plantarum 173. 1802. 7 Flora Boreali-Americana 1: 143. 1803. s Hortus Epsomensis 38. 1828. » British Flower Garden 4: pi. 31. 1830. io Hortus Bi 56. 1839. "In Engler's Pflanzenreich IV. 250: 60. 1907. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE [Alabama : Mohr1 recorded this species from four counties, and also stated it to be "abundant on the Warrior table- land," but his specimens, preserved in the U. S. National Her- barium, all represent P. Carolina.] [Arkansas: Included by Branner and Coville2 in their list, but no specimens are present in the herbaria seen.] Connecticut: Known in two counties, Fairfield, where it may be native, and New London*, where it has escaped. Delaware : Common in New Castle' County. District of Columbia': Both varieties once occurred here. Fig. 2. Distribution of Phlox maculata. Illinois: Apparently rather rare, the county list being small: Champaign, La Salle, Lee, Piatt, Stark, Tazewell, Ver- milion, Will, and Woodford. Indiana : Recorded from 28 counties, although Mr. Charles C. Deam advises me that he does not consider it as really com- mon : Cass, Clark, Decatur, Delaware, Fayette, Gibson, Ham- ilton, Henry, Jackson, Jay, Jefferson, Jennings, Lake, Mar- shall, Miami, Monroe, Montgomery, Posey, Randolph, Ripley, St. Joseph, Scott, Shelby, Tippecanoe, Vigo, Washington, Wayne, and White. » Plant Life of Ala. 685. 1901. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 23 Iowa: Frequent in the eastern part, specimens or records having been seen from the counties: Black Hawk, Cerro Gordo, Clinton, Fayette, Floyd, Grundy, Hancock, Henry, Johnson, Jones, Linn, Poweshiek, Story, Winneshiek, and Wright. Kentucky: Both northern and southern varieties are known here, the latter being represented by an unusually narrow-leaved form. Specimens are preserved from 8 coun- ties: Bell, Clark, Fayette, Henderson, Lincoln', McCreary', Owen, and Kockcastle, although it probably occurs in many others also. Maryland: Common in the central and western portions, the two varieties intermingling ; the county list is : Allegany, Baltimore, Cecil', Frederick, Garrett, Harford', Howard, Montgomery', Prince Georges', and St. Marys'. [Massachusetts: Escaped from cultivation in Berkshire* and Bristol' counties.] Minnesota: Extends into the southeastern counties, her- baria containing specimens from Dakota, Dodge, Goodhue, Mower, Olmsted, and Wabasha. [Mississippi: Three records published by Lowe1 are believed to represent maculate-stemmed forms of P. glaberrima.] Missouri: Though sometimes stated to be common in this state, the species must actually be very rare there, as the only specimens seen in all the herbaria examined are from Iron County. New Jersey : The northern variety is abundant throughout, except in the pine-barrens, there being 11 county records: Burlington', Camden, Cape May', Gloucester, Hunterdon, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Ocean, Passaic, and Salem. The material on which the species was founded had been col- lected here by Kalm. New York : Rather rare, only 8 counties being represented by specimens, and some of these are considered by House2 as escapes : Broome, Cattaraugus, Erie, Essex*, Hamilton, Lewis, Rensselaer*, and Saratoga*. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE North Carolina: Although many reports of this species here really represent P. Carolina, the southern P. maculata does occur in at least 13 counties: Avery, Buncombe, Chat- ham, Durham', Forsyth, Guilford, Haywood, Iredell, Jack- son', Madison, Orange, Randolph, and Yancey'. Ohio: The northern variety is common and the southern occasional, in the counties: Adams, Auglaize, Champaign, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Fairfield, Franklin', Fulton, Gal- lia, Greene, Hamilton, Hancock, Henry, Hocking, Holmes, Licking, Lucas, Madison, Mahoning, Montgomery, Muskin- gum, Portage, Richland, Scioto, Stark, Summit, Warren, and Wayne. Pennsylvania : The county list is even larger than that f oi Ohio: Allegheny, Beaver, Bedford, Berks', Blair, Bradford. Bucks', Butler, Cameron, Center', Chester', Clearfield, Colum bia, Crawford, Cumberland, Delaware', Fayette, Franklin. Huntingdon, Lackawanna, Lancaster', Lawrence, Lehigh. Luzerne, McKean, Mercer, Montgomery, Montour, Northamp- ton, Philadelphia, Somerset, Westmoreland', and York'. The southern variety enters Lancaster County. [South Carolina: Specimens from this state labelled P. maculata have proved to be P. Carolina instead.] Tennessee: Both the northern and a narrow-leaved form of the southern variety occur here, although there are only 11 county records: Benton, Blount, Carter, Coffee, Knox, Morgan', Putnam, Rhea', Roane, Scott', and Wayne. [Vermont: Escaped in Addison* and Windham* counties.] Virginia : Scattered throughout, specimens being preserved from 9 counties: Albemarle, Arlington7, Bedford, Fairfax', Floyd', Giles, Grayson', James City, and Smyth. Both varie- ties are well represented. West Virginia: Frequent, especially northward, in Bar- bour', Hardy, Pocahontas', Preston, Randolph', Upshur, Web- ster, and Wirt counties. Unexpectedly, the southern variety appears to be the commoner. Canada. Quebec : Extends along the St. Lawrence valley into Brome-Missisquoi, Shefford, and Terrebonne counties. Perhaps in part an escape. PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 25 Ecology. — Phlox maculata is typically a wet-soil plant, growing in meadows, springy places, and alluvial flats along streams. Locally it may adapt itself to habitats which are moist in Spring but dry out later in the year, then tending to become stunted and bronzed. It prefers moderately acid soil reaction, but occasionally enters both alkaline and mediacid bogs. From the succession standpoint, its associations usually represent the climax for the area, although if forests invade the moist situations, it tends to die out. The northern variety begins to bloom in late Spring, and continues to the middle of Summer ; the southern one starts 3 to 6 weeks later, and remains in bloom correspondingly longer. The bright purple, long-tubed, and often decidedly fragrant flowers attract vari- ous kinds of butterflies. Variation. — This species varies greatly in stature, the northern variety ranging from 30 to 90, or rarely to 125 cm., the southern one (40-) 75 to 150 cm. in height. The stem is usually strongly spotted with purple, but sometimes, espe- cially in pale-flowered individuals, is wholly green. Short stiff hairs often cover the stem and inflorescence-branches, but rarely spread over leaf-surfaces. In the northern variety there are from 7 to 15 or exceptionally 20 nodes ; the leaves at the lower ones are linear, but rapidly broaden upward, often becoming ovate with cordate base just below the inflo- rescence. In the southern one the nodes are more numerous and usually more crowded, from 15 to 30 in number, and the leaves widen upward more gradually. In Kentucky and Tennessee even the uppermost leaves are linear-lanceolate, with tapering base, although elsewhere they tend to become oblong-lanceolate, with truncate or subcordate bases. While a cylindrical panicle is characteristic, this varies in length from but 3 to over 30 cm., and branches may develop at the base of the inflorescence, which then takes on a nar- rowly conical shape. In contrast to its relatives, the calyx shows marked uniformity throughout the range, the sepals averaging 7 mm. long and being united to about % their length, and rarely deviating as much as a millimeter from these measurements. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Phlox-purple is the predominating corolla-color, but lighter hues and albinos are occasional. The eye tends to be paler and to bear a more or less distinct purple stripe at the base of each lobe. The tube ranges from 17 to 26 mm. in length, and the lobes from 6 to 11 mm. in both length and width. The styles usually terminate in the midst of the anthers, just below the tube-orifice, but may extend beyond the latter. As noted under History, Miehaux proposed two "varieties" of P. maculata, but since he was referring only to color-forms, his names are not here adopted. The first name applied to what is now considered a variety was P. pyramidalis of Smith, which is shown by his description to have represented the southern one. Sweet's P. odorata seems to be the especially sweet-scented northern variety, so these are the names given varietal status in the accompanying tabulation. SE. Minn., and S. Que. Blooms chiefly in early Summer. Light-colored (pink, white, etc.) P. suaveolens Aiton. P. alba 1 th) Wherry, i var. a purpurea Miehaux. P. pyramidalis Smith. S. Ind., and S. Pa. Blooms chiefly in late Summer. Narrow-leaved. Typified by specimu Tenn., collected by E. T. W., Sept. Light-colored (pink, white, etc.) P. maculata var. \; cannula .uu-tinux. /'. la r.ii flora Penny. P. longiflora Sweet. P. omniflora Loudon. De- velops in most large colonies. Cultivation. — The early introduction of this species into horticulture was referred to under History. That it found favor for a time is indicated by the frequency with which it was illustrated, under one name or another, in the literature of the early 19th century. More recently its use gradually diminished and it is today rarely seen in cultivation. The Grasses of the Muhlenberg Herbarium A. S. Hitchcock Dr. G. H. E. Muhlenberg (1753-1815), the earliest Ameri- can botanist to specialize on grasses, was active for many years in studying the flora of eastern Pennsylvania and neighboring parts of New Jersey. He sent plants to Willdenow in Berlin, who published in his "Enumeratio" (1809) descrip- tions of many new species based upon his specimens. Muhlen- berg published his Catalogue1 in 1813. He received plants from Elliott, Baldwin, and others, but seems to have had no knowledge of Pursh's ''Flora Americae Septentrionalis" His "Description of Grasses,"2 which contained descriptions also of rushes and sedges, was published two years after his death. Elliott published several species received from Muh- lenberg, giving the latter as the author. We are concerned here with the grasses described in the "Descriptio." They are listed in the Catalogue but there are no descriptions, though an English name, which is often descriptive, has been given to each species. It is best to con- sider all names here to be nomina nuda except as they are occasionally based on cited synonyms. Dr. Francis W. Pennell, Curator of the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, has given me the following information concerning the Muhlenberg Herbarium : "The Muhlenberg Herbarium was purchased from Dr. F. A. Muhlenberg, son of the botanist, and at a meeting on Feb- ruary 20, 1818, it was presented by nine donors to the Amer- ican Philosophical Society.3 With other botanical collections, such as the Lewis and Clark plants and the herbarium of Pro- fessor B. S. Barton, it was subsequently deposited by the 1 Catalogua Plantarum Americae Septentrionalis. Lancaster, Pa., 1813. 2 Descriptio Uberior Graminum. Philadelphia, 1817. This appeared as early as June, but after pages 1 to 296 of Elliott's "Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia" had been issued. 3 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 22: 478. 1884. (27) 28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE American Philosophical Society at this Academy, according to a resolution passed by that Society, May 14, 1897. "The grasses seem to have had a somewhat different his- tory according to a note which is written on the first folder of the Muhlenberg Herbarium. The note reads : "This Herbarium of the Grasses I purchased from the son of Dr. Muhlenberg shortly after the death of that eminent botanist. I trans- ferred the specimens into new papers and pasted the original covers on the backs of these parcels. All the writing on them (except the figures in red ink which are mine) is by Dr. Muhlenberg himself. The speci- mens are numerous in most instances in these folios, and they are labeled in the hand writing of Muhlenberg, and most of the -sfminent European Botanists, his correspondents. In desiring the Philosophical Society to be possessed of this Herbarium, which I consider a most important and valuable one, I have been actuated by the wish that all the collec- tions of the indefatigable man who first led the way to a correct flora of America, should be together, in one place. William P. C. Barton, April 28, 1831." Recently, through the courtesy of Dr. Pennell, I had the opportunity to examine the Muhlenberg grasses. Only those grasses that formed the basis of the "Deseriptio" were studied; the Old World grasses received from correspondents were not examined. A partial study of the Muhlenberg grasses was made by E. D. Merrill and published in a circular (U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Cire. 27. 1900) which has long been out of print. Merrill confined himself to the genus Panicum in which he was especially interested at the time. The plants of the herbarium are in folders about 9 by 14 inehes, several sewed together like the signatures of a book. A list of the names with numbers is on the first folder of a signature, and a number is on each leaf. The specimens, lying loose in the folders, are mostly fragmentary and mostly without labels or notes of any kind. When there are mix- tures of species, as is often the case, I have attempted to de- termine which element is to be coordinated with the corre- sponding name. In the following account, the species have been arranged in the sequence in which they appear in the ' ' Deseriptio. ' ' The heading of each species has the number in the Roman numeral PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB 29 given the genus in the work, the number of the species in the genus, the number (in parentheses) of the folder in which the corresponding specimens are found, the name of the species as it appears in the work, and finally the page on which the name is found. The author of the name was usu- ally not given by Muhlenberg and has been added in brackets. In only a few cases are his own species indicated by "Mihi." It is therefore difficult to be certain which names are meant to be new and which are old names misapplied. The sequence of the folders is approximately that of the species in the book. A few species are not represented by specimens. I. 1. (1). Cinna aeundinacea L. Page 1. The speci- mens belong to this species. II. 1. (2). Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Page 2. The specimens belong to this species. Genera III to X belong to Cyperaceae. XI. 1. (82). Cenchrus echinatus [L.]. Page 51. Folder 82 contains a small specimen of C. echinatus mixed with sev- eral specimens of C. tribuloides. Muhlenberg's citation, "Habitat ad Susquehannam, floret Aug. Pennsylvania, Georgia, N. Caesarea," is puzzling, since C. echinatus is not known from north of South Carolina. It seems probable that the Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants must have been the common sandbur of sandy soils in the interior (C. paudflorus Benth.) though his description does not give the distinguish- ing characters. Several early floras of the northeastern United States, for example, Torrey's Flora,4 include C. echinatus, but the descriptions show that the species referred to is C. paudflorus. XI. 2. (83). Cenchrus tribuloides [L.]. Page 52. The specimens are the typical C. tribuloides of the seacoast with large villous burs. XII. 1. (85). Spartina polystachya [(Michx.) Beauv.]. Page 53. The folder contains a mixture of S. cynosuroides (L.) Roth and S. pectvnata Bosc. (8. michauxiana Hitchc). Muhlenberg's description includes both species. He describes the blades as flat but adds, "Haec ad aquas salsas folks convo- lutis et tunc cynosuroides, ' ' and gives Tra^hynotm pol [S. cynosuroides (L.) Roth] as a synonym. Torrey also in- cludes both species under S. cynosuroides but his description * PI. North. & Mid. States 68. 1823. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE refers to 8. cynosuroides of the seacoast. He mentions a plant from Albany which is evidently 8. pectinata. XII. 2. (84). Spartina glabra [Muhl.]. Page 54. The specimens belong to 8. alterniflora Loisel, agreeing with the scarcely distinct var. pilosa (Merr.) Fernald, with sparsely pilose florets and more imbricate spikelets. 8. glabra was published a little earlier bv Elliott (Muhl.; Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 95. pi. 4. f. 2. 1816). In this the spikelets are glabrous. XII. 3. (86). Spartina juncea [(Michx.) Willd.]. Page 54. The folder contains a mixture of 8. patens var. juncea (Michx.) Hitchc. (which is only a form of 8. patens (Ait.) Muhl.), 8. alterniflora var. glabra (Muhl.) Fernald, and 8. pectinata Bosc. (8. michauxiana Hitchc). The description applies to the first of these. XII. 4. (87). Spartina patens [(Ait.) Muhl.]. Page 55. The specimens belong to this species. XIII. 1. (88). Muhlenbergia diffusa [Willd.]. Page 56. The specimens belong to this species. (=M. schreberi Gmel.) XIII. 2. (89). Muhlenbergia erecta [Schreb.]. Page 57. The specimens belong to this species. (= Brachyelytrum erectum (Schreb.) Beauv.) XIV. 1. (90). Leersia oryzoides [(L.) Swartz]. Page 58. The specimens belong to this species. XIV. 2. (91). Leersia virginica Willd. Page 59. The specimens belong to this species. XV. 1. (92). Trichodium laxiflorum [Michx.]. Page 60. The specimens belong to this species. (=Agrostis hie- malis (Walt.) B.S.P.) Trichodium laxum Schult. is based upon T. laxiflorum Muhl. which Schultes assumed to be dif- ferent from T. laxiflorum Michx. XV. 2. (93). Trichodium decumbens [Michx.]. Page 60. The specimens belong to this species. (= Agrostis peren- nuns (Walt.) Tuckerm.) They are the weak decumbent form that grows in shady places. XV. 3. (94). Trichodium scabrum [(Willd.) Muhl.]. Page 61. The folder contains a mixture of Poa compressa L., Agrostis alba L., A. perennans, and A. hiemalis. The descrip- tion applies best to A. hiemalis (Walt.) B.S.P. The binomial in the text was first published in Muhlenberg's Catalogue (1813), where Agrostis scabra Willd. is cited as a synonym. PHILADELPHIA Folder 95 is marked in the list on the outside Trichodium var. aristosa. The specimen is Agrostis perennans. Muhlen- berg mentions under T. scabrum a variety with awns. The specimen, however, is awnless. XV. 4. (96); Trichodium [without specific name]. Page 62. The specimens belong to Agrostis perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm. Trichodium muhlenbergianum Schult.5 is based on Muhlenberg's Trichodium no. 4. Polder 97, without name, contains a specimen of A. hie- XVI. 1. (101). Agrostis tenuiflora [Willd.]. Page 63. The specimens belong to this species. (=Mithlenberqi